Contents

5 - TeSys contactors

Selection guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/2

k contactors and reversing contactors

# Contactors
5 6 to 16 A in category AC-3, and 6 to 12 A in category AC-4. . . . . . . . page 5/10
5 6 to 12 A in categories AC-3 and AC-4, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/11
5 20 A in category AC-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/12
# Reversing contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 6 to 16 A in category AC-3, and 6 to 12 A in category AC-4. . . . . . . . page 5/14
5 6 to 12 A in categories AC-3 and AC-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/15
5 20 A in category AC-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/16
# Add-on blocks and modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/19

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

# For motor control in category AC-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/30
# For control in category AC-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/30

Mini-contactors type LC1-SKGC

# For use in modular panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/38

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5/42

# Contactors
5 Up to 75 kW at 400 V in category AC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/58
5 Up to 15 kW at 400 V in category AC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/59
5 25 to 200 A for control in category AC-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/60
# Reversing contactors for motor control in category AC-3
5 Up to 75 kW at 400 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/62
5 Up to 15 kW at 400 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/63
# Changeover contactor pairs for control in category AC-1
5 20 to 200 A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/64
# Component parts for assembling reversing contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/66
# Add-on blocks and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/69

Coils for contactors model d

# a.c. coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/76
# d.c. coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/79
# Wide range d.c. coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/81

Contactors for switching 3-phase capacitor banks

# Used for power factor correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/90

5/0

Schneider Electric

Contactors and reversing contactors type LC/-F

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/92

# Contactors
5 115 to 800 A in category AC-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/94
5 200 to 1600 A in category AC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/103
# Reversing contactors, 115 to 265 A, in category AC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/104
# Changeover contactor pairs, 200 to 350 A, in category AC-1 . . . . . . . page 5/105
# Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/106
# Add-on blocks and accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/111
# Accessories for assembly of contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/116

Coils for contactors type LC/-F

# a.c. coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/118
# d.c. coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/124

High power changeover contactor pairs

# For distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/138

Devices for contactors LC1-D and LC1-F

# Capacitive delayed opening devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/142

Contactors type LC1-B

# 750 to 1800 A in category AC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/146
# 800 to 2750 A in category AC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/147
# Accessories and spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/148
# Replacement coils and accessories for single-pole contactors . . . . . . page 5/150

Variable composition contactors

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/190

# Standard, type CV1-B, 80 to 1000 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/192

# High performance, type CV3-B, 80 to 500 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/192

Vacuum contactors
# 3-pole vacuum contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/196

Magnetic latching contactors

# Contactors and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/208
# Components for assembly of contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/210
# Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/212
# Accessories and replacement parts for contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/216

Modular equipment
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/226

# Standard contactors, type GC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/236

# Dual tariff contactors, type GY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/244

Schneider Electric

5/1

Selection guide

Contactors

Applications

Equipment based on standard contactors

Rated operational
current
AC-3

6A

6...16 A

9150 A

115800 A

7501800 A

6...12 A

925 A

12 A

20 A

25200 A

2001600 A

8002750 A

20 A

2040 A

Rated operational
voltage

690 V

690 V

690 V

1000 V

1000 V

690 V

690 V

Number of poles

2 or 3

3 or 4

3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

14

3 or 4

Type references

LC1-SK

LC1-K

LC1-D

LC1-F

LC1-B

LP4-K

LC1-D

LP1-SK

LC7-K

24402/3
and
24403/3

0247Q/2 and
0247Q/3

AC-1

Equipment requiring
low consumption contactors which can be
switched directly from
solid state outputs

LP1-K
Pages

0257Q-EN_Ver3.1.fm/2

0239Q/2 and 0239Q/3

0246Q/2 and 0204Q/2 and 0204Q/3

0246Q/3

Schneider Electric

Equipment requiring Motors, resistive circuits, rotor

magnetic latching
short-circuiting devices,
contactors.
electro lifting magnets,
hoisting, mines, c motors,
high operating rates.
Variable composition bar mounted
contactors.

Induction heating, heating of metal or

of a metal part in a channel or
crucible furnace by induction of a.c.
currents.
Contactors for induction heating
applications

Applications
Protection of reversing variable
conforming to NATO speed controllers for d.c. motors.
specifications and
Fast acting contactors.
references.
Shockproof
contactors

1501800 A

801800 A

12630 A

2502750 A

802750 A

8016 300 A

25850 A

1000 V

a 1000 V
c 440 or 1500 V

3000 V

690 or 1000 V

a 1000 V
c 1050 V

14

16

18

3 or 4

2 or 4

CR1-F

CVp

CEp

LC1-DpG

CR3-pB

CSp

LP1-DpG

CGp

LC1-FGppp

CR1-B

26003/2 to 26007/3

Schneider Electric

0236Q/2 and 0236Q/3

Please consult your Regional Sales Office

0257Q-EN_Ver3.1.fm/3

Selection guide

Contactors

From 6 to 16 A

Applications

Simple automation systems

Rated operational current

Ie maxi AC-3 (Ue 440 V)

6A

6A

Ie AC-1 (q 40 C)

12 A

Rated operational voltage

690 V

Number of poles

2 or 3

Rated
operational
power in
category
AC-3

220/240 V

1.1 kW

1.5 kW

380/400 V

2.2 kW

2.2 kW

415/440 V

2.2 kW

2.2/3 kW

500 V

3 kW

660/690 V

3 kW

1000 V

Front

Up to 2 N/C or N/O

Up to 4 N/C or N/O

Side

Front time delay

Front dust and damp
protected

1 N/C

Associated manual-auto thermal

overlaod
Class 10 A
relays
Class 20 A

0.1116 A

Suppressor modules

Varistor or diode

Varistor, diode + Zener diode or RC circuit

LC1-SK

LC1 or LC7-K06

LP1-SK

LP1-K06

LC2 or LC8-K06

LP2-K06

22101/2 and 22101/3

24402/2 to 24403/2
24404/2 to 24405/5

Add-on
auxiliary
contact
blocks

Contactor type
references

Reversing contactor
with mechanical
interlock type
references
Pages

Contactors
Reversing contactors

0239Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2

Schneider Electric

9A

12 A

16 A

20 A

2.2 kW

3 kW

3 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

4 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

4 kW

4 kW

4 kW

LC1 or LC7-K09

LC1 or LC7-K12

LC1-K16

LP1-K09

LP1-K12

LC2 or LC8-K09

LC2 or LC8-K12

LC2-K16

LP2-K09

LP2-K12

3 ou 4

Schneider Electric

0239Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3

Characteristics

TeSys contactors

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

Environment characteristics
Conforming to standards
Product certifications

IEC 60947, NF C 63-110, VDE 0660, BS 5424

LCp and LPp K06 to K12

UL, CSA

Operating positions

Vertical axis

Horizontal axis

90

180

90

90

90
Without derating
Connection
Screw clamp
terminals

Spring terminals

Faston connectors

Solid conductor
Flexible conductor
without cable end
Flexible conductor
with cable end
Solid conductor
Flexible conductor
without cable end
Clip

Solder pins for

With locating device between
printed circuit board power and control circuits
Tightening torque
Philips head n 2 and 6
Conforming to standards
EN 50005 and EN 50012
Rated insulation voltage
Conforming to IEC 60947
(Ui)
Conforming to VDE 0110 gr C
Conforming to BS 5424,
NF C 20-040
Conforming to CSA 22-2 n 14,
UL 508
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

Possible positions for LCp K only.

Contactor pull-in voltage: 0.85 Uc
Max. to IEC 60947
1 x 4 + 1 x 2.5
2 x 2.5

mm2
mm2

Min.
1 x 1.5
1 x 0.75

Max.
2x4
2x4

mm2

1 x 0.34

1 x 1.5 + 1 x 2.5

1 x 1.5 + 1 x 2.5

mm2
mm2

1 x 0.75
1 x 0.75

1 x 1.5
1 x 1.5

2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5

mm

2 x 2.8 or 1 x 6.35
4 mm x 35 microns

N.m

Terminal referencing

Protective treatment

Without derating

0.81.3
Up to 5 contacts, depending on model

V
V
V

690
750
690

600

kV

Degree of protection

Conforming to IEC 60068

(DIN 50016)
Conforming to VDE 0106

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation

C
C

- 50+ 80
- 25+ 50

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

2000

Vibration resistance
5 ... 300 Hz

Contactor open
Contactor closed

2 gn
4 gn

Flame resistance

Conforming to UL 94
Conforming to NF F 16-101
and 16-102
Contactor open
Contactor closed

Self-extinguishing materials V1
Conforming to requirement 2

Safe separation of circuits

Conforming to VDE 0106

and IEC 60536

SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage), up to 400 V

References :
pages 24402/2 to 24405/3

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

Shock resistance
(1/2 sine wave, 11 ms)

24401-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

TC (Klimafest, Climateproof)
Protection against direct finger contact

10 gn
15 gn

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

Characteristics (continued)

TeSys contactors

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

Pole characteristics
Type
LC p or LPp
Conventional thermal
For ambient temperature
current (Ith)
y 50 C
Rated operational frequency
Frequency limits of the operational current
Rated operational voltage (Ue)
Rated making capacity
I rms conforming to
NF C 63 110 and IEC 60947
Rated breaking capacity
I rms conforming 220/230 V
to NF C 63 110 380/400 V
and IEC 60947
415 V
440 V
500 V
660/690 V
Permissible short
time rating

In free air for a

1s
time t from cold 5 s
state (q y 50 C)
10 s
30 s
1 min
3 min
15 min

gG fuse U y 440 V
(aM fuse, see page 22009/2)
Average impedance per pole At Ith and 50 Hz
Use in category AC-1
Maximum rated operational
resistive circuits, heating,
current for a temperature y 50 C
lighting (Ue y 440 V)
Maximum rated operational
current for a temperature y 70 C
Rated operational current limits
in relation to the on-load factor
and operating frequency

Short-circuit protection

K06
20

K09

K12

K16

Hz
Hz
V
A

50/60
Up to 400
690
110

110

144

160

A
A
A
A
A
A

110
110
110
110
80
70

110
110
110
110
80
70

110
80
70

110
80
70

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

90
85
80
60
45
40
20

90
85
80
60
45
40
20

115
105
100
75
55
50
25

115
105
100
75
55
50
25

25

mW
A

3
20

16 for Ue only

A
A
A

On-load factor
300 operating cycles/hour
120 operating cycles/hour
30 operating cycles/hour

Increase in rated operational

current by paralleling of poles

Use in category AC-3

squirrel cage motors

Operational
power according
to the voltage.
Voltage 50 or
60 Hz

115 V single-ph.
220 V single-ph.
220/230 V 3-ph.
380/415 V 3-ph.
440/480 V 3-ph.
500/600 V 3-ph.
660/690 V 3-ph.

Maximum operating rate

(in operating cycles/hour in
relation to % of rated power)

References :
pages 24402/2 to 24405/3

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

90 %
13
15
19

60 %
15
18
20

30 %
18
19
20

Apply the following coefficients to the above currents; these coefficients take into
account an often unbalanced distribution of current between the poles
2 poles in parallel: K = 1.60
3 poles in parallel: K = 2.25
4 poles in parallel: K = 2.80
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW

0.37
0.75
1.5
2.2
3
3
3
Op. cycles/h
Power

0.55
1.1
2.2
4
4
4
4

3
5.5
5.5/4 (480)
4
4

4
7.5
5.5/4 (480)
4
4
600
100 %

900
75 %

1200
50 %

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

24401-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

Characteristics (continued)

TeSys contactors

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

Control circuit characteristics

Type
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)

LP1
LP2
c 12250 (1)

LP4
LP5
c 12120

Operation

0.81.15 Uc (2)

0.851.1 Uc

0.81.15 Uc

0.71.30 Uc

u 0.20 Uc

u 0.10 Uc

u 0.10 Uc

u 0.10 Uc

Inrush

30 VA

3 VA

3W

1.8 W

Sealed

Average consumption
at 20 C and at Uc

LC7
LC8
a 24240 (1)

Drop-out

Control voltage limits (y 50 C)

single voltage coil

LC1
LC2
a 12690 (1)

4.5 VA

3 VA

3W

1.8 W

1.3

1.8

ms
ms
ms
ms
ms

515
1020
1020
1525
2
3600
10

2535
3040
30
40
2
3600
10

2535
3040
10
15
2
3600

2535
3040
1020
1525
2
3600

10

30

Heat dissipation
Operating time at 20 C and at Uc
Between coil energisation and: - opening of the N/C contacts
- closing of the N/O contacts
Between coil de-energisation and: - opening of the N/O contacts
- closing of the N/C contacts
Maximum immunity to microbreaks
Maximum operating rate
In operating cycles per hour
Mechanical durability at Uc
50/60 Hz coil
In millions of operating cycles
c coil
Wide range coil,
Low consumption

(1) For mains supplies with a high level of interference (voltage surge > 800 V), use a suppressor
module LA4 KE1FC (50129 V) or LA4 KE1UG (130250 V), see page 24406/4.
(2) LC1 K16: 0.851.15 Uc.

References :
pages 24402/2 to 24405/3

24401-EN_Ver3.0.fm/4

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

TeSys contactors

Characteristics (continued)

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

Auxiliary contact characteristics of contactors and instantaneous contact blocks

Number of auxiliary contacts On LCp K or LPp K 3-pole
On LA1 K

1
2 or 4

Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to

690

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to BS 5424
Conforming to IEC 60947
Conforming to VDE 0110 group C
Conforming to CSA C 22-2 n 14

V
V
V
V

690
690
750
600

Conventional
thermal current (Ith)
Frequency of the
operational current
Minimum switching
capacity

For ambient temperature

y 50 C

10

Hz

Up to 400

U min (DIN 19 240)

I min

V
mA

17
5

Short-circuit protection

Conforming to IEC 60947

and VDE 0660, gG fuse
Conforming to
I rms
IEC 60947
Permissible for
1s
500 ms
100 ms

10

110

A
A
A
MW

80
90
110
> 10

Rated making capacity

Short-time rating

Insulation resistance
Non-overlap distance

LA1 K: linked contacts

mm
0.5 (see schemes pages 24407/3 and 24408/3)
conforming to INRS, BIA
and CNA specifications
Operational power of contacts
a.c. supply, category AC-15
d.c. supply, category DC-13
conforming to IEC 60947
Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating
cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an
cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an
electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time constant
electromagnet: making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the
increasing with the load.
power broken (cos j 0.4).

1 million operating cycles

3 million operating cycles
10 million operating cycles
Occasional making capacity

V
VA
VA
VA
VA

24
48
17
7
1000

48
96
34
14
2050

110/
127
240
86
36
5000

220/ 380/
600/
230
400
440
690
440
800
880
1200
158
288
317
500
66
120
132
200
10 000 14 000 13 000 9000

Power broken in VA

24
120
55
15
720

48
80
38
11
600

110
60
30
9
400

220
52
28
8
300

440
51
26
7
230

600
50
25
6
200

Power broken in W

1 Breaking limit of contacts valid 16 000

for:
10 000
- maximum of 50 operating
8000
cycles at 10 s intervals
6000
5000
(power broken = making
4000
current x cos j 0.7).
3000
2 Electrical durability of contacts
2000
for:
- 1 million operating cycles (2a) 1000
- 3 million operating cycles (2b)
800
- 10 million operating cycles (2c). 600
500
3 Breaking limit of contacts valid
400
300
for:
200
- maximum of 20 operating
cycles at 10 s intervals with current
100
passing for 0.5 s per operating
80
cycle.
60
4 Thermal limit.
40

1000

700
500

3
300
250

200

200

100
80
60
50
40
30

140
100

2a

2a
2b

20

2c
50

2b

2c

10
8
6

20
24

48

110
120

References :
page 24406/3

V
W
W
W
W

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

220

380 500

12

24

48

110

220

440 600 V

440 690 V

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

24401-EN_Ver3.0.fm/5

TeSys contactors

References

Contactors for motor control,

6 to 16 A in category AC-3, and 6 to 12 A
in category AC-4
Control circuit: a.c.

106151_1

Contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24565/2 to 24565/5 and 24566/2 to 24566/5.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3-pole contactors for standard applications

Standard power ratings of
3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
220 V
230 V
LC1 K0910pp

380 V
415 V

440/500 V
660/690 V

kW

kW

kW

Rated operational
current in
category AC-3
440 V
up to

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(1) (2)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

2.2

2.2

5.5
7.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)
4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

106153_1

1.5

16

LC1 K0610pp
LC1 K0601pp
LC1 K0910pp
LC1 K0901pp
LC1 K1210pp
LC1 K1201pp
LC1 K1610pp
LC1 K1601pp

0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180

Spring terminal connections

For 6 to 12 A ratings only, in the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 K0610pp becomes LC1 K06103pp.
LC1 K09103pp

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

106158_1

For 6 to 16 A ratings, in the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 K0610pp becomes LC1 K06107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

For 6 to 16 A ratings, in the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 K0610pp becomes LC1 K06105pp.

3-pole silent contactors

Recommended for use in areas sensitive to noise, high interference mains supplies, etc.
Coil with rectifier incorporated, suppressor fitted as standard.

Screw clamp connections

2.2

106152_1

1.5
2.2

LC1 K09107pp

5.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

LC7 K0610pp
LC7 K0601pp
LC7 K0910pp
LC7 K0901pp
LC7 K1210pp
LC7 K1201pp

0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC7 K0610pp becomes LC7 K06107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

106162_1

LC1 K09105pp

LC7 K0910pp

Selection :
pages 24565/2 and 24566/5

24402-EN_Ver3.1.fm/2

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC7 K0610pp becomes LC7 K06105pp.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Contactors LC1 K (0.81.15 Uc) (0.851.1 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24 (2) 36
42
48
110 115 120 127 200/208
220/230 230
230/240
50/60 Hz
J7
Z7
B7
C7 D7
E7 F7
FE7 G7 FC7 L7
M7
P7
U7
Volts
256
277 380/400
400
400/415
440 480 500 575
600 660/690
50/60 Hz
W7
UE7 Q7

V7
N7
R7 T7
S7 SC7
X7
Y7

Up to and including 240 V, coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72.
Contactors LC7 K (0.851.1 Uc)
Volts
24
42
48
110
115
220
230/240
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7
M7
U7
(2) For mains supplies with a high level of interference (voltage surge > 800 V), use a suppressor module LA4 KE1FC (50129 V)
or LA4 KE1UG (130250 V), see page 24406/4.

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24407/2

Schemes :
page 24407/3

TeSys contactors

References

Contactors for motor control,

6 to 12 A in categories AC-3 and AC-4
Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption

106155_1

Contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24565/2 to 24565/5 and 24566/2 to 24566/5.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3-pole contactors, d.c. supply

Standard power ratings of
3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3

LP1 K0910pp

220 V
230 V

380 V
415 V

440/500 V
660/690 V

kW

kW

kW

Rated operational
current in
category AC-3
440 V
up to

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(1) (2)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

2.2

2.2

106157_1

1.5

5.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

LP1 K0610pp
LP1 K0601pp
LP1 K0910pp
LP1 K0901pp
LP1 K1210pp
LP1 K1201pp

0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP1 K0610pp becomes LP1 K06103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

LP1 K09103pp

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP1 K0610pp becomes LP1 K06107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

106156_1

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP1 K0610pp becomes LP1 K06105pp.

3-pole low consumption contactors

Compatible with programmable controller outputs.
LED indicator incorporated (except models LP4 KppppFW3 and LP4 KppppGW3).
Wide range coil (0.71.30 Uc), suppressor fitted as standard, consumption 1.8 W.

Screw clamp connections

1.5

2.2

2.2

5.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

106159_1

LP1 K09107pp

LP4 K0610pp
LP4 K0601pp
LP4 K0910pp
LP4 K0901pp
LP4 K1210pp
LP4 K1201pp

0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP4 K0610pp becomes LP4 K06103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP4 K0610pp becomes LP4 K06107pp.

106160_1

LP1 K09105pp

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP4 K0610pp becomes LP4 K06105pp.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
d.c. supply (contactors LP1 K: 0.81.15 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24 (2) 36
48
60
72
100 110 125 155 174 200 220
Code
JD
ZD
BD
CD ED
ND SD
KD
FD
GD PD
QD LD
MD
Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3

230 240 250

MPD MUD UD

Low consumption (contactors LP4 K: 0.7130 Uc)

Volts
12
20
24
48
72
110
120
Code
JW3
ZW3
BW3
EW3
SW3
FW3
GW3
(2) For LP1 K only, when connecting an electronic sensor or timer in series with the contactor coil, select a 20 V coil (a control
circuit voltage code Z7, c control circuit voltage code ZD) so as to compensate for the incurred voltage drop.
LP4 K0910pp

Selection :
pages 24565/2 and 24566/5

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24407/2

Schemes :
page 24407/3

24402-EN_Ver3.1.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Contactors for control in category AC-1, 20 A

Control circuit: a.c.

106150_1

Contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24561/2 and 24565/3.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3 or 4-pole contactors for standard applications (1)

Non-inductive loads
Category AC-1
Maximum current
at q y 50 C

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
Basic reference,
auxiliary contacts to be completed by adding
the voltage code (2) (3)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

106153_1

20

3
3

LC1 K09004pp

LC1 K0910pp
or LC1 K1210pp
LC1 K0901pp
or LC1 K1201pp
LC1 K09004pp
or LC1 K12004pp
LC1 K09008pp

0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 K0910pp becomes LC1 K09103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 K0910pp becomes LC1 K09107pp.
LC1 K09103pp

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 K0910pp becomes LC1 K09105pp.

106158_1

3 or 4-pole silent contactors (1)

Recommended for use in areas sensitive to noise, high interference mains supplies, etc.
Coil with rectifier incorporated, suppressor fitted as standard.

Screw clamp connections

20

LC1 K09107pp

LC7 K0910pp
or LC7 K1210pp
LC7 K0901pp
or LC7 K1201pp
LC7 K09004pp
or LC7 K12004pp
LC7 K09008pp

0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

106163_1

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC7 K0910pp becomes LC7 K09107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC7 K0910pp becomes LC7 K09105pp.

LC1 K09004pp

(1) Selection between 9 and 12 A ratings according to number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve on page 24561/2.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Contactors LC1 K (0.81.15 Uc) (0.851.1 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24 (3) 36
42
48
110 115 120 127 200/208
220/230 230
230/240
50/60 Hz
J7
Z7
B7
C7 D7
E7 F7
FE7 G7 FC7 L7
M7
P7
U7
Volts
256
277 380/400
400
400/415
440 480 500 575
600 660/690
50/60 Hz
W7
UE7 Q7
V7
N7
R7 T7
S7 SC7
X7
Y7
Up to and including 240 V, coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72.
Contactors LC7 K (0.81.1 Uc)
Volts
24
42
48
110
115
220
230/240
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7
M7
U7
(3) For mains supplies with a high level of interference (voltage surge > 800 V), use a suppressor module LA4 KE1FC (50129 V)
or LA4 KE1UG (130250 V), see page 24406/4.

Selection :
pages 24561/2 and 24561/3

24403-EN_Ver3.1.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24407/2

Schemes :
page 24407/3

TeSys contactors

References

Contactors for control in category AC-1, 20 A

Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption

106154_1

Contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24561/2 and 24561/3.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3 and 4-pole contactors, d.c. supply (1)

Non-inductive loads
Category AC-1
Maximum current at
q y 50 C

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (2) (3)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

20

LP1 K0910pp
or LP1 K1210pp
LP1 K0901pp
or LP1 K1201pp
LP1 K09004pp
or LP1 K12004pp
LP1 K09008pp

106157_1

LC1 K09004pp

0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.225

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP1 K0910pp becomes LP1 K09103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP1 K0910pp becomes LP1 K09107pp.
LC1 K09103pp

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP1 K0910pp becomes LP1 K09105pp.

106156_1

3 or 4-pole low consumption contactors (1)

Compatible with programmable controller outputs.
LED indicator incorporated (except models LP4 KppppFW3 and LP4 KppppGW3).
Wide range coil (0.71.30 Uc), suppressor fitted as standard, consumption 1.8 W.

Screw clamp connections

20

LC1 K09105pp

LP4 K0910ppp
or LP4 K1210ppp
LP4 K0901ppp
or LP4 K1201ppp
LP4 K09004ppp
or LP4 K12004ppp
LP4 K09008ppp

0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235
0.235

Spring terminal connections

106151_1

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP4 K0910pp becomes LP4 K09103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP4 K0910pp becomes LP4 K09107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

LC1 K09004pp

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP4 K0910pp becomes LP4 K09105pp.
(1) Selection between 9 and 12 A ratings according to number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve on page 24561/2.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
d.c. supply (contactors LP1 K: 0.81.15 Uc)
Volts c
12
20
24 (3) 36
48
60
72
100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250
Code
JD
ZD
BD
CD ED
ND SD
KD
FD
GD PD
QD LD
MD MPD MUD UD
Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3.
Low consumption (contactors LP4 K: 0.7130 Uc)
Volts c
12
20
24
48
72
110
120
Code
JW3
ZW3
BW3
EW3
SW3
FW3
GW3
(3) For LP1 K only, when connecting an electronic sensor or timer in series with the contactor coil, select a 20 V coil (a control
circuit voltage code Z7, c control circuit voltage code ZD) so as to compensate for the incurred voltage drop.

Selection :
pages 24561/2 and 24561/3

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24407/2

Schemes :
page 24407/3

24403-EN_Ver3.1.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Reversing contactors for motor control, 6 to 16 A

in category AC-3 and 6 to 12 A in category AC-4
Control circuit: a.c.

Reversing contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24565/2 to 24565/5 and 24566/2 to 24566/5.
Integral mechanical interlock.
It is essential to link the contacts of the electrical interlock.
Pre-wired power circuit connections as standard on screw clamp versions.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing. Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3-pole reversing contactors for standard applications

220 V
230 V

380 V
415 V

440/500 V
660/690 V

Rated
operational
current in
category AC-3
440V
up to

kW

565010

Standard power ratings

of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz
in category AC-3

kW

kW

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (1) (2)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

2.2

5.5
7.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)
4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

4
565011

1.5
2.2

LC2 K0910pp

16

LC2 K0610pp
LC2 K0601pp
LC2 K0910pp
LC2 K0901pp
LC2 K1210pp
LC2 K1201pp
LC2 K1610pp
LC2 K1601pp

0.390
0.390
0.390
0.390
0.390
0.390
0.390
0.390

Spring terminal connections

For 6 to 12 A ratings only, in the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0610pp becomes LC2 K06103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

For 6 to 16 A ratings, in the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0610pp becomes LC2 K06107pp.
LC2 K09105pp

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

For 6 to 16 A ratings, in the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0610pp becomes LC2 K06105pp.

3-pole silent reversing contactors

Recommended for use in areas sensitive to noise, high interference mains supplies, etc.
Coil with rectifier incorporated, suppressor fitted as standard.

Screw clamp connections

1.5

2.2

2.2

5.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

LC8 K0610pp
LC8 K0601pp
LC8 K0910pp
LC8 K0901pp
LC8 K1210pp
LC8 K1201pp

0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC8 K0610pp becomes LC8 K06107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC8 K0610pp becomes LC8 K06105pp.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Reversing contactors LC2 K (0.81.15 Uc) (0.851.1 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24 (2) 36
42
48
110 115 120 127 200/208
220/230 230
230/240
50/60 Hz
J7
Z7
B7
C7
D7
E7
F7
FE7 G7
FC7 L7
M7
P7
U7
Volts
256
277 380/400
400
400/415
440 480 500 575
600 660/690
50/60 Hz
W7
UE7 Q7
V7
N7
R7
T7
S7 SC7 X7
Y7
Up to and including 240 V, coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72
Reversing contactors LC8 K (0.81.1 Uc)
Volts
24
42
48
110
115
220
230/240
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7
M7
U7
(2) For mains supplies with a high level of interference (voltage surge > 800 V), use a suppressor module LA4 KE1FC (50129 V)
or LA4 KE1UG (130250 V), see page 24406/4.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24566/5

24404-EN_Ver3.1.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24408/2

Schemes :
page 24408/3

TeSys contactors

References

Reversing contactors for motor control, 6 to 12 A

in categories AC-3 and AC-4
Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption

Reversing contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24565/2 to 24565/5 and 24566/2 to 24566/5.
Integral mechanical interlock.
It is essential to link the contacts of the electrical interlock.
Pre-wired power circuit connections as standard on screw clamp versions.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3-pole reversing contactors, d.c. supply

Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
220 V
230 V

380 V
415 V

440/500 V
660/690 V

kW

kW

kW

Rated
operational
current in
category AC-3
440V
up to

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (1) (2)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

1.5

2.2

2.2

5.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

LP2 K0610pp
LP2 K0601pp
LP2 K0910pp
LP2 K0901pp
LP2 K1210pp
LP2 K1201pp

0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP2 K0610pp becomes LP2 K06103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0610pp becomes LC2 K06107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

For 6 to 16 A ratings, in the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0610pp becomes LC2 K06105pp.

3-pole low consumption reversing contactors

Compatible with programmable controller outputs.
LED indicator incorporated (except models LP5-K ppppFW3 and LP5-KppppGW3).
Wide range coil (0.71.30 Uc), suppressor fitted as standard, consumption 1.8 W.

Screw clamp connections

1.5

2.2

2.2

5.5

4 (> 440)
5.5 (440)

12

LP5 K0610pp
LP5 K0601pp
LP5 K0910pp
LP5 K0901pp
LP5 K1210pp
LP5 K1201pp

0.490
0.490
0.490
0.490
0.490
0.490

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP5 K0610pp becomes LP5 K06103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP5 K0610pp becomes LP5 K06107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP5 K0610pp becomes LP5 K06105pp.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
d.c. supply
Reversing contactors LP2 K (0.81.15 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24 (3) 36
48
60
72
100 110 125 155 174 200 220
Code
JD
ZD
BD CD ED ND SD KD FD
GD PD QD LD
MD
Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3.

230 240 250

MPD MUD UD

Low consumption
Reversing contactors LP5 K (0.71.30 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24
48
72
110
120
Code
JW3
ZW3
BW3
EW3
SW3
FW3
GW3
(2) For LP2 K only, when connecting an electronic sensor or timer in series with the contactor coil, select a 20 V coil (a control
circuit voltage code Z7, c control circuit voltage code ZD) so as to compensate for the incurred voltage drop.
Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24566/5

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24408/2

Schemes :
page 24408/3

24404-EN_Ver3.1.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Reversing contactors for control in

category AC-1, 20 A
Control circuit: a.c.

565012

Warning: reversing contactors LC2 K0910pp and LC2 K0901pp are pre-wired for reverse motor operation as standard.
Reversing contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24561/2 and 24561/3.
Integral mechanical interlock.
It is essential to link the contacts of the electrical interlock.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3 or 4-pole reversing contactors for standard applications (1)

Non-inductive loads
Category AC-1
Maximum current
at q y 50 C

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (2) (3)

Weight

LC2 K0910pp
A

kg

Screw clamp connections

20

or

or
565013

or

LC2 K0910pp
LC2 K1210pp
LC2 K0901pp
LC2 K1201pp
LC2 K09004pp
LC2 K12004pp

0.390
0.390
0.390
0.390
0.380
0.380

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0910pp becomes LC2 K09103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0910pp becomes LC2 K09107pp.
LC2 K09105pp

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC2 K0910pp becomes LC2 K09105pp.

3 or 4-pole silent reversing contactors

(1)

Recommended for use in areas sensitive to noise, high interference mains supplies, etc.
Coil with rectifier incorporated, suppressor fitted as standard.
565014

Screw clamp connections

20

or

or
or

LC8 K0910pp
LC8 K1210pp
LC8 K0901pp
LC8 K1201pp
LC8 K09004pp
LC8 K12004pp

0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.470
0.470

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

LC2 K09004pp

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LC8 K0910pp becomes LC8 K09107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LC8 K0910pp becomes LC8 K09105pp.
(1) Selection between 9 and 12 A ratings according to number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve on page 24561/2.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Reversing contactors LC2 K (0.81.15 Uc) (0.851.1 Uc)
Volts
12
20
24 (3) 36
42
48
110 115 120 127 200/208
220/230 230
230/240
50/60 Hz
J7
Z7
B7
C7 D7
E7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7
M7
P7
U7
Volts
256
277 380/400
400
400/415
440 480 500 575
600 660/690
50/60 Hz
W7
UE7 Q7
V7
N7
R7 T7 S7 SC7
X7
Y7
Up to and including 240 V, coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72.
Reversing contactors LC8 K (0.81.1 Uc)
Volts
24
42
48
110
115
220
230/240
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7
M7
U7
(3) For mains supplies with a high level of interference (voltage surge > 800 V), use a suppressor module LA4 KE1FC (50129 V)
or LA4 KE1UG (130250 V), see page 24406/4.

Selection :
pages 24561/2 and 24561/3

24405-EN_Ver3.1.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24408/2

Schemes :
page 24408/3

TeSys contactors

References

Reversing contactors for control in

category AC-1, 20 A
Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption

Warning: reversing contactors LP2 K0910pp and LP2 K0901pp are pre-wired for reverse motor operation as standard.
Reversing contactor selection according to utilisation category, see pages 24561/2 and 24561/3.
Integral mechanical interlock.
It is essential to link the contacts of the electrical interlock.
Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or 4 screw fixing.
Screws in the open "ready-to-tighten" position.
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks and accessories, see pages 24406/2 to 24406/5.

3 or 4-pole reversing contactors, d.c. supply (1)

Non-inductive loads
Category AC-1
Maximum current
at q y 50 C

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (2) (3)

Weight

kg

Screw clamp connections

20

or

or
or

LP2 K0910pp
LP2 K1210pp
LP2 K0901pp
LP2 K1201pp
LP2 K09004pp
LP2 K12004pp

0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP2 K0910pp becomes LP2 K09103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP2 K0910pp becomes LP2 K09107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP2 K0910pp becomes LP2 K09105pp.

3 or 4-pole low consumption reversing contactors (1)

Compatible with programmable controller outputs.
LED indicator incorporated (except models LP5 KppppFW3 and LP5 KppppGW3).
Wide range coil (0.71.30 Uc), suppressor fitted as standard, consumption 1.8 W.

Screw clamp connections

20

or

or
or

LP5 K0910ppp
LP5 K1210ppp
LP5 K0901ppp
LP5 K1201ppp
LP5 K09004ppp
LP5 K12004ppp

0.490
0.490
0.490
0.490
0.490
0.490

Spring terminal connections

In the references selected above, insert a figure 3 before the voltage code.
Example: LP5 K0910pp becomes LP5 K09103pp.

Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

In the references selected above, insert a figure 7 before the voltage code.
Example: LP5 K0910pp becomes LP5 K09107pp.

Solder pins for printed circuit boards

In the references selected above, insert a figure 5 before the voltage code.
Example: LP5 K0910pp becomes LP5 K09105pp.
(1) Selection between 9 and 12 A ratings according to number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve on page 24561/2.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
d.c. supply (reversing contactors LP2 K: 0.81.15 Uc)
Volts c
12
20
24 (3) 36
48
60
72
100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250
Code
JD
ZD
BD
CD ED
ND SD
KD
FD
GD PD
QD LD
MD MPD MUD UD
Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3.
Low consumption (reversing contactors LP5 K: 0.7130 Uc)
Volts c
12
20
24
48
72
110
120
Code
JW3
ZW3
BW3
EW3
SW3
FW3
GW3
(3) For LP2 K only, when connecting an electronic sensor or timer in series with the contactor coil, select a 20 V coil (a control
circuit voltage code Z7, c control circuit voltage code ZD) so as to compensate for the incurred voltage drop.

Selection :
pages 24561/2 and 24561/3

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

Dimensions :
page 24408/2

Schemes :
page 24408/3

24405-EN_Ver3.1.fm/3

Presentation

TeSys contactors
Model k contactors and reversing contactors
Auxiliary contact blocks

LC1, LC7, LP1 K

LP4

LC1, LC7, LP1 K

LP4

LC1, LP1 K
LP4

LC1, LC7, LP1 K

24406-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

TeSys contactors

References

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

Auxiliary contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

Recommended for standard applications. Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor
Connection

For use on contactors

Composition

Reference

All products with screw clamp terminals

1
4
3
2
1

1
4
3
2
1

1
4
3
2
1

Weight

LA1 KN20
LA1 KN02
LA1 KN11
LA1 KN40
LA1 KN31
LA1 KN22
LA1 KN13
LA1 KN04
LA1 KN203
LA1 KN023
LA1 KN113
LA1 KN403
LA1 KN313
LA1 KN223
LA1 KN133
LA1 KN043
LA1 KN207
LA1 KN027
LA1 KN117
LA1 KN407
LA1 KN317
LA1 KN227
LA1 KN137
LA1 KN047

kg
Screw clamp terminals

All products with screw clamp terminals

except low consumption

Spring terminals

All products with spring terminals

All products with spring terminals

except low consumption

Faston connectors,
1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

All products with Faston connectors

All products with Faston connectors

except low consumption

2
1

1
2
3
4

2
1

1
2
3
4

2
1

1
2
3
4

0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045

With terminal referencing to standard EN 50012. Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor
Screw clamp terminals
with referencing
conforming to
standard EN 50012

All 3-pole + N/O products with screw

clamp terminals
except LP4 and LP5 K12

2
1

LA1 KN02M
LA1 KN11M

0.045
0.045

All 3-pole + N/O products with screw

clamp terminals except
LP4 or LP5 K06, K09 and K12

3
2
1

1
2
3

LA1 KN31M
LA1 KN22M
LA1 KN13M

0.045
0.045
0.045

All 4-pole products with screw clamp

terminals except LP4 or LP5 K12

LA1 KN11P

0.045

All 4-pole products with screw clamp

terminals except LP4
or LP5 K09 and K12

LA1 KN22P

0.045

Electronic time delay auxiliary contact blocks

Relay output with common point changeover contact, a or c 240 V, 2 A maximum.
Control voltage 0.851.1 Uc.
Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W.
Operating temperature -10+ 60 C.
Reset time: 1.5 s during the time delay period, 0.5 s after the time delay period.

Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor

Voltage

Type

Timing range

Composition

Reference

Weight

V
a or c 2448

LA2 KT2E

kg
0.040

a 110240

Characteristics :
page 24401/5

s
On-delay 130
On-delay 130

LA2 KT2U

0.040

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

24406-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

Suppressor modules incorporating LED indicator

Type

Sold in
lots of

Unit
reference

a and c 1224 V

LA4 KE1B

kg
0.010

a and c 3248 V

LA4 KE1E

0.010

LA4 KE1FC

0.010

a and c 130250 V 5

Clip-on fixing on the front Varistor (1)

of contactors LC1 and LP1,
with locating device.
No tools required.

For voltages

a and c 50129 V

565018

Mounting
and connection

Weight

LA4 KE1UG

0.010

Diode + Zener diode (2) c 1224 V

LA4 KC1B

0.010

c 3248 V

LA4 KC1E

0.010

a 220250 V

LA4 KA1U

0.010

LA4 Kppp

RC (3)

(1) Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
(2) No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
Polarised component.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
(3) Protection by limiting the transient voltage to 3 Uc max. and limitation of the oscillating frequency.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

24406-EN_Ver3.0.fm/4

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

TeSys contactors

References

Model k contactors and reversing contactors

565019

Accessories

Mounting and marking accessories

Description

Application

Sold in
lots of

Unit
reference

Weight

For fixing on 1 4 rail

Clip-on

LA9 D973

kg
0.025

For fixing on 2 4 rails

110/120 mm
fixing centres

10

DX1 AP25

0.065

Marker holder

Clip-on

Onto front of contactor

100

LA9 D90

0.001

Clip-in markers

4 maximum
per contactor

Strips of 10 identical
numbers 09

25

AB1 Pp (2)

0.002

Strips of 10 identical
letters AZ

25

AB1 Gp (2)

0.002

Sold in
lots of

Unit
preference

Mounting plates (1)

565020

DX1 AP25

Connection accessories
Description

Application

Weight

For 2 poles

With screw clamps

LA9 E01

kg
0.010

For 4 poles

With screw clamps

LA9 E02

0.015

Set of 6
power connections

For 3-pole
reversing contactors
for motor control

For contactors with

screw clamp terminals

100

LA9 K0969

0.010

Set of 4
power connections

For 4-pole changeover

contactor pairs

For contactors with

screw clamp terminals

100

LA9 K0970

0.010

Paralleling links

LA9 E01
(1) Order 1 mounting plate for fixing a contactor and 2 mounting plates for fixing a reversing contactor.
(2) Complete the reference by replacing the dot with the required character.

Dimensions :
pages 24407/2 and 24408/2

Schemes :
pages 24407/3 and 24408/3

24406-EN_Ver3.0.fm/5

TeSys contactors

Dimensions,
mounting

Model k contactors

Contactors
LC1 K, LC7 K, LP1 K, LP4 K
On panel

On mounting rail AM1 DP200 or AM1 DE200 (7 35 mm)

4x4

57

35

58

50

58

LA1 K

35

45

57

45

LA9 D973
On one asymmetrical rail DZ5 MB with clip-on mounting plates

DX1 AP25

57

21

35

110

50

120

DZ5 ME5

45
57

45

27

On printed circuit board

50

10x1,6

45

53

A1

= = =

58

8,65

A2

Electronic time delay contact blocks

LA2 KT
On contactor

27

58

LA2 KT

38

38

38

57

Suppressor modules
LA4 Kp

22

58

25

On contactor LC1 K or LP1 K

6
22

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

24407-EN_Ver3.1.fm/2

References :
pages 24402/2 to 24403/3

Schemes :
page 24407/3

57

TeSys contactors

Schemes

Model k reversing contactors

3-pole contactors

With integral suppression device

LC7 K

+A1

A1

4-pole contactors

A2

A2

T3/6

21/NC

3/L2

5/L3

T2/4

22

1/L1
T1/2

5/L3

7/L4

T3/6

T4/8

A1

3/L2

A2

1/L1

T2/4

A1
A2

LP4 K

3 P + N/C

T1/2

3 P + N/O

With integral suppression device

LC7 K

LP4 K

+A1

R1

R3

R2

R4

A1

1
2

A2

A2

5/L3

7/L4

T3/6

T4/8

A1

3/L2

A2

1/L1

A1
A2

T2/4

2 P N/O + 2 P N/C

T1/2

4P

53/NO

61/NC

71/NC

81/NC

51/NC

54

62

72

82

52

82

72

62

81/NC

83/NO
84

71/NC

71/NC
72

61/NC

61/NC
62

61/NC

53/NO
54

62

83/NO
84

53/NO
73/NO
74

54

61/NC
62

61/NC

53/NO
54

62

83/NO

51/NC

LA1 KN04, KN047, KN043

4 N/C

84

52

LA1 KN13, KN137, KN133

1 N/O + 3 N/C

73/NO

63/NO

LA1 KN22, KN227, KN223

2 N/O + 2 N/C

74

53/NO

LA1 KN31, KN317, KN313

3 N/O + 1 N/C

63/NO

64

LA1 KN40, KN407, KN403

4 N/O
53/NO

LA1 KN11, KN117, KN113

1 N/O + 1 N/C

64

LA1 KN02, KN027, KN023

2 N/C

54

LA1 KN20, KN207, KN203

2 N/O

54

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts LA1 K

43/NO

53/NO

21/NC

31/NC

41/NC

44

54

22

32

42

53/NO

31/NC
32

54

21/NC

44

22

43/NO

32

53/NO

31/NC

54

21/NC
22

44

43/NO

33/NO

13/NO
14

34

21/NC

21/NC

LA1 KN13M
1 N/O + 3 N/C

LA1 KN22P
2 N/O + 2 N/C

22

22

LA1 KN11P
1 N/O + 1 N/C
13/NO

21/NC

31/NC

LA1 KN22M
2 N/O + 2 N/C

14

33/NO

21/NC

32

LA1 KN31M
3 N/O + 1 N/C

22

LA1 KN11M
1 N/O + 1 N/C

34

LA1 KN02M
2 N/C

22

Terminal referencing conforming to standard EN 50012

LA4 KC

18

LA4 KE

15

A2

16

Suppressor modules

LA2 KT
1 C/O
A1

Electronic time delay contact blocks

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

References :
pages 24402/2 to 24403/3

Dimensions :
page 24407/2

24407-EN_Ver3.1.fm/3

TeSys contactors

Dimensions,
mounting

Model k reversing contactors

Reversing contactors
LC2 K, LC8 K, LP2 K, LP5 K
On panel

On mounting rail AM1 DP200 or AM1 DE200 (7 35 mm)

LA1 K

57

80

58

90

57

35

50

58

8x4

90
2 x LA9 D973
2 x DX1 AP25
On one asymmetrical mounting rail DZ5 MB with 2 clip-on mounting plates LA9 D973 or on 2 mounting plates DX1 AP25.

120

50
=

21

35

57

110

DZ5 ME5

90
57

27

90

On printed circuit board for reversing contactors or 2 contactors mounted side by side

===

===

A2

45

45

50

A1

A2

58

A1

8,65

53

8,65

20x1,6

Electronic time delay contact blocks

LA2 KT
On reversing contactors

58

27

LA2 KT

38

38

57

38

Suppressor modules
LA4 Kp

22

58

25

On reversing contactors LC2 K or LP2 K

6
22

Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

24408-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

References :
pages 24404/2 to 24406/3

Schemes :
page 24408/3

57

TeSys contactors

Schemes

Model k reversing contactors

3-pole reversing contactors

With integral suppression

device
LP5 K

+A1

A1
A1

A2

A2

A2

5/L3

21/NC
22

T3/6
5/L3
T3/6

3/L2

1/L1

T2/4
3/L2
T2/4

T1/2
1/L1
T1/2

21/NC

5/L3
T3/6
5/L3
T3/6

22

3/L2

1/L1

T2/4
3/L2

T1/2
1/L1
T1/2

T2/4

A1
A2

A1
A2

13/NO
14

3/L2

5/L3
T3/6

T2/4

5/L3

LC8 K
3 P + N/C

1/L1
T1/2

14

T3/6

3/L2

1/L1
T1/2

T2/4

A1
A2

13/NO

With screw clamp connections

3 P + N/O

21/NC

A1

22

A2

21/NC

A1
A2

22

A1
A2

T3/6

13/NO

3/L2

5/L3

T2/4

14

1/L1
T1/2

5/L3
T3/6

13/NO

3/L2

14

1/L1

T2/4

A2

A1

T1/2

With Faston connectors or solder pins (printed circuit board)

3 P + N/O
3 P + N/C

4-pole reversing contactors

Integral suppression device

With screw clamp connections

With Faston connectors or solder pins (printed

circuit board)

LP5 K

2N
7
8

+A1

2/L3
5
6

A1

A2

7
8

5
6

3
4

1
2

A1
A2

A1

L1

A2

A2
N

A2

L3

A1

2/L2
3
4
L2

2/L1

1N

1/L3
5

1/L2
3

A2

A1

1/L1
1

4P

4P

LC8 K

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts LA1-K

13/NO

21/NC
22

LA1 KN11P
1 N/O + 1 N/C

14

22

31/NC
32

34

21/NC

21/NC

61/NC
62

LA1 KN11M
1 N/O + 1 N/C
33/NO

53/NO
54

22

61/NC
62

63/NO
64

LA KN02M
2 N/C

51/NC

53/NO
54

LA1 KN11, KN117, KN113

1 N/O + 1 N/C

63/NO

73/NO

83/NO

53/NO

61/NC

73/NO

83/NO

53/NO

61/NC

71/NC

83/NO

53/NO

61/NC

71/NC

81/NC

51/NC

61/NC

71/NC

81/NC

74

84

54

62

74

84

54

62

72

84

54

62

72

82

52

62

72

82

LA KN13, KN137, KN133 LA1 KN04, KN047, KN043

1 N/O + 3 N/C
4 N/C

64

LA1 KN22, KN227, KN223

2 N/O + 2 N/C

53/NO

LA1 KN31, KN317, KN313

3 N/O + 1 N/C

54

LA1 KN40, KN407, KN403

4 N/O

LA1 KN02, KN027, KN023

2 N/C

52

Terminal referencing conforming to standard EN 50012

LA1 KN20, KN207, KN203
2 N/O

Electronic time delay contact blocks

LA4 KC

LA4 KE

18

16

Suppressor modules

15

A2

A1

LA2 KT
1 C/O

+
Characteristics :
pages 24401/2 to 24401/5

References :
pages 24404/2 to 24406/3

Dimensions :
page 24408/2

24408-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

Characteristics

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 947, VDE 0110 gr C, V

BS 5424, CSA 22-2 n 14, UL 508

690

Conforming to standards

IEC 947, NF C 63-110, VDE 0660, BS 5424

Approvals

UL, CSA

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 68 (DIN 50015)

TC (Klimafest, Climateproof)

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage

- 50+ 70

Operation

- 20+ 50

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

2000

Operating position

Vertical axis

Horizontal axis

Without derating

Without derating

Cabling,
screw clamp terminals

min

max

Solid conductor

1 x 1.5 or 2 x 1.5

1 x 6 or 2 x 4

Flexible cable without cable end

mm2

1 x 0.5 or 2 x 0.35

1 x 6 or 2 x 2.5

Flexible cable with cable end

Tightening torque

mm2

mm2

1 x 0.35 or 2 x 0.35

1 x 6 or 2 x 1.5

Pozidriv n 1 head

N.m

0.8

Terminal referencing

References :
pages 22101/2 and
22100_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

Conforming to standards En 50005

22101/3
Dimensions :

page 22102/2
Schemes :

page 22102/3
Schneider Electric

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Pole characteristics
For ambient temperature 55 C

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12

Rated operational frequency

Hz

50/60

Frequency limits of the

operational current

Hz

Up to 400

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690

Rated making capacity

I rms conforming to NF C 63-110

and IEC 947

66

Rated breaking capacity

(for Ue 400 V)

Conforming to NF C 63-110 & IEC 947

(I rms)
A

52

Short time rating

In free air for a time t

from cold state ( 55 C)

50

Short-circuit protection

gl fuse U 440 V

16

Average impedance per pole

At Ith and 50 Hz

Maximum rated operational current

for a temperature 55 C
AC-3 (1) (Ue 400 V)

AC-1

12

20

Utilisation in category AC-1

resistive circuits, heating, lighting
(Ue 440 V)

Increase in operational current

by paralleling of poles

Auxiliary contact characteristics of add-on blocks

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Up to

690

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 947, BS 5424,

V
VDE 0110 group C, CSA C 22-2 n 14

690

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

For ambient temperature 55 C

10

Hz

Up to 400

10

Frequency of operational current

Short-circuit protection
Operational power of contacts
conforming to IEC 947

To IEC 947 and VDE 0660, gl fuse

a.c. supply, category AC-15

Electrical durability (valid up to 3600 operating cycles per
hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an
electromagnet: making current (cos 0.7) = 10 times the
breaking current (cos 0.4).
110/
220/
380/
V
24
48
127
230
400
440

d.c. supply, category DC-13

Electrical durability (valid up to 1200 operating cycles per
hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time constant
increasing with the load.
V

24

48

110

220

440

1 million operating cycles

VA

48

96

240

440

800

880

120

80

60

52

51

3 million operating cycles

VA

17

34

86

158

288

317

55

38

30

28

26

10 million operating cycles

VA

14

36

66

120

132

15

11

Occasional making capacity

VA
1000 2050 5000
(1) For LC1 contactors

720

600

400

300

230

References :
pages 22101/2 and
Schneider Electric

22101/3
Dimensions :

10000 14000 13000

page 22102/2
Schemes :

page 22102/3
22100_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Control circuit characteristics

Type

LC1-SK06

LP1-SK06

" 24400

$ 1272

For operation

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

For drop-out

0.20 Uc

0.10 Uc

Inrush

16 VA

2.2 W

Sealed

4.2 VA

2.2 W

1.4

2.2

Between coil energisation and

- opening of the N/C contacts
- closing of the N/O contacts

ms
ms

816
714

1018
812

Between coil de-energisation and

- opening of the N/O contacts
- closing of the N/C contacts

ms
ms

68
810

46
68

Rated control circuit voltage

(Uc)

Control voltage limits

( 55 C) single voltage coil

Average coil consumption

at 20 C and at Uc

Heat dissipation

Operating time
at 20 C and at Uc

Maximum operating rate

In operating cycles per hour

1200

1200

Mechanical durability at Uc
In millions of operating cycles

50/60 Hz coil

10

$ coil

10

References :
pages 22101/2 and
22100_Ver2.11-EN.fm/4

22101/3
Dimensions :

page 22102/2
Schemes :

page 22102/3
Schneider Electric

Contactor selection guide

according to required
electrical durability

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Control of 3-phase asynchronous

squirrel cage motors with breaking
whilst running.
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-3 is equal to the rated operational
current (Ie) of the motor.

Millions of operating cycles

Use in category AC-3 (Ue 440 V)

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3

2
1,5
1,2
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
2

2,5

220/380/415 V

500 V

0,55 0,75

220/230 V

2,5

7
5

1,1

8
6

1,5

2,2 kW

1,1

2,2

4 kW

1,1

380/400 V

1,5
1,5

2,2

4 kW

415 V
Current broken in A

only up to 415 V

Control of resistive circuits

(cos 0.95).
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-1 is equal to the current (Ie)
normally drawn by the load.

Millions of operating cycles

Use in category AC-1 (Ue 440 V)

10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1,5
1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,15
0,1
2

2,5

8 9 10

12

15

20

30

40
Current broken in A

References :
pages 22101/2 and
Schneider Electric

22101/3
Dimensions :

page 22102/2
Schemes :

page 22102/3
22100_Ver2.11-EN.fm/5

References

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

- Width of contactor 27 mm.

- Mounting on 35 mm rail.
- Screw clamp terminals.

Mini-contactors for motor control - use in category AC-3

Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category
AC-3 (1)
220 V
230 V
kW
LC1-SK06

280 V
415 V
kW

660 V
690 V
kW

1.1

2.2

2.2

Rated
operational
voltage
in AC-3
up to
400 V

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference.
Complete with code
indicating control
circuit voltage (2)

Weight

kg

LC1-SK0600GG

0.132

Mini-contactors for use in category - AC-1

Non inductive
loads
maximum current
( 55 C)
utilisation category
AC-1

Control
circuit
supply

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference.
Complete with code
indicating control
circuit voltage (2)

Weight

kg
a.c.

LC1-SK0600GG

0.132

d.c.

12

LP1-SK0600GG

0.132

Add-on block with 1 power pole (for 3-phase circuits)

For use on
contactor

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Reference

Weight

kg
LC1-SK06
clip-on
front mounting

LA1-SK10

0.022

LA1-SK01

0.022

LA1-SK10
Note : Auxiliary contact blocks and coil suppressor module, see next page.
(1) For use in AC-3 category and 3-phase circuits, an LA1-SKGG auxiliary contact block should be ordered separately for
mounting on the contactor.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Mini-contactors LC1-SK
Volts 4
24
50/60 Hz
Code
B7

48

110

120

220

230

240

380

400

E7

F7

G7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

Mini-contactors LP1-SK
Volts 6
Code

Characteristics :
pages 22100/2 to 22100/
22101_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

5
Dimensions :

12
JD

page 22102/2
Schemes :

24
BD

36
CD

48
ED

72
SD

page 22102/3
Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts and coil suppressor modules

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

Clip-on front mounting
For
Maximum
use on
number of
contactors
blocks
per contactor

Composition

Reference

Weight

kg
LC1-SK06

LA1-SK20

0.022

LA1-SK02

0.022

LA1-SK11

0.022

LA1-SK11

Coil suppressor module

Clip-on fixing and electrical connection on right-hand side, without use of tools
For
Type
For
Sold
Unit
use on
voltages
in
reference
lots of
contactors

Weight
kg

Varistor
(1)

4 and 6
24 V48 V

10

LA4-SKE1E

0.003

4 and 6
110 V250 V

LC1-SK06 and
LP1-SK06

10

LA4-SKE1U

0.003

6
24 V250 V

10

LA4-SKC1U

0.003

LA4-SKG1G
Diode
(2)

(1) Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
(2) No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).

Characteristics :
pages 22100/2 to 22100/
Schneider Electric

5
Dimensions :

page 22102/2
Schemes :

page 22102/3
22101_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Dimensions, mounting

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Dimensions
Mini-contactors
LC1, LP1-SK06

84,5
27

56

55,5

LA1-SK (1)

LA4-SK

3,5

(1)Only on LC1-SK06
Mounting
Mini-contactors
LC1, LP1-SK06
on mounting rail AM1-DP200 or AM1-DE200 ( 35 mm)

27

56

55,5

Characteristics :
pages 22100/2 to 22100/
22102_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

5
References :

pages 22101/2 and

22101/3

Schemes :
page 22102/3
Schneider Electric

Schemes

Contactors

Mini-contactors types LC1-SK and LP1-SK

Schneider Electric

5
References :

21/NC

5/L3
T3/6
33/NO

41/NC

41/NC

pages 22101/2 and

22101/3

42

1 N/O + 1 N/C
LA1-SK11

34

31/NC

Characteristics :
pages 22100/2 to 22100/

1pole + 1 N/C aux.

LA1-SK01

22

13/NO

5/L3
T3/6

14

3/L2

43/NO
44

2 N/C
LA1-SK02

32

33/NO
34

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

2 N/O
LA1-SK20

42

1/L1

Add-on power pole block

1pole + 1 N/O aux.
LA1-SK10

T2/4

A2

A1

T1/2

2-pole mini-contactors
LC1 and LP1-SK06

Dimensions :
page 22102/2
22102_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Characteristics

Contactors

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

Environment
Rated insulation
voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 60947,

VDE 0110 gr C, BS 5424,
CSA 22-2 n 14, UL 508

690

Conforming to standards

IEC 60947, NF C 63-110, VDE 0660, BS 5424

Product certifications

UL, CSA

Protective treatment
Degree of protection

Conforming to IEC 60068

(DIN 50015)
Conforming to VDE 0106

TC (Klimafest, Climateproof)
Protection against direct finger contact

Ambient air temperature around the device

Storage
Operation

C
C

- 50+ 70
- 20+ 50

Maximum operating altitude

2000

Without derating

Operating position

Vertical axis

Without derating
Cabling, connectors

Horizontal axis

Without derating

mm2
Solid conductor
Flexible cable without cable end mm2
mm2
Flexible cable with cable end
Tightening torque

Min.
1 x 1.5 or 2 x 1.5
1 x 0.5 or 2 x 0.35
1 x 0.35 or 2 x 0.35

Pozidriv n 1 head

0.8

Terminal referencing

References :
pages 22104/2 and 22104/3

22103-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

N.m

Conforming to standards En 50005

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

Schemes :
page 22105/3

Max.
1 x 6 or 2 x 4
1 x 6 or 2 x 2.5
1 x 6 or 2 x 1.5

Contactors

Characteristics

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

Pole characteristics
Mini-contactor type
Conventional
For ambient temperature 55 C
thermal current (Ith)
Rated operational frequency

LC1 SKGC2
20

Hz

50/60

Frequency limit of the operational current

Hz

up to 400

Rated operational voltage

(Ue)
Rated making capacity

690

I rms conforming to
NF C 63-110 and IEC 60947
Conforming to
NF C 63-110 and IEC 60947
(I rms)
In free air for a time t
from cold state (q 55 C)
gl fuse U 440 V

50

85

40

68

40

60

20

20

At Ith and 50 Hz

mW

20

20

32

32

Rated breaking capacity

(for Ue 400 V)
Permissible
short time rating
Short-circuit protection
Average impedance
per pole
Maximum rated
operational current

Use in category AC-1

resistive circuits, heating,
lighting (Ue 440 V)

For temperature
55 C

AC-3
(Ue 400 V)
AC-1

Increase in rated operational

current by paralleling of 2 poles

LC1 SKGC3 and LC1 SKGC4

20

Auxiliary contact characteristics of mini-contactors

Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
Rated insulation
voltage (Ui)

Up to

690

Conforming to IEC 60947,

BS 5424, VDE 0110 group C,
CSA C 22-2 n 14
For ambient temperature 55 C

690

10

Hz

Up to 400

Conventional
thermal current (Ith)
Frequency of the operational current
Short-circuit protection

Conforming to IEC 60947 and

A
10
VDE 0660, gl fuse
Operational power of contacts
a.c. supply, category AC-15
conforming to IEC 60947
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating
cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an
electromagnet: making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times
the power broken (cos j 0.4).
V

References :
pages 22104/2 and 22104/3

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

48

VA
VA
VA
VA

1 million operating cycles

3 million operating cycles
10 million operating cycles
Occasional making capacity

24
48
17
7
1000

96
34
14
2050

110/
127
240
86
36
5000

220/
230
440
158
66
10000

380/
400
800
288
120
14000

440
880
317
132
13000

d.c. supply, category DC-13

Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating
cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of
an electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time
constant increasing with the load.
V

24

48

110

220

440

W
W
W
W

120
55
15
720

80
38
11
600

60
30
9
400

52
28
8
300

51
26
7
230

Schemes :
page 22105/3

22103-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

Characteristics

Contactors

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

Control circuit characteristics

Mini-contactor type
Rated control circuit voltage
(Uc)
Control voltage limits
(q 55 C)

LC1 SKGC2
a 24400

LC1 SKGC3 and LC1 SKGC4

0.851.1 Uc
0.20 Uc

Operation
For drop-out

Average coil consumption at 20 C and at Uc

Inrush
Sealed

VA
VA

16
4.2

23
4.9

Heat dissipation

1.4

1.5

Operating time at 20 C and at Uc

Between coil
opening of the N/C contacts
energisation and
closing of the N/O contacts

ms
ms

816
714

ms
ms

68
810

Between coil
de-energisation and

opening of the N/O contacts

closing of the N/C contacts

Maximum operating rate

In operating cycles per hour

1200

Mechanical durability at Uc
in millions of operating cycles

50/60 Hz coil

10

References :
pages 22104/2 and 22104/3

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

22103-EN_Ver3.0.fm/4

Schemes :
page 22105/3

Contactor selection
according to required
electrical durability

Contactors

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

Control of 3-phase asynchronous

squirrel cage motors with
breaking whilst running.
The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal
to the rated operational current of the motor.

Millions of operating cycles

Use in category AC-3 (Ue 440 V)

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3

2
1,5
1,2
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
2

2,5

220/380/415 V

500 V

2,5

0,55 0,75

220/230 V

7
5

1,1

8
6

1,5

2,2 kW

1,1

1,5

2,2

4 kW

1,1

380/400 V

1,5

2,2

4 kW

415 V
Current broken in A

1 LC1 SKGC2
2 LC1 SKGC3 and SKGC4
- - - - - only up to 415 V

Control of resistive circuits (cos j 0.95).

The current broken (Ic) in category AC-1 is equal
to the current (Ie) normally drawn by the load.

Millions of operating cycles

Use in category AC-1 (Ue 440 V)

10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1,5
1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,15
0,1
2

References :
pages 22104/2 and 22104/3

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

2,5

8 9 10

12

15

20
30 40
Current broken in A

Schemes :
page 22105/3

22103-EN_Ver3.0.fm/5

Contactors

References

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

812737

b Mounting on 35 mm 7 rail or fixing by four 4 screws, except for LC1 SKGC200.

b Connection by connectors.
b Mini-contactor fitted with transparent, sealable protective cover to prevent front face access.

Mini-contactors, width 27 mm
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
220 V 380 V
660 V
230 V 415 V
690 V
kW

kW

kW

Rated
operational
current
in AC-3
up to
400 V
A
5

Non inductive No. of poles

loads
category AC-1
maximum
current
q 50 C
A
2

20

Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (1)

Weight

kg
0.132

LC1 SKGC200 pp

530081

LC1 SKGC200

Mini-contactors, width 45 mm
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
220 V 380 V
660 V
230 V 415 V
690 V
kW
1.1

kW
4

kW
4

Rated
operational
current
in AC-3
up to
400 V
A
9

LC1 SKGC400

Non inductive No. of poles

loads
category AC-1
maximum
current
q 50 C
A
3
1
20

Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (1)

Weight

LC1 SKGC310 pp

kg
0.175

LC1 SKGC301 pp

0.175

LC1 SKGC400 pp

0.175

(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts a
24
48
110
120
220
230
240
50/60 Hz
Code
B7
E7
F7
G7
M7
P7
U7

Characteristics :
pages 22103/2 to 22103/5

22104-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

Schemes :
page 22105/3

380

400

Q7

V7

Contactors

References

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels
Suppressor modules

812739

Suppressor modules
Connection without need for tools by clipping onto right-hand side of contactor
For use on contactors
LC1 SKGC

For voltages

Varistor
(1)

Diode
(2)

a and c 2448 V

Sold in
lots of
10

Unit
reference
LA4 SKE1E

Weight
kg
0.003

a and c 110250 V

LA4 SKp1 p

Type

10

LA4 SKE1U

0.003

c 24250 V

10

LA4 SKC1U

0.003

(1) Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
(2) No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).

Characteristics :
pages 22103/2 to 22103/5

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

Schemes :
page 22105/3

22104-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

Contactors

Dimensions,
mounting

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

Dimensions

Mounting

Mini-contactors LC1 SKGC2

On mounting rail AM1 DP200 or AM1 DE200 (7 35 mm)

55,5

27

56

27

56

55,5

LA4 SK

3,5

Dimensions

Mounting

Mini-contactors LC1 SKGC3 and SKGC4

On panel

LA4 SK

Characteristics :
pages 22103/2 to 22103/5

22105-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

48-50
34-35

References :
pages 22104/2 and 22104/3

Schemes :
page 22105/3

45

58

56

45

58

56

On mounting rail AM1 DP200 or AM1 DE200 (7 35 mm)

Contactors

Schemes

Mini-contactors type LC1 SKGC,

for use in modular panels

2-pole mini-contactors

1/L1

3/L2

T1/2

T2/4

A2

A1

LC1 SKGC2

3-pole mini-contactors

5/L3
T3/6

21/NC

3/L2
T2/4

22

1/L1
T1/2

A1
A2

5/L3
T3/6

13/NO

3/L2

14

1/L1
A2

A1

T2/4

LC1 SKGC301

T1/2

LC1 SKGC310

4-pole mini-contactors

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

7/L4

T2/4

T3/6

T4/8

A2

A1

T1/2

LC1 SKGC400

Characteristics :
pages 22103/2 to 22103/5

References :
pages 22104/2 and 22104/3

Dimensions :
page 22105/2

22105-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

Selection guide

TeSys contactors

Model d

Applications

All types of automation system

Rated operational current

le max. AC-3 (Ue y 440 V)
le AC-1 (q y 60 C)

9A
20/25 A

12 A

18 A
25/32 A

25 A
25/40 A

32 A
50 A

Rated operational voltage

690 V

Number of poles

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

2.2 kW
4 kW
4 kW
5.5 kW
5.5 kW

3 kW
5.5 kW
5.5 kW
7.5 kW
7.5 kW

4 kW
7.5 kW
9 kW
10 kW
10 kW

5.5 kW
11 kW
11 kW
15 kW
15 kW

7.5 kW
15 kW
15 kW
18.5 kW
18.5 kW

38 A

Rated operational power

in AC-3

220/240 V
380/400 V
415/440 V
500 V
660/690 V
1000 V

Auxiliary contacts

Thermal overload relays

manual-auto compatible

9 kW
18.5 kW
18.5 kW
18.5 kW
18.5 kW

1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks
common to the whole range, comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O instantaneous, up to 1 N/O + 1 N/C
time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals

Class 10 A
Class 20

0.1010 A
2.510 A

0.1013 A
2.513 A

0.1018 A
2.518 A

0.1032 A
2.532 A

0.1038 A

0.1038 A

Varistor
Diode
RC circuit
Bidirectional peak limiting
diode

p
p

p
p

p
p

p
p

p
p

p
p

Interfaces

Relay
Relay + override function
Solid state

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

Contactor type references

a or c 3-pole
c 4-pole

LC1 D09
LC1 DT20/
LC1 D098

LC1 D12
LC1 DT25/
LC1 D128

LC1 D18
LC1 DT32/
LC1 D188

LC1 D25
LC1 DT40/
LC1 D258

LC1 D32

LC1 D38

a 3-pole

LC2 D09

LC2 D12

LC2 D18

LC2 D25

LC2 D32

LC2 D38

c 3-pole
c 4-pole

LC2 D09
LC2 DT20
LC2 DT20

LC2 D12
LC2 DT25
LC2 DT25

LC2 D18
LC2 DT32
LC2 DT32

LC2 D25
LC2 DT40
LC2 DT40

LC2 D32

LC2 D38

Contactors
Reversing contactors

24501/2 to 24502/3
24503/2 to 24510/3

Suppressor modules
(c and low consumption
contactors have built-in
suppression as standard)

a 4-pole

Reversing contactor
type references

a 4-pole

Pages

0246Q-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2

1
1

40 A
60 A

50 A
80 A

65 A

80 A
125 A

95 A

115 A
200 A

25 kW
45 kW
45 kW
55 kW
45 kW
45 kW

150 A

30 kW
55 kW
59 kW
75 kW
80 kW
75 kW

1000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply

15 kW
22 kW
25/30 kW
30 kW
33 kW
30 kW

11 kW
18.5 kW
22 kW
22 kW
30 kW
22 kW

18.5 kW
30 kW
37 kW
37 kW
37 kW
37 kW

22 kW
37 kW
45 kW
55 kW
45 kW
45 kW

40 kW
75 kW
80 kW
90 kW
100 kW
90 kW

1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O
instantaneous, up to 1 N/O + 1 N/C time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals

1750 A
1740 A

1770 A
1765 A

1780 A
1770 A

17104 A
1780 A

17104 A

60150 A
60150 A

60150 A
60150 A

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p
p

p
p

LC1 D40
LC1 D40
LP1 D40

LC1 D50

LC1 D65
LC1 D65
LP1 D65

LC1 D80
LC1 D80
LP1 D80

LC1 D95

LC1 D115
LC1 D115
LC1 D115

LC1 D150

LC2 D40

LC2 D40

LC2 D50

LC2 D65

LC2 D65

LC2 D80

LC2 D80

LC2 D95

LC2 D115

LC2 D115

LC2 D150

0246Q-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3

Selection guide

TeSys contactors

Model d, low consumption

Applications

Automation systems

Rated operational current

le max. AC-3 (Ue y 440 V)
le AC-1 (q y 60 C)

9A
20/25 A

12 A
20/25 A

18 A
25/32 A

Rated operational voltage

690 V

Number of poles

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

220/240 V
380/400 V

2.2 kW
4 kW

3 kW
5.5 kW

4 kW
7.5 kW

415/440 V

4 kW

5.5 kW

9 kW

500 V

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

660/690 V

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

Rated operational power

in AC-3

Coil consumption
Operating ranges

Operating time
at 20 C and at Uc

2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V)
0.71.25 Uc

Closing
Opening

70 ms
25 ms

Auxiliary contact blocks

1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks
common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O instantaneous standard contacts

Interference suppression

Built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode

Contactor type

LC1 D09
LC1 DT20/D098

LC1 D12
LC1 DT25/D128

LC1D18
LC1 DT32/D188

4-pole

LC2 D09
LC2 DT20

LC2 D12
LC2 DT25

LC2 D18
LC2 DT32

Contactors
Reversing contactors

24501/2 to 24502/3
24503/2 to 24510/3

3-pole
4-pole
Reversing contactor type
3-pole

Pages

0247Q-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2

1
1

25 A
25/40 A

32 A
50 A

38 A
50 A

3 or 4

5.5 kW
11 kW

7.5 kW
15 kW

9 kW
18.5 kW

11 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

18.5 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

18.5 kW

2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V)
0.71.25 Uc

70 ms
25 ms

1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O
instantaneous standard contacts
Built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode

LC1 D25
LC1 DT40/D258

LC1 D32

LC1 D38

LC2 D25
LC2 DT40

LC2 D32

LC2 D38

0247Q-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

Characteristics

Model d

Contactor type

LC1

D09D18
D25D38
D40
DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40

D50D95

D115 and D150

Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conforming to standards

Conforming to IEC 60947-4-1, V

overvoltage category III,
degree of pollution: 3
V
Conforming to UL, CSA

690

Conforming to IEC 60947

kV

1000

600
8

IEC 60947-1, 60947-4-1, NFC 63-110, VDE 0660, BS 5424, JEM 1038.
EN 60947-1, EN 60947-4-1.
GL, DNV, PTB, RINA pending
UL, CSA
Complies with SNCF, Sichere Trennung recommendations

Product certifications

400

Separation insulation

Conforming to VDE 0106

part 101 and A1 (draft 2/89)

Degree of protection (1)

(front face only)

Conforming to VDE 0106

Power connection
Coil connection

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X (except LC1 D40D80)

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 60068

TH

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage

- 60+ 80

Operation

- 5+ 60

Permissible

- 40+ 70, for operation at Uc

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

3000

Operating positions

Without derating

Flame resistance

Conforming to UL 94
Conforming to IEC 60695-2-1

30 possible, in relation to normal vertical mounting plane

V1
960

Shock resistance (2)

1/2 sine wave = 11 ms

Contactor open
Contactor closed

10 gn
15 gn

8 gn
15 gn

8 gn
10 gn

8 gn
10 gn

6 gn
15 gn

Vibration resistance (2)

5300 Hz

Contactor open
Contactor closed

2 gn
4 gn

4 gn

4 gn

3 gn

4 gn

(1) Protection provided for the cabling c.s.a.'s indicated on the next page and for connection by
cable.
(2) Without change of contact states, in the most unfavourable direction (coil energised at Ue).

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24505-EN_Ver8.0.fm/2

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

Characteristics (continued)

TeSys contactors

Model d

Contactor type

LC1

D09 and D12 D18

DT20 and
(3P)
DT25

D25
(3P)

D32 D38 D18 and D25 D40

(4P)
DT32 and
DT40

D50 and D80 and D115 and D150

D65
D95

Power circuit connections

Connection by cable
Tightening torque

Screw clamp terminals

14
14
14
12.5
14
14
N 2
6

1.7

1.56
1.56
16
14
1.56
1.56
N 2
6

1.7

1.510
1.56
16
14
1.56
1.56
N 2
6

2.5

2.510
2.510
110
1.56
1.510
2.510
N 2
6

2.5

2.510
2.510
2.510
2.510
2.516
2.516
N 2
6

1.8

Screw
clamp
terminals
2.525
2.516
2.525
2.510
2.525
2.516

6 8

2.5
(4: DT25)
2.5
(except
DT25)

10

8
M3.5
N 2
6

1.7

8
M3.5
N 2
6

1.7

10
M4
N 2
6

2.5

10
M4
N 2
6

2.5

8 (2)
M3.5
N 2
6

1.8

13
M5
N 2
8

16
M6
N 3
8

3 x 16
17
M6

8
10
9

5 x 25
25
M8

13
12

N.m

14
14
14
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.7

14
14
14
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.7

14
14
14
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.7

14
14
14
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.7

14
14
14
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.7

14
14
12.5
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.2

14
14
12.5
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.2

14
14
12.5
12.5
14
14
N 2
6
1.2

12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
N 2
6
1.2

1 conductor

mm2

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2 conductors

mm2

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

mm
mm

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.7

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.7

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.7

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.7

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.7

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.2

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.2

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.2

8
M3.5
N 2
6
1.2

mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2

Flexible cable
without cable end

1 conductor
2 conductors
Flexible cable
1 conductor
with cable end
2 conductors
Solid cable
1 conductor
without cable end
2 conductors
Screwdriver
Philips
Flat screwdriver
Key for hexagonal headed screw
Tightening torque

N.m

Connector
2 inputs

Connector
1 input

Connector
2 inputs

2.525
2.516
2.525
2.510
2.525
2.516

6 8

450
425
450
416
450
425

6 8
4
9

10120
10120 + 1050
10120
10120 + 1050
10120
10120 + 1050

4
12

Spring terminal connections (1)

1 conductor

mm2

2 conductors

Flexible cable
without cable end

mm2

Connection by bars or lugs

Bar cross-section
Lug external
of screw
Screwdriver

mm
mm

Philips
Flat screwdriver
Key for hexagonal headed screw
Tightening torque
N.m

Control circuit connections

Connection via cable (tightening via screw clamps)
Flexible cable
without cable end
Flexible cable
with cable end
Solid cable
without cable end
Screwdriver

1 conductor
2 conductors
1 conductor
2 conductors
1 conductor
2 conductors
Philips
Flat screwdriver

Tightening torque

mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2

Spring terminal connections (1)

Flexible cable
without cable end

Connection by bars or lugs

Lug external
of screw
Screwdriver

Philips
Flat screwdriver

Tightening torque

N.m

(1) If cable ends are used, choose the next size down (example: for 2.5 mm2, use 1.5 mm2) and square crimp the cable
ends using a special tool.
(2) To connect cables with a c.s.a. > 4mm2 and up to 10 mm2, it is essential to use special connectors, sold in bags of
100 (reference: LAD 96180).

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24505-EN_Ver8.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

Characteristics (continued)

Model d

Contactor type

LC1

D09
(3P)

DT20
D098

D12
(3P)

DT25
D128

D18
(3P)

DT32
D188

D25
(3P)

DT40
D258

20

12
25 (1)
690

25

18
32 (1)
690

32

25
40 (1)
690

40

Pole characteristics
In AC-3, q y 60 C
In AC-1, q y 60 C
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to

A
A
V

9
25 (1)
690

Frequency limits
Conventional thermal current
(Ith)
Rated making capacity
(440 V)
Rated breaking capacity
(440 V)
Permissible short time rating
No current flowing for preceding
15 minutes with q y 40 C

Hz
A

25400
25 (1)
20

25400
25 (1)
25

25400
32 (1)
32

25400
40 (1)
40

Conforming to IEC 60947

250

250

300

450

Conforming to IEC 60947

250

250

300

450

Rated operational current (Ie)

(Ue y 440 V)

Protection by fuses
against short-circuits
(U y 690 V)
Average impedance per pole
Power dissipation per pole for
the above operational currents

Of the operating current

q y 60 C

For 1 s
For 10 s
For 1 min
For 10 min
Without thermal
type 1
overload relay, gG fuse type 2
With thermal overload relay

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

At Ith and 50 Hz
AC-3
AC-1

mW
W
W

210
210
240
380
105
105
145
240
61
61
84
120
30
30
40
50
25
40
50
63
20
25
35
40
See pages 24514/2 and 24514/3, for aM or gG fuse ratings corresponding to the
associated thermal overload relay
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
0.20
0.36
0.8
1.25
1.56
1.56
2.5
3.2

12690

Control circuit characteristics, a.c. supply

Rated control circuit voltage
(Uc)
Control voltage limits
50 or 60 Hz coils
50/60 Hz coils

50/60 Hz

Operational
Drop-out
Operational

Drop-out
a 50 Hz Inrush
50 Hz coil
Cos j
50/60 Hz coil
Sealed 50 Hz coil
Cos j
50/60 Hz coil
a 60 Hz Inrush
60 Hz coil
Cos j
50/60 Hz coil
Sealed 60 Hz coil
Cos j
50/60 Hz coil
Heat dissipation
50/60 Hz
Operating time
Closing "C"
(2)
Opening "O"
Mechanical durability
50 or 60 Hz coil
in millions of operating cycles
50/60 Hz coil on 50 Hz
Average
consumption
at 20 C and at Uc

Maximum operating rate

at ambient temperature y 60 C

In operating cycles per hour

VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
W
ms
ms

0.81.1 Uc on 50 Hz and
0.851.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 60 C
0.30.6 Uc at 60 C

0.75
70

0.3
7

0.75
70

0.3
7.5
23
1222
419

15
3600

(1) Versions with spring terminal connections: 20 A for LC1 D093 and LC1 D123, 25 A for
LC1 D183 to LC1 D323, 32 A for LC1 D183 connected with 2 x 4mm2 cables in parallel, 40 A
for LC1 D253 and LC1 D323 connected with 2 x 4mm2 cables in parallel.
(2) The closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial
contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply
is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24505-EN_Ver8.0.fm/4

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

D32

D38

D40

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

32
50 (1)
690

38
50
690

40
60
1000

50
80
1000

65
80
1000

80
125
1000

95
125
1000

115
200
1000

150
200
1000

25400
50

25400
50

25400
60

25400
80

25400
80

25400
125

25400
125

25400
200

25400
200

550

550

800

900

1000

1100

1100

1260

1660

550

550

800

900

1000

1100

1100

1100

1400

430
430
720
810
900
990
1100
260
310
320
400
520
640
800
138
150
165
208
260
320
400
60
60
72
84
110
135
135
63
63
80
100
160
200
200
63
63
80
100
125
160
160
See pages 24514/2 and 24514/3, for aM or gG fuse ratings corresponding to the associated thermal overload relay

1100
950
550
250
250
200

1400
1200
580
250
315
250

2
2
5

0.6
7.9
24

0.6
13.5
24

2
3
5

1.5
2.4
5.4

1.5
3.7
9.6

1
4.2
6.4

0.8
5.1
12.5

0.8
7.2
12.5

12690

24660

24500

0.81.1 Uc on 50 Hz and
0.851.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 60 C
0.30.6 Uc at 60 C

0.75
70

0.3
7

0.75
70

0.3
7.5
23
1222
419

15

0.851.1 Uc at 55 C
0.30.6 Uc at 55 C
0.81.1 Uc on 50 Hz and
0.851.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 55 C
0.30.6 Uc at 55 C
200
0.75
245
20
0.3
26
220
0.75
245
22
0.3
26
610
2026
2026
812
812
16
16
6
6

2026
812
16
6

2035
620
10
4

2035
620
10
4

0.851.1 Uc at 55 C
0.30.5 Uc at 55 C
0.81.15 Uc on 50/60 Hz
at 55 C
0.30.5 Uc at 55 C
300

0.8
0.9
280350
280350
22

0.3
0.9
218
218
300

0.8
0.9
280350
280350
22

0.3
0.9
218
218
38
34.5
2050
2035
620
4075
8

8
8

3600

3600

3600

3600

3600

2400

3600

1200

24505-EN_Ver8.0.fm/5

Characteristics (continued)

TeSys contactors

Model d

Contactor type

LC1 D09D38
LC1 DT20DT40

LC1 or LP1
D40D65

LC1 or
LP1 D80

LC1 D115 and

LC1 D150

d.c. control circuit characteristics

c

12440

12440

24440

V
V

690
600
0.71.25 Uc
at 60 C

0.851.1 Uc
at 55 C
0.751.2 Uc at 55 C

0.751.2 Uc
at 55 C

Average consumption
at 20 C and at Uc

Conforming to IEC 60947-1

Conforming to UL, CSA
Operational
Standard
coil
Wide range
coil
Drop-out
c
Inrush
Sealed

Average operating
time at Uc (1)

Closing
Opening

ms
55
85110
95130
2035
ms
20
2035
2035
4075
Note : The arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For all normal 3-phase
applications, the arcing time is less than 10 ms. The load is isolated from the supply after a time
equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time.
ms
28
65
75
25

Rated control
circuit voltage (Uc)
Rated insulation voltage
Control voltage limits

"C"
"O"

Time constant L/R (L/R)

W
W

Mechanical durability at Uc In millions of operating cycles

In operating cycles per hour
Maximum operating rate
at ambient temperature y 60 C

0.10.25 Uc at 60 C 0.10.3 Uc at 55 C
5.4
22
22
5.4
22
22

30
3600

20
3600

20
3600

0.150.4 Uc at 55 C
270 to 365
2.45.1

8
1200

Low consumption control circuit characteristics

Rated insulation voltage

V
V

Maximum voltage

Conforming to IEC 60947-1

Conforming to UL, CSA
Of the control circuit on c

690
600
250

Average consumption
d.c. at 20 C and at Uc

Wide range coil

(0.71.25 Uc)

Operating time (1)

at Uc and at 20 C

Closing
Opening

W
W
ms
ms

2.4
2.4
70
25

Voltage limits (q y 60 C)
of the control circuit

Operational
Drop-out
ms

0.7 to 1.25 Uc
0.10.3 Uc
40

ops/h

30
3600

Inrush
Sealed
"C"
"O"

Time constant L/R (L/R)

Mechanical durability
Maximum operating rate

In millions of operating cycles

At ambient temperature y 60 C

(1) The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode.
The closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial
contact of the main poles.
The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the
moment the main poles separate.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24505-EN_Ver8.0.fm/6

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

Characteristics (continued)

TeSys contactors

Model d

Characteristics of auxiliary contacts incorporated in the contactor

Mechanically linked contacts Conforming to
IEC60947-5-1
Mirror contact
Conforming to
IEC60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-1
Conforming to UL, CSA
Conventional
For ambient temperature
thermal current (Ith)
y 60 C
Frequency of the
operational current
Minimum switching capacity U min
l = 108
I min
Short-circuit protection
Conforming to
IEC 60947-5-1
Rated making capacity
Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1,
I rms
Short-time rating
Permissible for
1s
500 ms
100 ms
Insulation resistance

Operational power
of contacts
conforming to IEC 60947-5-1

25400

V
mA

17
5
gG fuse: 10 A

a: 140, c: 250

A
A
A
MW

100
120
140
> 10

Guaranteed between
ms
1.5 on energisation and on de-energisation
N/C and N/O contacts
a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15
d.c. supply, category DC-13
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating cycles/hour)
Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating cycles/hour)
on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:
on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet,
making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the power broken
without economy resistor, the time constant increasing with the
(cos j 0.4).
load.
V
24
48
115
230
400
440
600
V
24
48
125
250
440
VA
60
120
280
560
960
1050 1440
W
96
76
76
76
44
VA
16
32
80
160
280
300
420
W
48
38
38
32

VA
4
8
20
40
70
80
100
W
14
12
12

AC-15
DC-13

Millions of operating cycles

1 million operating cycles

3 million operating cycles
10 million operating cycles

Hz

1
8
7
6
5
4
3

Millions of operating cycles

Non-overlap time

V
V
V
A

Each contactor has 2 N/O and N/C contacts mechanically linked on the same movable
contact holder
The N/C contact on each contactor represents the state of the power contacts and can
be connected to a PREVENTA safety module
690
690
600
10

1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2

0,1
0,1

1
8
7
6
5
4
3

24 V
48 V
125 V

2
250 V
1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

440 V

0,2

0,2

0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1

0,5 0,7 0,9

6
5

8 10
9

0,1
0,1

0,2

0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1

0,5 0,7 0,9

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

6
5

8 10
9

Current broken in A

Current broken in A

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24505-EN_Ver8.0.fm/7

Characteristics

TeSys contactors

Auxiliary contact blocks without

dust and damp protected contacts
for model d contactors
Contact block type

LAD N or LAD C

LAD T and LAD S

LAD R

LAD 8

Environment
Conforming to standards

IEC 60947-5-1, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794, EN 60947-5-1

Product certifications

UL, CSA

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 60068

TH

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation
Permissible for operation at Uc
Without derating

C
C
C
m

- 60+ 80
- 5+ 60
- 40+ 70
3000

Phillips N 2 and 6 mm
Flexible or solid cable
with or without cable end
Flexible or solid cable
without cable end

mm2

Min: 1 x 1, max: 2 x 2.5

mm2

Max. 2 x 2.5

Maximum operating altitude

Connection by cable

Spring terminal connections

Instantaneous and time delay contact characteristics

Number of contacts
Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
Frequency of the
operational current
Minimum switching capacity

Up to

Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1

V
V
Conforming to UL, CSA
For ambient temperature y 60 C A

1, 2 or 4
690

690
600
10

Hz

25400

U min
I min
Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1
and VDE 0660. gG fuse
Conforming to
I rms
IEC 60947-5-1
Permissible for
1s
500 ms
100 ms

V
mA
A

17
5
10

a: 140 ; c: 250

Insulation resistance

A
A
A
MW

100
120
140
> 10

Non-overlap time

Guaranteed between
N/C and N/O contacts
Overlap time
Guaranteed between N/C and
N/O contacts on LAD C22
Ambient air temperature for
Time delay
(LAD T, R and S contact blocks) operation
Accuracy only valid for setting Repeat accuracy
range indicated on the front face
Drift up to 0.5 million
operating cycles
Drift depending on
ambient air temperature
Mechanical durability
In millions of operating cycles
Operational power of contacts

ms

1.5 (on energisation and on de-energisation)

ms

1.5

- 40+ 70

- 40+ 70

2 %
+ 15 %

2 %
+ 15 %

0.25 % per C

0.25 % per C

30
See page 24506/4

30

Short-circuit protection
Rated making capacity
Short-time rating

References :
pages 24511/3 and 24511/4

24506-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 and 24531/3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

Characteristics (continued)

TeSys contactors

Auxiliary contact blocks with

dust and damp protected contacts
for model d contactors
Contact block type

LA1 DX

LA1 DZ
Protected

LA1 DY
Non protected

Environment
Conforming to standards

IEC 60947-5-1, VDE 0660

Product certifications

UL, CSA

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 60068

TH

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X

Ambient air temperature

Connection

Storage and operation

Phillips N 2 and 6 mm
Flexible or solid cable with or
without cable end

C
mm2

Number of contacts

- 25+ 70
Min: 1 x 1, max: 2 x 2.5

Contact characteristics
Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
Maximum operational current
(Ie)
Frequency of the
operational current
Minimum switching capacity
Short-circuit protection
Rated making capacity
Short-time rating

Up to

50

50

690

24

Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1

Conforming to UL, CSA
For ambient temperature
y 40 C

V
V
A

250

250

690
600
10

250

mA

500

500

50

Hz

25400

V
mA
A

17
4

17
4

17
5
10

3
0.3

a: 140; c: 250

A
A
A
MW

> 10

> 10

100
120
140
> 10

> 10

U min
I min
Conforming to IEC 609475-1
gG fuse
Conforming to IEC 60947 5-1,
I rms
Permissible for
1s
500 ms
100 ms

Insulation resistance
Mechanical durability
Materials and technology
used for dust and damp
protected contacts

In millions of operating cycles

References :
page 24511/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 and 24531/3

5
5
30
Silver - Single break Silver - Single break

5
Gold - Single break
with crossed bars

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24506-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

Characteristics (continued)

Auxiliary contact blocks with

dust and damp protected contacts
for model d contactors
Rated operational power of contacts (conforming to IEC 60947-5-1)
a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the
power broken (cos j 0.4).
V
VA
VA
VA

Millions of operating cycles

1 million operating cycles

3 million operating cycles
10 million operating cycles

24
60
16
4

48
120
32
8

115
280
80
20

230
560
160
40

400
960
280
70

440
1050
300
80

600
1440
420
100

1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2

1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2

0,1
0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4
0,5

0,6 0,8 1
0,7 0,9

6
5

8 10
9

Current broken in A

d.c. supply, category DC 13

Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time constant
increasing with the load.
V
W
W
W

Millions of operating cycles

1 million operating cycles

3 million operating cycles
10 million operating cycles
1
8
7
6
5
4

24
120
70
25

48
90
50
18

24 V
48 V
125 V

3
250 V

1
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5

440 V

0,4
0,3
0,2

0,1
0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4
0,5

0,6 0,8 1
0,7 0,9

6
5

8 10
9

Current broken in A

References :
pages 24511/3 and 24511/4

24506-EN_Ver6.0.fm/4

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 and 24531/3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

125
75
38
14

250
68
33
12

440
61
28
10

TeSys contactors

Characteristics

Control modules, coil suppressor modules and

mechanical latch blocks for model d contactors

Environment
Conforming to standards

IEC 60947-5-1

Product certifications

UL, CSA

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 60068

TH

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation
Permissible for operation at Uc

C
C
C

40+ 80
25+ 55
25+ 70

Auto-Man-Stop control modules

Recommendation
Rated insulation voltage

Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1

The Auto - Man selector switch must only be operated with the Start - Stop (O I)
switch in position O
250

Rated operational voltage

Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1

250

Protection

Against electric shocks

kV

Built-in protection

Contactor coil suppression

By varistor

Indication
Electrical durability

By integral LED
In operating cycles

Illuminates when the contactor coil is energised

20 000

Suppressor modules
Module type
Type of protection

LA4 DA, LAD 4RC

RC circuit
V

Maximum peak voltage

Natural RC frequency

24/48 V
50/127 V
110/240 V
380/415 V

Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz

LA4 DC
Diode

LA4 DE, LAD 4V

Varistor

a 24415

c 12250

a or c 24250

3 Uc

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)

LA4 DB, LAD 4T

Bidirectional peak
limiting diode
a or c 2472
2 Uc

Uc

2 Uc

400
200
100
150

Mechanical latch blocks(1)

Mechanical latch block type
For mounting on contactor

LA6 DK10
LC1 D40D65, LP1 D65

LAD 6K10
LC1 D09D38,
DT20DT40

Product certifications

UL, CSA

LA6 DK20
LC1 D80D150
LP1 D80 and LC1 D115
UL, CSA

Rated insulation voltage

Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1

690

690

Rated control circuit voltage

Power required

a 50/60 Hz and c
For unlatching
a

V
VA

24415
25

24415
25

30

30

Maximum operating rate

In operating cycles/ hour

1200

1200

10 %

10 %

On-load factor
Mechanical durability at Uc

In millions of operating cycles

0.5
0.5
(1) Unlatching can be manually operated or electrically controlled (pulsed).
The LA6 DK or LAD 6K latch coil and the LC1 D operating coil must not be energised
simultaneously. The duration of the LA6 DK or LAD 6K and LC1 D control signals must be
u 100 ms.

References :
pages 24511/4 24511/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 and 24531/3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24506-EN_Ver6.0.fm/5

TeSys contactors

Characteristics

Electronic serial timer module

for model d contactors

Module type

LA4 DT (On-delay)

Environment
Conforming to standards

IEC 60255-5

Product certifications

UL, CSA

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 60068

TH

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation
For operation at Uc
Conforming to IEC 60947-1
Phillips n 2 and 6 mm
Flexible or solid conductor
with or without cable end

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Cabling

C
C
C
V
mm2

40+ 80
25+ 55
25+ 70
250
Min: 1 x 1, max: 2 x 2.5

By varistor
By varistor
a or c 24250

Control circuit characteristics

Built-in protection

On input
Contactor coil suppression

Rated control circuit voltage

(Uc)
Permissible variation

0.81.1 Uc

Type of control

By mechanical contact only

Timing characteristics
Timing ranges

Repeat accuracy

040 C

Reset time

During time delay period

After time delay period
During time delay period
After time delay period

Immunity to microbreaks

3 % (10 ms minimum)

Minimum control
pulse duration
Indication of time delay

0.12; 1.530; 25500

ms
ms
ms
ms
ms

150
50
10
2

Illuminates during time delay period

By LED

Switching characteristics (solid state type)

Maximum power dissipated

Leakage current

mA

<5

Residual voltage

3.3

Overvoltage protection
Electrical durability

In millions of operating cycles

3 kV; 0.5 joule

30

Function diagram
LA4 DT On-delay electronic timers
U supply A1-A2
Time delay output
Contactor coil

1
0
1
0
t

Red LED

References :
page 24511/7

24506-EN_Ver6.0.fm/6

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 and 24531/3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

TeSys contactors

Characteristics

Interface modules for model d contactors

Environment
Conforming to standards

IEC 60255-5

Product certifications

UL, CSA

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 60068

TH

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation
Permissible for operation at Uc

C
C
C

40+ 80
25+ 55
25+ 70

LA4 DFBQ
With relay
5

LA4 DFB LA4 DFE LA4 DLB LA4 DLE

With relay With relay With relay + override
250

415

250

Other characteristics
Module type
Rated insulation voltage
Rated operational voltage
Indication of input state
Input signals

Built-in protection
Electrical durability
at 220 A/240 V
Maximum immunity
to microbreaks
Power dissipated

Conforming to
IEC 60947-5-1
Conforming to
IEC 60947-5-1

By integral LED which illuminates when the contactor coil is energised

V
c 24
c 24
c 48
c 24
c 48
V
1730
1730
3360
1730
3360
mA
25
25
15
25
15

LA4 DWB
Solid state

At 20 C

Direct mounting
without contactor

With coil

Mounting with
cabling adapter LAD 4BB

With coil

a24250 V
a 100250 V
a 380415 V
a24250 V
a 380415 V

Total operating time at Uc

(of the contactor)

With LA4 DF, LA4 DL

C
"O"

Cabling

Phillips N 2 and 6 mm
Flexible or solid cable
with or without cable end

References :
page 24511/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 and 24531/3

< 2.4
<2
17
By diode
By diode
3

< 2.4
<2
17

< 4.8
< 1.3
33

< 2.4
<2
17

< 4.8
< 1.3
33

10

10

20

State 0 guaranteed for U

I
State 1 guaranteed for U
Against reverse polarity
Of the input
In millions of operating cycles

c 24
530
8.5 for 5 V
15 for 24 V
< 2.4
<2
5

ms

Control voltage (E1-E2)

Permissible variation
Current consumption at 20 C

0.6

0.6

0.6

0.6

0.6

0.4

LC1 D40D150

LC1 D40D150

LC1 D09D38, DT20DT40

V
mA
V

LC1 D40D115

LC1 D09D38,
DT20DT40

LC1 D09D38,
DT20DT40
The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. The
closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of
the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched
off to the moment the main poles separate.
LC1 D09D38,
LC1 D40D65
LC1 D80 and D95
DT20DT40
ms
2030
2834
2843
ms
1624
2024
1832
mm2
Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24506-EN_Ver6.0.fm/7

References

TeSys contactors

For motor control up to 75 kW at 400 V,

in category AC-3
Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

810356

3-pole contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors

Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
( 60 C)

Rated
operational
current
in AC-3
220V 380V
660V
440 V
230V 400V 415V 440V 500V 690V 1000V up to
kW kW kW kW kW kW
kW
A
4

5.5

5.5

LC1-D09GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.320

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

12

LC1-D12GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.325

7.5

10

10

18

LC1-D18GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.330

11

11

11

15

15

25

LC1-D25GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.370

7.5

15

15

15

18.5 18.5

32

LC1-D32GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.375

18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5

38

LC1-D38GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.380

11

18.5 22

22

22

30

22

40

LC1-D40GG

B7

P7 BD

1.400

15

22

25

30

30

33

30

50

LC1-D50GG

B7

P7 BD

1.400

18.5 30

37

37

37

37

37

65

LC1-D65GG

B7

P7 BD

1.400

22

37

45

45

55

45

45

80

LC1-D80GG

B7

P7 BD

1.590

25

45

45

45

55

45

45

95

LC1-D95GG

B7

P7 BD

1.610

30

55

59

59

75

80

65

115

LC1-D115GG

B7

P7 BD

2.500

40

810353

5.5

810352

LC1-D25//

2.2
3

LC1-D09//

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference.
Complete with code indicating
control circuit voltage (2)
Fixing (1)

Weight
(4)

75

80

80

90

100

75

150

LC1-D150GG

B7

P7 BD

2.500

Standard voltages
4
6 LC(3)
kg

3-pole contactors for connection by lugs or bars

Insert the digit 6 before the voltage code in the references selected above.
Example: LC1-D09GG becomes LC1-D096GG.

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and modules: see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.

105517

LC1-D95//

LC1-D115//

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5
24501-EN_Ver6.1.fm/2

(1) LC1-D09 to D38: clip-on mounting on 35 mm rail AM1-DP or screw fixing.

LC1-D40 to D95 4: clip-on mounting on 35 mm or 75 mm rail AM1-DL or screw fixing.
LC1-D40 to D95 6: clip-on mounting on 75 mm rail AM1-DL or screw fixing.
LC1-D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm rails AM1-DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
a.c. supply
Volts
24
42
48
110 115
220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1-D09...D150 (D115 and D150 coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz
B7
D7 E7
F7
FE7 M7
P7
U7
Q7
V7
N7
R7

LC1-D40...D115
50 Hz
B5
D5 E5
F5
FE5 M5
P5
U5
Q5
V5
N5
R5
S5
60 Hz
B6

E6
F6

M6

U6
Q6

R6

d.c. supply
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
125 220 250 440
LC1-D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
LC1-D40...D95
U 0.851.1 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
U 0.751.2 Uc
JW
BW
CW EW
SW
FW

MW

LC1-D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.751.2 Uc

BD

ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
Low consumption
5
12
20
24
48
110
220 250
Volts 6
LC1-D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
AL
JL
ZL
BL
EL
FL
ML
UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 24507/2 to 24507/7.
(3) LC: low consumption.
(4) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add
0.160 kg for contactors LC1-D09 to D38, 0.785 kg for contactors LC1-D40 to D65 and 1 kg for contactors LC1-D80 and
D95.

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3
Schneider Electric

References

TeSys contactors

For motor control up to 15 kW at 400 V,

in category AC-3
Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

3-pole contactors for connection by spring terminals

2.2

5.5

5.5

LC1-D093GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.320

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

12

LC1-D123GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.325

7.5

10

10

18

LC1-D183GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.330

5.5

11

11

11

15

15

25

LC1-D253GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.370

7.5

LC1-D123//

Rated
operational
current
in AC-3
440 V
up to
A

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

220V 380V
660V
230V 400V 415V 440V 500V 690V
kW kW kW kW kW kW

810358

Standard power ratings

of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
( 60 C)

Basic reference.
Complete with code indicating
control circuit voltage (2)
Fixing (1)

Weight
(4)

15

15

15

18.5 18.5

32 (5)

LC1-D323GG

B7

P7 BD BL

0.375

Standard voltages
4
6 LC(3)
kg

810359

3-pole contactors for connection by Faston connectors

These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil and
auxiliary terminals. It is possible to make 2 x 6.35 mm connections to the coil terminals by using a double Faston
connector, reference: LA9-6180, to be ordered separately (sold in lots of 100).
For contactors LC1-D09 and LC1-D12 only, replace the digit 3 with a 9 in the references selected above.
Example: LC1-D093GG becomes LC1-D099GG.

Accessories
LC1-D129//

Auxiliary contact blocks and modules: see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.

(1) LC1-D09 to D32: clip-on mounting on 35 mm rail AM1-DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
a.c. supply
Volts
LC1-D09...D32
50/60 Hz

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

125

220

250

440

GD

MD

UD

RD

d.c. supply
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
LC1-D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD

Low consumption
Volts 6
5
12
20
24
48
110
220
250
LC1-D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
AL
JL
ZL
BL
EL
FL
ML
UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 24507/2 to 24507/7.
(3) LC: low consumption.
(4) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add
0.160 kg for contactors LC1-D09 to D32.
(5) Must be wired with 2 x 4 mm2 cables in parallel on the upstream side. On the downstream side, outgoing terminal
block LAD-33 may be used (Quickfit technology, see page 15021/5).

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3
24501-EN_Ver6.1.fm/3

References

TeSys contactors

For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A

Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

3-pole contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors

810366

Non inductive loads

maximum current
(q 60 C)
utilisation category
AC-1

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference.
Complete with code indicating
control circuit voltage (2)
Fixing (1)

Weight
(4)

Standard voltages
a
c LC
(3)
A

kg

25

LC1-D09pp
or LC1-D12pp

B7 P7 BD BL
B7 P7 BD BL

0.320
0.325

32

LC1-D18pp

B7 P7 BD BL

0.330

40

LC1-D25pp

B7 P7 BD BL

0.370

50

LC1-D32pp
or LC1-D38pp

B7 P7 BD BL
B7 P7 BD BL

0.375
0.380

60

LC1-D40pp

B7 P7 BD

1.400

80

LC1-D50pp
or LC1-D65pp (5)

B7 P7 BD
B7 P7 BD

1.400
1.400

125

LC1-D80pp
or LC1-D95pp (5)

B7 P7 BD
B7 P7 BD

1.590
1.610

200

LC1-D129pp

LC1-D115pp
or LC1-D150pp (6)

B7 P7 BD
B7 P7 BD

2.500
2.500

810367

3-pole contactors for connection by lugs or bars

Insert the digit 6 before the voltage code in the references selected above.
Example: LC1-D09pp becomes LC1-D096pp.

3-pole contactors for connection by Faston connectors

These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil
terminals. It is possible to make 2 x 6.35 mm connections to the coil terminals by using a double Faston connector,
reference: LAD-99635, to be ordered separately (sold in lots of 100).
For contactors LC1-D09 and LC1-D12 only, insert the digit 9 before the voltage code in the references selected above.
Example: LC1-D09pp becomes LC1-D099pp.
LC1-D123pp

3-pole contactors for connection by spring terminals

20

LC1-D093pp
or LC1-D123pp

B7 P7 BD BL
B7 P7 BD BL

0.320
0.325

25

LC1-D183pp (6)
or LC1-D253pp (7)
or LC1-D323pp (7)

B7 P7 BD BL
B7 P7 BD BL
B7 P7 BD BL

0.335
0.325
0.325

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and modules: see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.
(1) LC1-D09 to D38 and LC1-DT20 to DT40: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1-DP or screw fixing.
LC1-D40 to D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm or 75 mm 5 rail AM1-DL or screw fixing.
LC1 or LP1-D40 to D95 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1-DL or screw fixing.
LC1-D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1-DP or screw fixing.
(2) See note (2) page 24502/3.
(3) LC: low consumption.
(4) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add
0.160 kg for contactors LC1-D09 to D38, 0.785 kg for contactors LC1-D40 to D65 and 1 kg for contactors LC1-D80 and
D95.
(5) Selection according to the number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve, page 24561/2.
(6) 32 A with 2 x 4 mm2 cables connected in parallel.
(7) 40 A with 2 x 4 mm2 cables connected in parallel.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5
24502-EN_Ver7.0.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3
Schneider Electric

References

TeSys contactors

For control in category AC-1, 20 to 200 A

Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

105700_1

4-pole contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors

Non inductive loads
maximum current
(q 60 C)
utilisation category
AC-1

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Weight
(4)

Basic reference.
Complete with code indicating
control circuit voltage (2)
Fixing (1)
Standard voltages
a
c LC(3)

A
20

LC1-DT20

32
40
60

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

25

4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4

or
or
80

or
or
125

or
or
200

LC1-DT20pp
LC1-D098pp
LC1-DT25pp
LC1-D128pp
LC1-DT32pp
LC1-D188pp
LC1-DT40pp
LC1-D258pp
LC1-D40004pp
LP1-D40004pp
LC1-D40008pp
LP1-D40008pp
LC1-D65004pp
LP1-D65004pp
LC1-D65008pp
LP1-D65008pp
LC1-D80004pp
LP1-D80004pp
LC1-D80008pp
LP1-D80008pp
LC1-D115004pp

B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7

P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7

B7

B7

B7

B7

B7

B7

P7

P7

P7

P7

P7

P7

BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD

BD

BD

BD

BD

BD

BD

BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL

kg
0.365
0.365
0.365
0.365
0.425
0.425
0.425
0.425
1.440
2.210
1.440
2.210
1.440
2.210
1.450
2.220
1.760
2.685
1.840
2.910
2.860

4-pole contactors for connection by lugs or bars

Insert the digit 6 before the voltage code in the references selected above (except LC1-D65ppp and LP1-D65ppp).
Example: LC1-DT20pp becomes LC1-DT206pp.

4-pole contactors for connection by spring terminals

20
25
32
40

4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

LC1-DT203
LC1-D0983
LC1-DT253
LC1-D1283
LC1-DT323
LC1-D1883
LC1-DT403
LC1-D2583

B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7

P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7

BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD

BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL

0.380
0.380
0.380
0.380
0.425
0.425
0.425
0.425

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and modules: see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.
(1) See note page 24502/2.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
a.c. supply
Volts
24
42
48
110 115 220 230 240 380
400
415
440
500
LC1-D09...D150 and LC1-DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7 M7
P7
U7
Q7
V7
N7
R7

LC1-D40...D115
50 Hz
B5
D5
E5
F5
FE5 M5
P5
U5
Q5
V5
N5
R5
S5
60 Hz
B6

E6
F6

M6

U6
Q6

R6

d.c. supply
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
125
220
250 440
LC1-D09...D38 and LC1-DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
LC1 or LP1-D40...D80
U 0.851.1 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
U 0.751.2 Uc
JW
BW CW EW
SW
FW

MW

LC1-D115 (coil with integral suppression device fitted as standard)

U 0.751.2 Uc

BD

ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
Low consumption
5
12
20
24
48
110
220
250
Volts c
LC1-D09...D38 and LC1-DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
AL
JL
ZL
BL
EL
FL
ML
UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 24507/2 to 24507/7.
(3) LC: low consumption.
(4) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add
0.165 kg and for contactors LC1-D80, 1 kg.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3
24502-EN_Ver7.0.fm/3

References

TeSys contactors

810370

Reversing contactors for motor control up to

75 kW at 400 V in category AC-3,
horizontally mounted, pre-assembled
Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

3-pole reversing contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors

LC2-D50GG

Pre-wired power connections

Mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking.
Standard power ratings
Rated
Instantaneous
of 3-phase motors
operaauxiliary
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
tional
contacts per
current
contactor
in AC-3
( 60C)
220 V 380 V
660 V
440 V
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V up to
kW kW kW kW kW kW
kW
A

Contactors supplied with coil

Basic reference. Complete with code
indicating control circuit voltage (2)
Fixing (1)

Weight
(4)

Standard voltages
4
6 LC (3)
kg

5.5

5.5

LC2-D09GG (5)

B7 P7 BD

BL

0.687

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

12

LC2-D12GG (5)

B7 P7 BD

BL

0.697

7.5

10

10

18

LC2-D18GG (5)

B7 P7 BD

BL

0.707

5.5

11

11

11

15

15

25

LC2-D25GG (5)

B7 P7 BD

BL

0.787

7.5

15

15

15

18.5 18.5

32

LC2-D32GG (5)

B7 P7 BD

BL

0.797

18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5

38

LC2-D38GG (5)

B7 P7 BD

BL

0.807

11

18.5 22

22

22

30

40

LC2-D40GG

B7 P7

2.400

15

22

25

30

30

33

50

LC2-D50GG

B7 P7

2.400

18.5 30

37

37

37

37

65

LC2-D65GG

B7 P7

2.400

22

37

45

45

55

45

80

LC2-D80GG

B7 P7

3.200

25

45

45

45

55

45

95

LC2-D95GG

B7 P7

3.200

30

55

59

59

75

80

65

115

LC2-D115GG

B7 P7

6.350

40

LC2-D12GG

810369

2.2

75

80

80

90

100

75

150

LC2-D150GG

B7 P7

6.400

3-pole reversing contactors for connection by lugs or bars

For reversing contactors LC2-D09 to LC2-D38, LC2-D115 and LC2-D150, insert the digit 6 before the voltage code in
the references selected above. Example: LC2-D09GG becomes LC2-D096GG.

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and modules: see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.
(1) LC2-D09 to D38: clip-on mounting on 35 mm rail AM1-DP or screw fixing.
LC2-D40 to D95: clip-on mounting on 35 mm or 75 mm rail AM1-DL or screw fixing.
LC2-D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm rails AM1-DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
a.c. supply
Volts
24
42
48
110
115
220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC2-D09...D150 (D115 and D150 coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7 M7
P7
U7
Q7
V7
N7
R7

LC2-D40...D115
50 Hz
B5
D5
E5
F5
FE5 M5
P5
U5
Q5
V5
N5
R5
S5
60 Hz
B6

E6
F6

M6

U6
Q6

R6

d.c. supply
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
125 220 250 440
LC2-D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
Low consumption
5
12
20
24
48
110 220 250
Volts 6
LC2-D09D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
AL
JL
ZL
BL
EL
FL
ML
UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 24507/2 to 24507/7.
(3) LC: low consumption.
(4) The weights indicated are for reversing contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control
circuit, add 0.330 kg.
(5) For reversing contactors with electrical interlocking pre-wired at the factory, add suffix V to the references selected
above. Example: LC2-D09P7 becomes LC2-D09P7V.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5
24503-EN_Ver5.1.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24533/2 and 24533/3
Schneider Electric

References

TeSys contactors

Reversing contactors for motor control up to

15 kW at 400 V in category AC-3,
horizontally mounted, pre-assembled
Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

810372

3-pole reversing contactors for connection by spring terminals

Pre-wired power connections
Mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking.
Standard power ratings
Rated
Instantaneous
of 3-phase motors
operaauxiliary
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
tional
contacts
current per
in AC-3 contactor
( 60C)

Contactors supplied with coil

Basic reference. Complete with code
indicating control circuit voltage (2)
Fixing (1)

Weight
(4)

220 V 380 V
660 V
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW

440 V
up to
A

2.2

5.5

5.5

LC2-D093GG

B7 P7 BD BL

0.687

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

12

LC2-D123GG

B7 P7 BD BL

0.697

7.5

10

10

18

LC2-D183GG

B7 P7 BD BL

0.707

5.5

11

11

11

15

15

25

LC2-D253GG

B7 P7 BD BL

0.787

7.5

LC2-D123GG

Standard voltages
4
6 LC (3)

15

15

15

18.5 18.5

32

LC2-D323GG

B7 P7 BD BL

0.797

kg

3-pole reversing contactors for connection by Faston connectors

These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil
terminals. It is possible to make 2 x 6.35 mm connections to the coil terminals by using a double Faston connector,
reference: LAD-99635, to be ordered separately (sold in lots of 100).
For reversing contactors LC2-D09 and LC2-D12 only, insert the digit 9 before the voltage code in the references
selected from the page opposite. Example: LC1-D09GG becomes LC1-D099GG.

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and modules: see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.
(1) LC2-D09 to D38: clip-on mounting on 35 mm rail AM1-DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
a.c. supply
Volts
LC2-D09...D32
50/60 Hz

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

220

250

440

MD

UD

RD

d.c. supply
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
125
LC2-D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
GD

Low consumption
Volts 6
5
12
20
24
48
110
220 250
LC2-D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
AL
JL
ZL
BL
EL
FL
ML
UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 24507/2 to 24507/5.
(3) LC: low consumption.
(4) The weights indicated are for reversing contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit,
add 0.330 kg.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24533/2 and 24533/3
24503-EN_Ver5.1.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Changeover contactor pairs

for control in category AC-1, 20 to 200 A,
horizontally mounted, pre-assembled
Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

4-pole changeover contactor pairs for connection by screw clamp terminals or

connectors
510441

Pre-wired power connections

LC2 DT20 to LC2 DT40 mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking. LC2 D65 and LC2 D80: order
separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD Np1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors (see
page 24511/3). For electrical interlocking incorporated in the mechanical interlock, please consult your
Regional Sales Office.
LC2 D115 mechanical interlock with integral, pre-wired electrical interlocking.

LC2 DT20pp

Utilisation category AC-1 Instantaneous auxiliary

Non inductive loads
contacts per contactor
Maximum rated
operational current
(q y 60 C)

Contactors supplied with coil

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding the voltage code (1)
Fixing (2)

Weight

A
20

LC2 DT20pp

kg
0.730

25

LC2 DT25pp

0.730

32

LC2 DT32pp

0.850

40

LC2 DT40pp

0.850

60

LC2 D40004pp

3.200

80

LC2 D65004pp

3.200

125

LC2 D80004pp

3.200

200

LC2 D115004pp

7.400

4-pole changeover contactor pairs for connection by lugs or bars

20

LC2 DT206pp

0.730

25

LC2 DT256pp

0.730

32

LC2 DT326pp

0.850

40

LC2 DT406pp

0.850

60

LC2 D400046

2.400

80

LC2 D650046pp

3.200

125

LC2 D800046pp

3.200

200

LC2 D1150046pp

7.400

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules, see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.
(1) See note (1) on next page.
(2) LC2 DT20 to DT40: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
LC2 D65 and D80: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
LC2 D115: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24510-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24533/2 and 24533/3

TeSys contactors

References

Changeover contactor pairs

for control in category AC-1, 20 and 25 A,
horizontally mounted, pre-assembled
Control circuit: a.c., d.c. or low consumption

4-pole changeover contactor pairs for connection by spring terminals

Pre-wired power connections
Utilisation category AC-1 Instantaneous auxiliary
Non inductive loads
contacts per contactor
Maximum rated
operational current
(q y 60 C)
A
20

Contactors supplied with coil

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding the voltage code (2)
Fixing (1)

Weight

kg
0.760

LC2 DT203pp

Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules, see pages 24511/2 to 24511/9.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

a.c. supply
Volts
LC2 DT20DT40
50/60 Hz
LC2 D65D115
50 Hz
60 Hz

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

500

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

B5
B6

D5

E5
E6

F5
F6

FE5

M5
M6

P5

U5
U6

Q5
Q6

V5

N5

R5
R6

S5

125

220

250

440

GD

MD

UD

RD

d.c. supply
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
LC2 DT20DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD

Low consumption
Volts c
5
12
20
24
48
110
220
LC2 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.71.25 Uc
AL
JL
ZL
BL
EL
FL
ML
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 24507/2 to 24507/7.
(2) Clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

250
UL

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24533/2 and 24533/3

24510-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Component parts for assembling

reversing contactors for motor control
or low speed - high speed starters
For 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control
565135

Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors

Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer

Using 2 identical
contactors (1)

Set of power connections

Reference

Weight
kg

Mechanical interlock
Kit reference

Weight
kg

Including mechanical interlock and an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
LC1 D09D38

LA9 D4002

LAD 9R1V (2)

0.045

Including mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking

0.290

LA9 D4002

0.170

LA9 D8069

0.290

LA9 D4002

0.170

LC1 D80 and D95 (c)

LA9 D8069

0.490

LA9 D8002

0.170

LC1 D115 and D150

LA9 D6569

LA9 D6569

LC1 D80 and D95 (a)

810374

LC1 D40D65

LA9 D11569

1.450

LA9 D11502

0.290

Including mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking

(3)

LA9 D6569

0.290

LA9 D50978

0.170

LC1 D80 and D95 (a)

LA9 D8069

0.490

LA9 D50978

0.170

LC1 D80 and D95 (c)

810375

LC1 D09D38
with screw clamp terminals
or connectors
LC1 D09D32
with spring terminal
connections
LC1 D40D65

LAD 9R1 (2)

0.045

LA9 D8069

0.490

LA9 D80978

0.170

LA9 D8069

For low speed - high speed starter

810373

Description

565134

Connection kit enabling

reversing of low and high
speed directions, using a
reversing contactor and a
2N/O + 2N/C main pole
contactor

LAD 9R1

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24565/5

24504-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2

For contactors with connections

Reference

Screw clamps or connectors

LAD 9PVGV

Weight
kg
0.016

Power connection module

with spring terminal connections
Outgoing terminal block
with spring terminal connections

LAD 3PVGV

0.034

LAD 3PVGV10

0.034

(1) To order the 2 contactors: see pages 24501/2 and 24501/3.

(2) Including mechanical interlock.
(3) To build a reversing contactor with spring terminal connections, the following components must be ordered:
- 1 mechanical interlock LAD 9V2,
- 1 upstream power connection kit and 1 downstream power connection kit.
Upstream power connection kit LAD 9V10: installed in the Quickfit system with power connection module LAD 34.
(If module LAD 34 is not used, replace LAD 9V10 with LAD 9V12).
Downstream power connection kit LAD 9V11: installed in the Quickfit system with outgoing terminal block LAD 33.
(If module LAD 33 is not used, replace LAD 9V11 with LAD 9V13).

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24533/2 and 24533/3

TeSys contactors

References

Component parts for assembling

changeover contactor pairs for distribution

565137

For 4-pole changeover contactor pairs (3-phase distribution + neutral)

Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors
Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer

Using 2 identical
contactors (1)

Set of power connections

Reference

Weight
kg

Mechanical interlock
Kit reference

Weight
kg

Including mechanical interlock and an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
LC1 DT20DT40

LA9 D4002

LAD T9R1V (2)

0.040

Including mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking

LA9 D6570

0.150

LA9 D4002

0.170

LC1 D80004

LA9 D8070

0.280

LA9 D4002

0.170

LP1 D80004

LA9 D8070

0.280

LA9 D8002

0.170

LC1 D115004

565136

LC1 D65004

LA9 D11570

1.100

LA9 D11502

0.280

Including mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking

810379

LA9 D6570 (4)

0.150

LA9 D50978

0.155

LA9 D8070 (4)

0.280

LA9 D50978

0.155

LP1 D80004

LA9 D6570

LAD-T9R1 (2)

LC1 D80004

LA9 D50978

LC1 DT20DT40
with screw clamp terminals
or connectors
LC1 DT203DT403
with spring terminal
connections
LC1 or LP1 D65004

LA9 D8070 (4)

0.280

LA9 D80978

0.180

(3)

0.035

For 3-pole changeover contactor pairs

Including mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking

810380

LC1 D115 and D150

LA9 D8070

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24565/5

LA9 D11571

0.960

LA9 D11502

0.280

(1) To order the 2 contactors: see pages 24502/3 and 24503/2.

(2) Including mechanical interlock.
(3) To build a changeover contactor pair with spring terminal connections, the following components must be ordered in
addition to the 2 contactors:
- 1 mechanical interlock LAD 9V2,
- 1 downstream power connection kit LAD 9V9.
(4) Order 2 contact blocks LAD Np1 to build the electrical interlock, see page 24511/3.

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24533/2 and 24533/3

24504-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3

Presentation

TeSys contactors
Model d contactors and reversing contactors

510385

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

See page opposite for mounting possibilities

according to the contactor type and rating.

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/2

TeSys contactors

References

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by screw clamp terminals

For use in normal operating environments
In order to mount an LAD 8N on an LC1 D40 to D95, a set of shims must be ordered separately, see page 24511/9
Clip-on mounting (1)
Number of
Composition
Reference
Weight
contacts per block

Front

1
2

Side

4 incl. 1 N/O & 1 N/C

make before break
2

1
2

2
1
4

3
2

1
1

2
2
3

4
1
2

LAD N10
LAD N01
LAD N11
LAD N20
LAD N02
LAD N22
LAD N13
LAD N40
LAD N04
LAD N31
LAD C22

kg
0.020
0.020
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050

1
2

LAD 8N11
LAD 8N20
LAD 8N02

0.030
0.030
0.030

1
2
1
2

1
2
1
2

LAD N11G
LAD N22G
LAD N11P
LAD N22P

0.030
0.050
0.030
0.050

For terminal referencing conforming to EN 50012

Front, on 3P contactors and 2
4P contactors 20 to 60A
4
Front, on 4P contactors
2
80 to 200A
4

With dust and damp protected contacts, for use in particularly harsh industrial environments
Front

1
2

2
1

2
2
2

2
1

LA1 DX20
LA1 DX11
LA1 DX02
LA1 DY20 (2)
LA1 DZ40
LA1 DZ31

0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.050
0.060

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by lugs

This type of connection is not possible for contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts. For all other instantaneous
auxiliary contact blocks, add the figure 6 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD N10 becomes LAD N106.

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by spring terminals

This type of connection is not possible for LAD 8, LAD N with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts. For
all other contact blocks, add the figure 3 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N113.

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by Faston connectors

This type of connection is not possible for LAD 8, LAD N with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts.
For all other contact blocks, add the figure 9 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD N11 becomes
LAD N119.
(1) Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted
Contactors
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Time delay
Front
Type
Number of poles and size
Side mounted
Front mounted
mounted
1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts
a
3P LC1 D09D38
1 on LH side
and
1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D40D95 (50/60 Hz) 1 on each side
or 2
and 1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D40D95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 on each side
and 2
and 1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D115 and D150
1 on LH side
and
1
or 1
or 1
4P LC1 DT20DT40
1 on LH side
and
1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D40D80
1 on each side
or 1
or 1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D115
1 on each side
and 1
or 1
or 1
or 1
c
3P LC1 D09D38

1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D40D95

1
or 1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D115 and D150
1 on LH side
and
1
or 1
or 1
4P LC1 DT20DT40

1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D40D80

2
and 1
or 1
or 1
LC1 D115
1 on each side

and 1
or 1
or 1
LC (3)
3P LC1 D09D38

4P LC1 DT20DT40

(2) Device fitted with 4 earth screen continuity terminals.

(3) LC: low consumption.

Characteristics :
pages 24506/2 to 24506/4

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks
Mechanical latch blocks

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by screw clamp terminals

810438

Maximum number of auxiliary contact blocks that can be fitted per contactor, see page 24511/3.
Sealing cover to be ordered separately, see page 24511/9.
LAD T0 and LAD R0: with extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s.
LAD S2: with switching time of 40 ms 15 ms between opening of the N/C contact and closing of the N/O contact.
Clip-on mounting
Number of
Time delay
Reference
Weight
contacts
Type
Setting range
per block
kg
Front
1 N/O + 1 N/C
On-delay
0.13 s
LAD T0
0.060
0.130 s

0.060

10180 s

LAD T4

0.060

130 s

LAD S2

0.060

0.13 s

LAD R0

0.060

0.130 s

LAD R2

0.060

10180 s

Off-delay

LAD T2

LAD R4

0.060

810439

LAD T

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by lugs

Add the figure 6 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T06.

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by spring terminals

Add the figure 3 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T03
LA6 DK

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by Faston connectors

810441

Add the figure 9 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T09.

Mechanical latch blocks (1)

Clip-on mounting

Unlatching
control

Front

Manual or electric

810440

Characteristics :
pages 24506/2 to 24506/4

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/4

Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (2)
LC1 D40D65 (3 P a or c) LA6 DK10p
LC1 D40 and D65 (4 P a)
LP1 D40 and D65 (4 P c)
LC1 D80D150 (3 P a)
LA6 DK20p
LC1 D80 and D115 (3 P c)
LC1 D80 (4 P a)
LC1 D80 & D115 (4 P a)
LP1 D80 & LC1 D115 (4 P c)
LC1 D09D38 (a or c)
LAD 6K10p
LC1 DT20DT40 (a or c)

LAD Tp3

LA6 DK

For use on contactor

Weight

kg
0.070

0.090

0.070

(1) The mechanical latch block must not be powered up at the same time as the contactor. The duration of the control
signal for the mechanical latch block and the contactor should be:
u 100 ms for a contactor operating on an a.c. supply
u 250 ms for a contactor operating on a d.c. supply
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 50/60 Hz, c 24
32/36
42/48
60/72
100
110/127 220/240
256/277
380/415
Code
B
C
E
EN
K
F
M
U
Q

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

TeSys contactors

References

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Suppressor modules

RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)

510384

b Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to "high frequency" interference. For use only in cases where the
voltage is virtually sinusoidal, i.e. less than 5% total harmonic distortion.
b Voltage limited to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
b Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).
Mounting
For use with contactor (1)
Reference
Weight
Rating
Type
Va
Vc
kg
Clip-on (3)
D09D38 (3P)
2448

LAD 4RCE
0.012
DT20DT40
50127

LAD 4RCG
0.012
110240

LAD 4RCU
0.012
Screw mounting (4)

D40D150 (3P) and

D40D115 (4P)

LAD 4pp

2448
50127
110240
380415

LA4 DA2E
LA4 DA2G
LA4 DA2U
LA4 DA2N

0.018
0.018
0.018
0.018

LAD 4VE
LAD 4VG
LAD 4VU

0.012
0.012
0.012

Varistors (peak limiting)

810443

b Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

b Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
b Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
Clip-on (3)
D09D38 (3P) (2)
2448

DT20DT40
50127

110250

Screw mounting (4)

D40D115 (3P) and

D40D115 (4P)

2448
50127
110250

LA4 DE2E
LA4 DE2G
LA4 DE2U

0.018
0.018
0.018

D40D95 (3P) and

D40D80 (4P)

2448
50127
110250

LA4 DE3E
LA4 DE3G
LA4 DE3U

0.018
0.018
0.018

24250

LAD 4DDL

0.012

24250

LA4 DC3U

0.018

24

72
125
250
600

LAD 4TB
LAD 4TBDL
LAD 4TS
LAD 4TSDL
LAD 4TGDL
LAD 4TUDL
LAD 4TXDL
LA4 DB2B
LA4 DB2S

0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.018
0.018

24
72

LA4 DB3B
LA4 DB3S

0.018
0.018

Flywheel diodes

LA4 Dpp

b No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.

b Increase in drop-out time (6 to 10 times the normal time).
b Polarised component.
Clip-on (5)
D09D38 (3P)

DT20DT40
Screw mounting (4)
D40D95 (3P)

D40D80 (4P)

510726

Bidirectional peak limiting diode

LAD 4DDL or LAD 4TpDL

b Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

b Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Clip-on (3) (5)
D09D38 (3P) (2)
24
DT20DT40

72

Screw mounting (4)

D40D95 (3P)
24
D40D80 (4P)
72
D40D95 (3P)
D40D80 (4P)

(1) For satisfactory protection, a suppressor module must be fitted across the coil of each contactor.
(2) From LC1 D09 to D38 and from LC1 DT20 to DT40, d.c. and low consumption 3-pole contactors are fitted with a
built-in bidirectional peak limiting diode suppressor as standard. On contactors produced after 15th July 2004, this
bidirectional peak limiting diode is removable and can therefore be replaced by the user. (See reference above).
If a d.c. or low consumption contactor is used without suppression, the standard suppressor should be replaced with
a blanking plug (reference LAD 9DL)
(3) Clipping-on makes the electrical connection. The overall size of the contactor remains unchanged.
(4) Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2.
(5) In order to install these accessories, the existing suppression device must first be removed.

Characteristics :
pages 24506/2 to 24506/4

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/5

TeSys contactors

Presentation

510386

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

LA4 DT

LA4 DW

LA4 DF

LA4 DL

LAD 4BB

LC1 D09D38

See page opposite for mounting possibilities

according to contactor type and rating.

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/6

LA4 DM

TeSys contactors

References

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Accessories

Electronic serial timer modules (1)

b 3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38 and 4-pole contactors LC1 DT20 to DT40: mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to
be ordered separately, see page 24511/9.
b 3-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D150 and 4-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D115: mounted directly across terminals A1
and A2 of contactor.

On-delay type
Operational voltage a
24250 V
LC1 D09D38 (3P)
and DT20DT40 (4P)

Time delay
100250 V
LC1 D40D150 (3P)

Reference

0.12 s
1.530 s
25500 s

Weight
kg
0.040
0.040
0.040

LA4 DT0U
LA4 DT2U
LA4 DT4U

Interface modules
b 3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38 and 4-pole contactors LC1 DT20 to DT40: mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to
be ordered separately, see page 24511/9.
b 3-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D150 and 4-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D115: mounted directly across terminals A1
and A2 of contactor.

Relay interface
Operational voltage a
24250 V

380415 V

Supply voltage
E1-E2 (c)

Reference

Weight

LC1 D09D150 (3P)

and DT20DT40 (4P)

24 V

LA4 DFBQ

kg
0.055

LC1 D09D150 (3P)

and DT20DT40 (4P)

24 V
48 V

LA4 DFB
LA4 DFE

0.050
0.050

Relay interface with "AUTO-I" manual override switch (output forced ON)
Operational voltage a
24250 V
LC1 D09D150 (3P)
and DT20DT40 (4P)
Solid state interface
LC1 D09D38 (3P)
and DT20DT40 (4P)

Supply voltage
E1-E2 (c)

Reference

24 V
48 V

LA4 DLB
LA4 DLE

kg
0.045
0.045

LC1 D40D115 (3P)

24 V

LA4 DWB

0.045

100250 V

Weight

Auto-Man-Stop control modules

For local override operation tests with 2-position Auto-Man switch and O-I switch
b 3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38 and 4-pole contactors LC1 DT20 to DT40: mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to
be ordered separately, see page 24511/9.
b 3-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D150 and 4-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D115: mounted directly across terminals A1
and A2 of contactor.
Operational voltage a
Reference
Weight
24100 V
100250 V
kg
LC1 D09D150 (3P)

LA4 DMK
0.040
and DT20DT40 (4P)

LC1 D40D150 (3P)

LA4 DMU

0.040

(1) For 24 V operation, the contactor must be fitted with a 21 V coil (code Z). See pages 24507/2 to 24507/7

Characteristics :
pages 24506/5 to 24506/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/7

TeSys contactors

References

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Accessories

810445

Accessories for main pole and control connections

Description

Sold in
lots of

Unit reference

4-pole 10 mm2

For use with contactors LC1

a
c
DT20, DT25
DT20, DT25

LA D92560

Weight
kg
0.030

3-pole 25 mm2

D09D38

D09D38

LA9 D3260

0.040

3-pole 120 mm2 D115, D150

D115, D150

LA9 D115603

0.560

4-pole 120 mm2 D115

D115

LA9 D115604

0.740

3-pole

D115, D150

D115, D150

LA9 D115503

0.300

4-pole

D115

D115

LA9 D115504

0.360

Protective
covers for
connectors for
lug type terminals

3-pole (1)

D115, D150

D115, D150

LA9 D115703

0.250

4-pole (1)

D115, D150

D115, D150

LA9 D115704

0.300

Links
for parallel
connection of

2 poles

D09D38

D09D38

10

LA9 D2561

0.060

DT20, DT25 (4P) DT20, DT25 (4P) 10

LA9 D1261

0.012

DT32, DT40 (4P) DT32, DT40 (4P) 10

LA D96061

0.060

D40D65

D40D65

LA9 D40961

0.021

D80, D95

D80

LA9 D80961

0.060

3 poles
D09D38
(star connection)
D80, D95

D09D38

10

LAD 9P3 (2)

0.005

D80, D95

LA9 D80962

0.080

4 poles

DT20, DT25

DT20, DT25

LA9 D1263

0.024

D40D65

D40D65

LA9 D40963

0.070

D80, D95

D80

LA9 D80963

0.100

Staggered coil connection

D40D80

10

LA9 D09966

0.006

Control circuit take-off

from main pole

D40D65

D40D65

10

LA9 D6567

0.010

D80, D95

D80, D95

10

LA9 D8067

0.010

D115, D150

D115, D150

GV7 AC03

0.180

Connectors for
cable, size
(1 connector)
Connectors for
cable, size
(2 connectors)

810446

Connectors for
lug type terminals
(2 connectors)

810447

LA9 D11550p

810450

LA9 D11560p

Spreaders
for increasing the pole pitch to 45 mm

(1) For 3-pole contactors: 1 set of 6 covers, for 4-pole contactors: 1 set of 8 covers.
(2) Separate connecting bar for connecting 2 poles in parallel.

810448

LA9 D11570p

810449

LA9 D80962

LA9 D6567

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/8

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

TeSys contactors

References

Model d contactors and reversing contactors

Accessories

Sets of contacts and arc chambers

810452

Description

For contactor

Sets of contacts

3-pole

Arc chambers

4-pole
3-pole
4-pole

GV2 G245

Reference
LC1 D115
LC1 D150
LC1 D115004
LC1 D115
LC1 D150
LC1 D115004

LA5 D1158031
LA5 D150803
LA5 D115804
LA5 D11550
LA5 D15050
LA5 D115450

Weight
kg
0.260
0.260
0.330
0.395
0.395
0.470

810453

Connection accessories
For adapting existing wiring
to a new product

Set of 63 A busbars
for parallelling of contactors
Terminal block

a 110250 V
2 contactors LC1 D09D18 or D25D38
4 contactors LC1 D09D18 or D25D38
For supply to one or more GV2 G busbar sets

LAD 4BB
LAD 4BBVE
LAD 4BBVG
LAD 4BBVU
GV2 G245
GV2 G445
GV1 G09

0.019
0.014
0.014
0.014
0.036
0.077
0.040

Protection accessories

GV1 G09
810451

Description
Miniature circuit-breaker
Sealing cover
Safety cover
preventing access to
the moving contact carrier

Application

Sold in
lots of

Reference

Weight
kg
0.025
0.005
0.026
0.012
0.004
0.004

5 x 20 with 4 A-250 V fuse

For LAD T, LAD R
LC1 D09D38 and DT20DT40
LC1 D40D65
LC1 D80 and D95
LC1 D115 and D150

1
1
1
1
1
1

LA9 D941
LA9 D901
LAD 9ET1
LAD 9ET2
LAD 9ET3
LAD 9ET4

Application

Sold in
lots of

Unit
reference

Contactors (except 4P),

LC1 D40D115),
LAD N (4 contacts), LA6 DK
LAD N (2 contacts), LAD T, LAD R,
LRD
Contactors (except 4P),
LC1 D40D115),
LAD (4 contacts), LA6 DK
All products

10

LAD 21

Weight
kg
0.020

10

LAD 22

0.020

10

LAD 23

0.050

35

LAD 24

0.200

4-pole contactors,
LC1 D40...D80, LA6 DK
LC1 D09...38,
LC1 DT20...40,
LAD N (4 contacts),
LAD T, LAD R
On holder LA9 D92

100

LA9 D92

0.001

100

LAD 90

0.001

LA9 D93

0.001

Multi-language version:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish

XBY 2U

0.100

Marking accessories

LA9 D941

810454

Description
Sheet of 64 blank legends,
self-adhesive, 8 x 33 mm (1)

563527

LAD 9ETp

SIS-L

abel

s
uette
d'tiq
are
softw tion re etiquetas etichette
di
cra oftwa
lling
Labe iel de ngss crear zione
Logic hriftu para la crea
Besc are per
Softw are
Softw

Sheet of 112 blank legends,

self-adhesive, 8 x 12mm (1)
Sheet of 64 blank legends
for marking using plotter
or 8 x 33 mm engraver
Sheet of 112 blank legends
for marking using plotter
or 8 x 12 mm engraver
Marker holder,
snap-in 8 x 22 mm
Marker holder,
snap-in 8 x 18 mm

Gerin
n
Merlin
Modico D canique
Square
Teleme

XBY 2U

LC1 D09D38
Without coil suppression
LC1 DT20DT40 With coil
a2448 V
suppression
a 50127 V

Bag of 300 blank legends

self-adhesive, 7 x 21 mm
SIS Label
labelling software
supplied on CD-Rom

Mounting accessories
Mounting plate

For replacement of LC1 F115 or

1
LA9 D730
F150 by LC1 D115 or D150
Set of shims
For fitting side mounting blocks
1
LA9 D511
LAD 8N on LC1 D40 to D95
(1) These legends are for sticking onto the safety cover of the contactors or add-on block, if fitted.

0.360
0.020

24511-EN_Ver11.2.fm/9

TeSys contactors

References

a.c. coils
for 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D

For contactors a LC1 D09...D38 and LC1 DT20DT40

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush (cos j = 0.75) 70 VA,
- sealed (cos j = 0.3) 50 Hz: 7 VA, 60 Hz: 7.5 VA
Operating range (q 60 C): 50 Hz: 0.81.1 Uc, 60 Hz: 0.851.1 Uc.
Control circuit voltage
Uc
V

Average resistance
at 20 C 10 %
W

Inductance of
closed circuit
H

Reference (1)

Weight
kg

6.3

0.26

21 (2)

5.6

0.24

LXD 1Z7

0.070

24

6.19

0.26

LXD 1B7

0.070

32

12.3

0.48

LXD 1C7

0.070

36

LXD 1CC7

0.070

42

19.15

0.77

LXD 1D7

0.070

48

25

LXD 1E7

0.070

60

LXD 1EE7

0.070

100

LXD 1K7

0.070

110

130

5.5

LXD 1F7

0.070

115

LXD 1FE7

0.070

120

159

6.7

LXD 1G7

0.070

127

192.5

7.5

LXD 1FC7

0.070

200

LXD 1L7

0.070

208

417

16

LXD 1LE7

0.070

220

539

22

LXD 1M7

0.070

230

595

21

LXD 1P7

0.070

240

645

25

LXD 1U7

0.070

277

781

30

LXD 1W7

0.070

380

1580

60

LXD 1Q7

0.070

400

1810

64

LXD 1V7

0.070

415

1938

74

LXD 1N7

0.070

440

2242

79

LXD 1R7

0.070

480

2300

85

LXD 1T7

0.070

500

2499

LXD 1S7

0.070

575

3432

119

LXD 1SC7

0.070

600

3600

135

LXD 1X7

0.070

690

810391

12

50/60 Hz
LXD 1J7

5600

190

LXD 1Y7

0.070

0.070

LXD 1pp

(1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
(2) Voltage for special coils fitted in contactors with serial timer modules. with 24 V supply.

24507-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2

TeSys contactors

References (continued)

a.c. coils
for 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D

For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D40, D50, D65, D80, D95

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush (cos j = 0.75) 50 Hz: 200 VA, 60 Hz: 220 VA,
- sealed (cos j = 0.3) 50 Hz: 20 VA, 60 Hz: 22 VA
Operating range (q 55 C): 0.851.1 Uc.

810394

Control
circuit
voltage
Uc
V

LX1 D6pp

24
32
42
48
110
115
120
127
208
220
220/230
230
240
256
277
380
380/400
400
415
440
480
500
575
600
660

Average
resistance
at 20 C
10 %
W
1.4
2.6
4.4
5.5
31
31

41

127
133
152
166

381
411
463
513

668

1220

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference (1)

H
0.09
0.16
0.27
0.35
1.9
1.9

2.4

7.5
8.1
8.7
10

22
25
26
30

38

67

50 Hz
LX1 D6B5
LX1 D6C5
LX1 D6D5
LX1 D6E5
LX1 D6F5
LX1 D6FE5

LX1 D6G5

LX1 D6M5
LX1 D6P5
LX1 D6U5
LX1 D6W5

LX1 D6Q5
LX1 D6V5
LX1 D6N5
LX1 D6R5

LX1 D6S5

LX1 D6Y5

Average
resistance
at 20 C
10 %
W

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference (1)

Weight

kg

1.05

4.2
22

28

86
98

120

157
300

392
480

675
775

0.06

0.23
1.2

1.5

4.3
4.8

5.7

8
14

19
23

33
36

60 Hz
LX1 D6B6

LX1 D6E6
LX1 D6F6

LX1 D6G6

LX1 D6L6
LX1 D6M6

LX1 D6U6

LX1 D6W6
LX1 D6Q6

LX1 D6R6
LX1 D6T6

LX1 D6S6
LX1 D6X6

0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush (cos j = 0.75) 50/60 Hz: 245 VA at 50 Hz,
- sealed (cos j = 0.3) 50/60 Hz: 26 VA at 50 Hz,
Operating range (q 55 C): 0.851.1 Uc.

24

1.22

0.08

50/60 Hz
LX1 D6B7

0.280

42
48
110
115
120
220/230 (2)
230
230/240 (3)
380/400 (4)
400
415
440

3.5
5
26

32
102
115
131
310
349
390
410

0.25
0.32
1.7

2
6.7
7.7
8.3
20
23
24
27

LX1 D6D7
LX1 D6E7
LX1 D6F7
LX1 D6FE7
LX1 D6G7
LX1 D6M7
LX1 D6P7
LX1 D6U7
LX1 D6Q7
LX1 D6V7
LX1 D6N7
LX1 D6R7

0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280
0.280

(1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
(2) For use on 230 V 50 Hz, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor, see pages 24505/4 and
24505/5. This coil can be used on 240 V at 60 Hz.
(3) This coil can be used on 220/240 V at 50 Hz and on 240 V only at 60 Hz.
(4) For use on 400 V 50 Hz, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor, see pages 24505/4 and
24505/5.

24507-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References (continued)

a.c. coils
for 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D

For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D115

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush (cos j = 0.8) 50 or 60 Hz: 300 VA,
- sealed (cos j = 0.3) 50 or 60 Hz: 22 VA
Operating range (q 55 C): 0.851.1 Uc.

565140

Control
circuit
voltage
Uc
V

LX1 D8pp

24
32
42
48
110
115
120
127
208
220
230
240
277
380
400
415
440
480
500

Average
resistance
at 20 C
10 %
W
1.24
2.14
3.91
4.51
26.53
26.53

32.75

104.77
104.77
125.25

338.51
368.43
368.43
441.56

566.62

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference (1)

H
0.09
0.17
0.28
0.36
2.00
2.00

2.44

7.65
8.29
8.89

22.26
25.55
27.65
30.34

38.12

50 Hz
LX1 D8B5
LX1 D8C5
LX1 D8D5
LX1 D8E5
LX1 D8F5
LX1 D8FE5

LX1 D8FC5

LX1 D8M5
LX1 D8P5
LX1 D8U5

LX1 D8Q5
LX1 D8V5
LX1 D8N5
LX1 D8R5

LX1 D8S5

Average
resistance
at 20 C
10 %
W
0.87

3.91
19.97

24.02

67.92
79.61

97.04
125.75
243.07

338.51
368.43

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference (1)

H
0.07

0.28
1.45

1.70

5.06
5.69

6.75
8.89
17.04

22.26
25.55

Weight

kg
60 Hz
LX1 D8B6

LX1 D8E6
LX1 D8F6

LX1 D8G6

LX1 D8L6
LX1 D8M6

LX1 D8U6
LX1 D8W6
LX1 D8Q6

LX1 D8R6
LX1 D8T6

0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260
0.260

For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D115, LC1 D150

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush cos j = 0.9 - 280 to 350 VA,
- sealed cos j = 0.9 - 2 to 18 VA.
Operating range (q 55 C): 0.81.15 Uc.
Coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard, class B.
Control
circuit
voltage
Uc
V

Average
resistance
at 20 C
10 %
W

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference (1)

24

32

42

48

110

115

120

127

208

220

230

240

277

380

400

415

440

480

500

(1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.

24507-EN_Ver6.0.fm/4

Average
resistance
at 20 C
10 %
W
147
301
498
1061
4377
4377
4377
6586
10 895
9895
9895
9895
21 988
21 011
21 011
21 011
21 501
32 249
32 249

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference (1)

H
3.03
8.28
13.32
24.19
109.69
109.69
109.69
152.65
260.15
210.72
210.72
210.72
533.17
482.42
482.42
482.42
507.47
938.41
938.41

Weight

kg
50/60 Hz
LX1 D8B7
LX1 D8C7
LX1 D8D7
LX1 D8E7
LX1 D8F7
LX1 D8FE7
LX1 D8G7
LX1 D8FC7
LX1 D8LE7
LX1 D8M7
LX1 D8P7
LX1 D8U7
LX1 D8UE7
LX1 D8Q7
LX1 D8V7
LX1 D8N7
LX1 D8R7
LX1 D8T7
LX1 D8S7

0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290
0.290

TeSys contactors

References

d.c. coils
for 3 or 4-pole contactors

For 3-pole contactors LC1 D40D65 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D40D65

Specifications
Average consumption: 22 W.
Operating range: 0.851.1 Uc.
Inductance of
closed circuit
H
0.44

Reference (1)

LX4 D6JD

kg
0.415

26.8

1.69

LX4 D6BD

0.415

36

58

3.55

LX4 D6CD

0.415

48

109

6.86

LX4 D6ED

0.415

60

173

10.9

LX4 D6ND

0.415

72

234

14.7

LX4 D6SD

0.415

110

560

35.28

LX4 D6FD

0.415

125

717

45.2

LX4 D6GD

0.415

220

2255

142

LX4 D6MD

0.415

250

2940

185

LX4 D6UD

0.415

440

LX4 D6pD

Average resistance
at 20 C 10 %
W
7.1

24

565142

Control circuit voltage

Uc
V
12

Weight

9080

572

LX4 D6RD

0.415

For 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D80

Specifications
Average consumption: 22 W.
Operating range: 0.851.1 Uc.
Inductance of
closed circuit
H
0.46

Reference (1)

LX4 D7JD

kg
0.680

27

1.89

LX4 D7BD

0.680

36

57

LX4 D7CD

0.680

48

107

7.5

LX4 D7ED

0.680

60

170

11.9

LX4 D7ND

0.680

72
LX4 D7pD

Average resistance
at 20 C 10 %
W
6.6

24

565142

Control circuit voltage

Uc
V
12

Weight

230

16.1

LX4 D7SD

0.680

110

564

39.5

LX4 D7FD

0.680

125

718

50.3

LX4 D7GD

0.680

220

2215

155

LX4 D7MD

0.680

250

2850

200

LX4 D7UD

0.680

440

9195

640

LX4 D7RD

0.680

(1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.

24507-EN_Ver6.0.fm/5

TeSys contactors

References

d.c. coils
for 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D

For contactors LC1 D115, D150

Specifications
Consumption: inrush 270 to 365 W, sealed 2.4 to 5.1 W.
Operating range: 0.71.2 Uc.
Coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard, class B.
Average resistance
at 20 C 10 %
W
147

Inductance of
closed circuit
H
3.03

Reference (1)

LX4 D8BD

kg
0.300

48

1061

24.19

LX4 D8ED

0.300

60

1673

38.44

LX4 D8ND

0.300

72

2500

56.27

LX4 D8SD

0.300

110

4377

109.69

LX4 D8FD

0.300

125

6586

152.65

LX4 D8GD

0.300

220

9895

210.72

LX4 D8MD

0.300

250

18 022

345.40

LX4 D8UD

0.300

440

565142

Control circuit voltage

Uc
V
24

Weight

21 501

684.66

LX4 D8RD

0.300

LX4 D8pD

(1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.

24507-EN_Ver6.0.fm/6

TeSys contactors

References

Wide range d.c. coils

(for specific applications)

for 3 or 4-pole contactors

For 3-pole contactors LC1 D40D65 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D40D65
Specifications
Average consumption: 22 W.
Operating range: 0.751.2 Uc.
Coils with "TH" treatment as standard.
Inductance of
closed circuit
H
0.45

Reference (1)

LX4 D6JW

kg
0.415

30

1.9

LX4 D6BW

0.415

36

53

3.5

LX4 D6CW

0.415

48

110

7.2

LX4 D6EW

0.415

72

215

14.2

LX4 D6SW

0.415

110
LX4 D6pW

Average resistance
at 20 C 10 %
W
6.8

24

565143

Control circuit voltage

Uc
V
12

Weight

580

38.3

LX4 D6FW

0.415

220

2120

140

LX4 D6MW

0.415

For 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D80

Specifications
Average consumption: 23 W.
Operating range: 0.75 to 1.2 Uc
Coils with "TH" treatment as standard.
Control circuit voltage
Uc
V
12

Average resistance
at 20 C 10 %
W
6.2

Inductance of
closed circuit
H
0.49

Reference (1)

Weight

LX4 D7JW

kg
0.680

24

23.5

1.75

LX4 D7BW

0.680

36

51.9

4.18

LX4 D7CW

0.680

48

94.2

LX4 D7EW

0.680

72

204

15.7

LX4 D7SW

0.680

110

483

36

LX4 D7FW

0.680

220

1922

144

LX4 D7MW

0.680

(1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.

24507-EN_Ver6.0.fm/7

TeSys contactors

Dimensions

Model d contactors
Control circuit: a.c.

LC1 D09D18 (3-pole)

LC1 D25D38 (3-pole), LC1 DT20DT40 (4-pole)

44

44
Minimum electrical
clearance

Minimum electrical
clearance

LA4

b1

b1

LA4

10

12,5
(LAD 8)

c
c1
c2
c3

LC1
b without add-on blocks
b1 with LAD 4BB
with LA4 Dp2
with LA4 DF, DT
with LA4 DW, DL
c without cover or add-on blocks
with cover, without add-on blocks
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
c2 with LA6 DK10, LAD 6K10
c3 with LAD T, R, S
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover
(1) Including LAD 4BB

45

10

12,5
(LAD 8) (1)

D09D18 D093
D123
77
99
94
107
110 (1)
123 (1)
119 (1)
132 (1)
126 (1)
139 (1)
84
84
86
86
117
117
129
129
137
137
141
141

12,5
(LAD 8)

c
c1
c2
c3

D099
D129
80
95.5
111.5 (1)
120.5 (1)
127.5 (1)
84
86
117
129
137
141

LC1 D40D65 (3-pole), LC1 D65004, D40008 & D65008 (4-pole)

D25
D38
85
98
114 (1)
123 (1)
130 (1)
90
92
123
135
143
147

D183
D323
99
107
123 (1)
132 (1)
139 (1)
90
92
123
135
143
147

DT20 &
DT25
85
98
114
129
190
97
99
123
135
143
147

c
c1
c2
c3

LC1
a
b1 with LA4 Dp2
with LA4 DB3
with LA4 DF, DT
with LA4 DM, DW, DL
c without cover or add-on blocks
with cover, without add-on blocks
c1 with LAD N (1 contact)
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
c2 with LA6 DK
c3 with LAD T, R, S
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover

DT323 &
DT403
105

105
107
131
143
151
155

32 44
Minimum electrical
clearance

12

12,5
(LAD 8)

D40D65
75
135

142
150
114
119
139
147
159
167
171

b1

LA4

127

b1
12,5
(LAD 8)

DT32 &
DT40
91

105
107
131
143
151
155

LC1 D80 & D95 (3-pole), LC1 D80004 & D80008 (4-pole)

LA4

127
12

12,5
(LAD 8) (1)

DT203 &
DT253
99

97
99
123
135
143
147

32 44
Minimum electrical
clearance

45

D40008
85
135

142
150
125

139
147
159
167
171

c
c1
c2
c3

12,5
(LAD 8)

D80, D65004
85
135
135
142
150
125
130
150
158
170
178
182

D95, D65008
85
135

142
150
125
130
150
158
170
178
182

12,5
(LAD 8)

D80004
96
135

142
150
125

150
158
170
178
182

D80008
96
135

142
150
140

150
158
170
178
182

LC1 D115 and D150 (3-pole), LC1 D115004 (4-pole)

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24531-EN_Ver7.0.fm/2

D115004
150
174
185
188
188
132

150
155
168
172

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

D115006
120
174
185
188
188
115

150
155
168
172

D150006
120
174
185
188

115

150
155
168
172

D1150046
155
174
185
188
188
115

150
155
168
172

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Minimum electrical
clearance

LAD 8

LA4

10
b1

D115, D150
120
174
185
188
188
132
136
150
155
168
172

158

LC1
a
b1 with LA4 DA2
with LA4 DF, DT
with LA4 DM, DL
with LA4 DW
c without cover or add-on blocks
with cover, without add-on blocks
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
c2 with LA6 DK20
c3 with LAD T, R, S
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover

c
c1
c2
c3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

TeSys contactors

Dimensions

Model d contactors
Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption

LC1 D09D18 (3-pole)

LC1 D25D38 (3-pole)

Minimum electrical
clearance

10

Minimum electrical
clearance

45

45

10

c1
c2
c3

c1
c2
c3

LC1
b
c without cover or add-on blocks
with cover, without add-on blocks
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
c2 with LA6 DK10
c3 with LAD T, R, S
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover

D09D18
77
93
95
126
138
146
150

D093D123
99
93
95
126
138
146
150

D099D129
80
93
95
126
138
146
150

D25D38
85
99
101
132
144
152
156

D183D323
99
99
101
132
144
152
156

DT20 & DT25

D098 & D128
85
99
123
135
143
147

DT203 & DT253

D0983 & D1283
99
99
123
135
143
147

DT32 & DT40

D188D258
91
107
131
143
151
155

DT323 & DT403

D1883 & D2583
105
107
131
143
151
155

LC1 DT20 to DT40 (4-pole)

Minimum electrical
clearance

45

10
c1
c2
c3
LC1
b
c
c1
c2
c3

with cover
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
with LA6 DK10
with LAD T, R, S
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover

LC1 D40D65 (3-pole)

LC1 D65004, LP1 D40008D65008 (4-pole)

LC1 D80 & D95 (3-pole)

LP1 D80004, LP1 D80008 (4-pole)
Minimum electrical
clearance

127

127

Minimum electrical
clearance

12

85

12

c1
c2
c3
LC1
D40D65
c without cover or add-on blocks
171
with cover, without add-on blocks
176
c1 with LAD N (1 contact)
196
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
202
c2 with LA6 DK10
213
c3 with LAD T, R, S
221
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover
225
LC1 D115ppp and LC1 D150ppp with c coil: see page 24531/2
Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

96

c1
c2
c3

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

LP1 D65004
171

196
202
213
221
225

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

LP1 D40008
& D65008
182

196
202
213
221
225

LC1
D80 & D95
181
186
204
210
221
229
233

LP1 D80004

LP1 D80008

181

204
210
221
229
233

196

204
210
221
229
233

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24531-EN_Ver7.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

Mounting

Model d contactors

LC1 D09D38, DT20DT40

LC1 D40 to D95, LP1 D40 to D80

On mounting rail AM1 DL200 or DL201 (width 75 mm)
On mounting rail AM1 EDppp or AM1 DE200 (width 35 mm)

127

On mounting rail AM1 DP200, DR200 or AM1 DE200 (width 35 mm)

c
c

LC1
b
c
c

D09D18 D25D38 DT2

& DT25
77
85
85
(AM1 DP200 or DR200) (1)88
94
94
(AM1 DE200) (1)
96
102
102

Control circuit: d.c.

b
77
c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) (1)97
c (AM1 DE200) (1)
105

85
103
110

94
103
111

Control circuit: a.c.

LC1

DT32
& DT40
100
109
117

c
c
c

109
118
1236

Control circuit: d.c.

LC1
c (AM1 DL200) (1)
c (AM1 DL201) (1)

(AM1 DL200) (1)

(AM1 DL201) (1)
(AM1 EDppp or DE200) (1)

LP1
c (AM1 DL200)
c (AM1 DL201)
(1) with safety cover.

(1) with safety cover.

D40D65

D80 & D95

136
126
126

147
137
137

D40D65
193
183

D80 & D95

203
203

D40
188
178

D65
188
178

D80
198
198

LC1 D115, D150

158

100

On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres

D115 & D150

134.5
142.5

D1156 & D1506

117.5
125.5

Control circuit: a.c.

LC1
c with cover

D40D65
119

D80 & D95

130

Control circuit: d.c.

LC1
c with cover

D40D65
176

D80 & D95

186

LP1
c

Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

LC1
c (AM1 DP200 or DR200)
c (AM1 DE200 or EDppp)

D40 & D65

171

D80
181

LC1 D40D95, LP1 D40D80

On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24531-EN_Ver7.0.fm/4

15

110

120

DZ5 ME5

40

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

TeSys contactors

Mounting (continued)

Model d contactors

LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20DT40

On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB
Control circuit:
LC1
c with cover
G
H
H1
4-pole contactors
LC1

H1

DZ5 ME8

15

c
G
H
H1

LC1 D09D38 and LC1 DT20DT40

a.c.
D09D18
86
35
60
70

D25D38
92
35
60
70

d.c.
D09D18
95
35
70
70

D25D38
101
35
70
70

DT20
& DT25
92
35
60
70

DT32
& DT40
100
35
60
70

DT20
& DT25
101
35
70
70

DT32
& DT40
109
35
70
70

LC1 D40D95, LP1 D40D80

On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC

110

On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC

AF1 EA4

c
Control circuit:
LC1
c with cover
G
H
LC1

a.c.
D09D18
86
35
60/70
DT20
& DT25
80
35
60

c with cover
G
H

d.c.
D09D18
95
35
70
DT20
& DT25
118
35
60

D25D38
92
35
60/70
DT32
& DT40
93
35
60

D25D38
101
35
70
DT32
& DT40
132
35
60

LC1 D09D38

40

Control circuit:
LC1
c with cover
LP1
c without cover

a.c.
D40D65
119

D80 & D95

130

AF1 EA6
d.c.
D40D65
176
D40 & D65
171

LC1 D40D95, LP1 D40 D80

DC

AC

Panel mounted

2xM4

2x4,5

Control circuit:
LC1
c with cover
4-pole contactors
LC1
c

with cover

35

100/110
=

50

60/70

2xM4

Panel mounted

D80 & D95

186
D80
181

35

a.c.
D09D18
86

D25D38
92

d.c.
D09D18
95

D25D38
101

DT20
& DT25
90

DT32
& DT40
98

DT20
& DT25
90

DT32
& DT40
98

Control circuit:
LC1
c with cover

3x6,5

a.c.
D40D65
119

d.c.
D4D65
176

D40 & D65 D80

171

181

D115
132
96/110
130/144

without cover

D80 & D95

130

LP1
c

40

D1156
115
96/110
130/144

D150
132
96/110

D1506
115
96/110

D80 & D95

186

LC1 D115, D150

130
158

Panel mounted

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

LC1
c
G (3-pole)
G (4-pole)
References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24531-EN_Ver7.0.fm/5

TeSys contactors

Schemes

Model d contactors

Contactors
3-pole contactors (References: pages 24501/2 to 24502/3)

13/NO

21/NC

T3/6

22

3/L2

5/L3

T2/4

14

1/L1

A1
A2

T1/2

LC1 D09 to D150

4-pole contactors (References: pages 24502/2 and 24502/3)

R3

A1
A2

21/NC
22

R4

13/NO
14

3
4

R3
R4

R1

R1

R2

1
2

LC1 and LP1 D40008 to D80008

R2

A1

7/L4
T4/8

A2

3/L2

5/L3
T3/6

LC1 D098 to D258

T2/4

1/L1

A1
A2

T1/2

21/NC

7/L4
T4/8

22

5/L3
T3/6

13/NO

3/L2
T2/4

LC1 D115004

14

1/L1

A2

A1

T1/2

LC1 DT20 to DT40

Front mounting add-on contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 24511/3)

54

73/NO

83/NO
84

74

81/NC
82

53/NO

71/NC
72

54

61/NC
62

73/NO

83/NO
84

74

61/NC
62

54

53/NO

53/NO

88

54

75/NC

87/NO

76

71/NC

61/NC

83/NO

53/NO

72

3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31

62

84

63/NO

61/NC
62

64

61/NC
62

53/NO
54

2 N/O + 2 N/C including 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break LAD C22

54

71/NC

81/NC

72

82

63/NO

53/NO
54

51/NC
51/NC

61/NC

52

62

4 N/C LAD N04

4 N/O LAD N40

64

41/NC
(92)
42
(91)

1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13

2 N/O LAD N20

53/NO

(94)

2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22

43/NO
43 NO

44
(93)

2 N/C LAD N02

61/NC

1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11

52

1 N/C LAD N01 (1)

62

1 N/O LAD N10 (1)

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts conforming to standard EN 50012 (References: page 24511/3)

31/NC

43/NO

32

41/NC
42

44

31/NC
32

21/NC
22
21/NC
22

13/NO
14
13/NO
14

63/NO
64
63/NO

54

64

53/NO
51/NC

41/NC
42
41/NC

43/NO
44

52

31/NC
32
33/NO
34

1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13P

42

21/NC
22
21/NC
22

1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13G

31/NC

13/NO
14
63/NO
64

13/NO

53/NO
54

3 N/O + 1 N/C LADN31P

14

31/NC

43/NO

32

44

3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31G

32

43/NO

2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22P

31/NC

2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22G

32

1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11P

44

1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11G

(1) Items in brackets are for blocks mounted on right-hand side of contactor.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24532-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24511/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Contactors

Schemes (continued)

Model d contactors

Front mounting add-on contact blocks

Dust and damp protected instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 24511/3)

73/NO

83/NO

74

84

53/NO

61/NC
62

2 N/O protected (24-50 V)

+ 1 N/O + 1 N/C standard LA1 DZ31

54

73/NO
74

83/NO

63/NO
64

84

53/NO

53/NO
54

54

61/NC
62

63/NO

51/NC
52

2 N/O protected (24-50 V)

2 N/O standard LA1 DZ40

64

63/NO
64

2 N/O (5-24 V)
LA1 DY20

53/NO

2 N/C (24-50 V)
LA1 DX02

54

2 N/O (24-50 V)
LA1 DX20

Time delay auxiliary contacts (References: page 24511/4)

55/NC

67/NO

56

65/NC
66

On-delay 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make LAD S

68

57/NO

67/NO
68

Off-delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD R

58

55/NC
56

On-delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD T

Mechanical latch blocks (References: page 24511/4)

E2

A2

A1

E1

LAD 6K10 and LA6 DK20

Side mounting add-on contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 24511/3)

161/NC
(172)

153/NO
(184)

163/NO
(174)

151/NC
(182)

161/NC
(172)

154
(183)

164
(173)

152
(181)

162
(171)

153/NO

162
(171)

2 N/C LAD 8N02 (1)

(184)

2 N/O LAD 8N20 (1)

154
(183)

1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD 8N11 (1)

Auto-Man-Stop control modules

LA4 DMp

A2

A1

B1

Auto
/man
I/O

A2

A1

(1)

A2

A2

A1

A1

(1) Items in brackets are for blocks mounted on right-hand side of contactor.
Electronic serial timer modules
On-delay LA4 DTpU

Interface modules

E2

A2

A1

A1

A2

E2

E1 +

LA4 DWBp

E2

E1 +
A1

A2

E2

E1 +
A1

Solid state

LA4 DLp

LA4 DFBQ

E1 +

Relay with manual override

LA4 DFp

A2

Relay interface

References: page 24511/7.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24511/7

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

24532-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

Dimensions

Model d reversing contactors

LC2DT20 to DT40
2 x LC1 DT20 to DT40

e2

60/70

e2

2xM4

60/70

e1

2xM4

LC2 D09 to D38

2 x LC1 D09 to D38

LC1 or 2 x LC1
a
b
c (1)
D09 to D18 a
90
77
86
90
99
86
D093 to D123 a
90
77
95
D09 to D18 c
D093 to D123 c
90
99
95
90
85
92
D25 to D38 a
90
99
92
D183 to D383 a
D25 to D32 c
90
85
101
90
99
101
D183 to D383 c
e1 and e2: including cabling.
(1) With safety cover, without add-on block.

e1
4

e2
1.5

1.5

G
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

LC2 or 2 x LC1
DT20 and DT25
DT32 and DT40
c, e: including cabling.

a
90
90

b
85
91

c
90
98

G
80
80

LC2 D40 to D95

2 x LC1 D40 to D95 a

2 x LC1 D40 to D95 a

G1

6x6,5
G1

e2

40

100/110
13

40 =

e2

13

100/110

e1

e1

6x6,5

LC2 or 2 x LC1
a
D40 to D65 a
165
182
D65004 a
182
D80 and D95 a
207
D80004 a
c, e1 and e2: including cabling.

b
127
127
127
127

c
142
133
158
158

e1
5

13

e2

11

20

G
50
57
57
71

G1
90
97
96
111

2 x LC1
a
D40 to D65
182
D80 and D95
207
c, e1 and e2: including cabling.

LC2 D115 and D150

130

158

e1

2 x LC1 D115 and D150

LC2 or 2 x LC1
a
D115 and D150
266
D115004
334
c, e1 and e2: including cabling.
Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

24533-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2

e2

40

a
c
148
148

e1
56

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

e2
18
60

G
242/256
310/324

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24504/3

Schemes :
page 24533/3

b
127
127

40

a
c
190
215

e1
5
13

e2
11
20

G
57
96

G1
97
111

Contactors

Schemes

Model d reversing contactors

Reversing contactors for motor control

L3

A2

A1

21/NC
22

13/NO

14

4
V

22

5
6

14

1
2

A2

A1

A1
A2

21/NC

13/NO

21/NC
22

5
6
W

13/NO

3
4

14

1
2

21/NC
22

L3
13/NO
14

L2
3
4

L1
1
2

A1
A2

L2

LAD 9R1V
With integral electrical interlocking
L1

LC2 D09D150
Horizontally mounted

Changeover contactor pairs

A1

21/NC
22

A2

13/NO
14

2N
7
8
N

2/L3
5
6
L3

2/L2
3

1
L1

13/NO

22

21/NC

13/NO

21/NC

14

22

7
8
N

14

5
6
L3

1N
7
8

3
4
L2

L2

1/L3
5
6

1
2
L1

2/L1

1/L2
3
4

2N

21/NC
22

A1

2/L3

13/NO

A2

2/L2

7
8

14

A1

1N

5
6

A2

1/L3

3
4

2/L1

1/L2

1/L1
1
2

LAD T9R1V
With integral electrical interlocking

A2

A1

1/L1

LC2 DT20DT40
Horizontally mounted

Electrical interlocking of reversing contactors fitted with:

01
A1

KM1

A1

01

A1

KM2

A1

02

02

A2

01

A1

LA9 Dppp78, LAD 9R1

A2

Mechanical interlock without integral electrical contacts

LA9 Dppp02

A1

Mechanical interlock with integral electrical contacts

01
KM1

KM2
02

A2

A2

KM2

PV

A1
A2

22

21/NC

13/NO
14

3
4

6
W

GV

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24504/3

13

22

W2

21

14

3
4

V2

R3
R4

U2

R1
R2

PV

W1

1
2

U1

V1

A1

LAD 3PV/GV10

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24572/5

22

13/NO

21/NC

14

L3

A2

13

3
4

21

R3
R4

22

R1
R2

14

1
2

A1

LAD 3PV/GV

LAD 9PV/GV

A2

3
4

L1
1

A1
A2

A1

21/NC
22

A2

13/NO
14

6
W

4
V

21/NC
22

13/NO
14

L2

Low speed-High speed cabling kit, spring terminals

L3
5
6

3
4

L2

1
2

A1

L1

Low speed-High speed cabling kit, screw clamp terminals

A2

KM1
A2

KM2
A2

A2

A2

02

KM1

GV

Dimensions :
page 24533/2

24533-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3

TeSys contactors

References

For switching 3-phase capacitor banks,

used for power factor correction,
Direct connection without choke inductors

Special contactors
Special contactors LC1 DpK are designed for switching 3-phase, single or multiple-step capacitor banks; they
conform to standards IEC 60070 and 60831, NFC 54-100, VDE 0560, UL and CSA.

Contactor applications
Specification
Contactors fitted with a block of early make poles and damping resistors, limiting the value of the current on
closing to 60 In max.
This current limitation increases the life of all the components of the installation, in particular that of the fuses
and capacitors.
The patented design of the add-on block (n 90 119-20) ensures safety and long life of the installation.
Operating conditions
There is no need to use choke inductors for either single or multiple-step capacitor banks.
Short-circuit protection must be provided by gI type fuses rated at 1.72 In.

811966

Maximum operational power

The power values given in the selection table below are for the following operating conditions:
Prospective peak current at switch-on
Maximum operating rate
Electrical durability at nominal load

Operational power at 50/60 Hz (1)

q y 55 C (2)

LC1 DpK
LC1 DFK, DGK, DLK, DMK, DPK
LC1 DTK, DWK
All contactor ratings
400 V
690 V

200 In
240 operating cycles/hour
100 operating cycles/hour
300 000 operating cycles
200 000 operating cycles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Tightening
torque on
cable end

Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (3)

Weight

N/O
1

N/C
1
2

N.m
1.2
1.2

LC1 DFK11pp
LC1 DFK02pp

kg
0.430
0.430

220 V
240 V
kVAR
6.7

400 V
440 V
kVAR
12.5

660 V
690 V
kVAR
18

8.5

16.7

24

1
2

1.7
1.7

LC1 DGK11pp
LC1 DGK02pp

0.450
0.450

10

20

30

1
2

1.9
1.9

LC1 DLK11pp
LC1 DLK02pp

0.600
0.600

15

25

36

1
2

2.5
2.5

LC1 DMK11pp
LC1 DMK02pp

0.630
0.630

20

33.3

48

LC1 DPK12pp

1.300

25

40

58

LC1 DTK12pp

1.300

40

60

92

LC1 DWK12pp

1.650

811967

LC1 DFK11pp

Switching of multiple-step capacitor banks (with equal or different power ratings)

The correct contactor for each step is selected from the above table, according to the power rating of the step to be switched.
Example: 50 kVAR 3-step capacitor bank. Temperature: 50 C and U = 400 V or 440 V.
One 25 kVAR step: contactor LC1 DMK, one 15 kVAR step: contactor LC1 DGK, and one 10 kVAR step: contactor LC1 DFK.
(1) Operational power of the contactor according to the scheme on the page opposite.
(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period, in accordance with standards IEC 60070 and 60831 is 45 C.
(3) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
Volts
24
42
48
110
115
220
230
240
380
400
415
440
50/60 Hz
B7
D7
E7
F7
FE7
M7
P7
U7
Q7
V7
N7
R7
For other voltages between 24 and 440 V, please consult your Regional Sales Office
LC1 DPK12pp

Dimensions, schemes :
page 24569/3

24569-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

TeSys contactors

Dimensions,
schemes

For switching 3-phase capacitor banks,

used for power factor correction

Dimensions
LC1 DPK, DTK

127

180

74

130

LC1 DFK, DGK

45

75

150
LC1
DFK
DGK

c
117
122

Type of fixing
LC1 D12
See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5
LC1 D18
See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5

LC1
DPK
DTK

Type of fixing
LC1 D40
LC1 D50

See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5

See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5

LC1 DWK

127

200

84

140

LC1 DLK, DMK

56

157
LC1
DLK
DMK

c
117
122

Type of fixing
LC1 D25
See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5
LC1 D32
See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5

LC1
DWK

85

Type of fixing
LC1 D80

See pages 24531/4 and 24531/5

Schemes
LC1 DpK

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

A2

A1

R = Pre-wired resistor connections.

Cabling (maximum permissible c.s.a.)
Contactor type LC1
DFK
Number of conductors
1
Flexible cable with cable end (mm2) 2.5
Solid cable with cable end (mm2) 4

2
1.5
4

DGK
1
4
6

2
2.5
6

DLK
1
4
10

2
4
6

DMK
1
6
16

2
4
10

DPK, DTK
1
2
16
6
25
16

DWK
1
50
50

2
25
35

References :
page 24569/2

24569-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

Selection guide

Safety control and protection

solutions

Contactors
From 115 to 2750 A

Applications

Rated operational
current Ie max AC-3
(Ue 440 V)

Control of all types of motor for standard or severe duty applications

Control of resistive, inductive and capacitive circuits: heating, lighting, power factor correction, transformers,
normal-standby

115 A

150 A

185 A

225 A

265 A

330 A

200 A

250 A

275 A

315 A

350 A

400 A

Rated operational
voltage

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

Number of poles

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

30 kW

40 kW

55 kW

63 kW

75 kW

100 kW

55 kW

75 kW

90 kW

110 kW

132 kW

160 kW

415 V

59 kW

80 kW

100 kW

110 kW

140 kW

180 kW

440 V

59 kW

80 kW

100 kW

110 kW

140 kW

200 kW

500 V

75 kW

90 kW

110 kW

129 kW

160 kW

200 kW

660/690 V

80 kW

100 kW

110 kW

129 kW

160 kW

220 kW

1000 V

65 kW

65 kW

100 kW

100 kW

147 kW

160 kW

Ie max AC-1
( 40 C)

Rated operational
power
220/240 V
in AC-3
380/400 V

Add-on auxiliary
contact blocks

Front mounting, identical to those used on LC1-D contactors

(contacts: instantaneous LA1-DN//, time delay LA2-DT or LA3-DR, dust and damp protected LA1-DX or DY or DZ)

Associated thermal
overload relays
Manual-auto.
Electronic

LR9-F
LT6

Interface
Specific
Universal

LA4-FWB
With or without, depending on the control circuit

Contactor type
references

LC1-F115

LC1-F150

LC1-F185

LC1-F225

LC1-F265

LC1-F330

Reversing contactor
type references

LC2-F115

LC2-F150

LC2-F185

LC2-F225

LC2-F265

For customer
assembly

Pages

Please consult our catalogue Motor starter solutions.

0204Q-EN_Ver2.12.fm/2

400 A

500 A

630 A

780 A

800 A

750 A

1000 A

1500 A

1800 A

500 A

700 A

1000 A

1600 A

1000 A

800 A

1250 A

2000 A

2750 A

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

1000 V

2, 3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

3 or 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

110 kW

147 kW

200 KW

220 kW

250 kW

220 kW

280 kW

425 kW

500 kW

200 kW

250 kW

335 kW

400 kW

450 kW

400 kW

500 kW

750 kW

900 kW

220 kW

280 kW

375 kW

425 kW

450 kW

425 kW

530 kW

800 kW

900 kW

250 kW

295 kW

400 kW

425 kW

450 kW

450 kW

560 kW

800 kW

900 kW

257 kW

355 kW

400 kW

450 kW

450 kW

500 kW

600 kW

700 kW

900 kW

280 kW

335 kW

450 kW

475 kW

475 kW

560 kW

670 kW

750 kW

900 kW

185 kW

335 kW

450 kW

450 kW

450 kW

530 kW

530 kW

670 kW

750 kW

4 instantaneous contact compositions:

2 N/C + 2 N/O, 3 N/O + 1 N/C, 1 N/O + 3 N/C or 4 N/O

LR9-F
LT6

LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-F800 LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

For customer assembly

0204Q-EN_Ver2.12.fm/3

Characteristics

Contactors

Type LC1 F (115 to 800 A)

Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

Environment
Contactor type
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

LC1 F115
1000

LC1 F150
1000

LC1 F185
1000

Conforming to VDE 0110 gr C

Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conforming to standards

Conforming to IEC 60947-4-1

1500

1500

1500

Coil not connected to the

power circuit

kV

EN 60947-1, EN 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-4-1, JEM 1038

Product certifications

CSA, UL, BV, GL, DNV, RINA, RMROS, LROS, CCC

Degree of protection

Conforming to IEC 60529

Conforming to VDE 0106

IP 20 front face with shrouds LA9 F

Front face protected against direct finger contact with shrouds LA9 F

Protective treatment

Standard version

TH

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation
Permissible at Uc (1)

C
C
C

- 60+ 80
- 5+ 55
- 40+ 70

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

3000

Operating positions

Without derating

(not to be used for LC1 F780)

With derating
Apply the following derating coefficients: 0.75 on the pull-in
voltage, 0.9 on the drop-out voltage and 0.8 on the operational
current in AC-1.
Apply the following derating coefficients: 1.15 on the pull-in
voltage, 1.1 on the drop-out voltage and 0.8 on the operational
current in AC-1.
In either case: neither the making and breaking capacities nor the electrical and
mechanical durabilities can be assured.
Not to be used

Shock resistance (2)

1/2 sine wave = 11 ms

9 gn

9 gn

7 gn

Contactor closed

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

Contactor open

2 gn

2 gn

2 gn

Contactor closed

Vibration resistance (2)

5300 Hz

Contactor open

6 gn

6 gn

5 gn

(1) In these conditions, it is recommended that LX9 F coils be used for contactor sizes F115 to
F225.
(2) In the least favourable direction, without change of contact state (coil at Uc). Where higher
resistance to mechanical shock is required, select shock-proof contactors. Please consult
your Regional Sales Office.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/2

References :
pages 25008/2 and 25008/3

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 and 25011/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

LC1 F225
1000

LC1 F265
1000

LC1 F330
1000

LC1 F400
1000

LC1 F500
1000

LC1 F630
1000

LC1 F780
1000

LC1 F800
1000

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

EN 60947-1, EN 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-4-1, JEM 1038

CSA, UL, BV, GL, DNV, RINA, RMROS, LROS, CCC

UL, CSA, GL,

LROS

IP 20 front face with shrouds LA9 F

Front face protected against direct finger contact with shrouds LA9 F
TH
- 60+ 80
- 5+ 55
- 40+ 70

- 60+ 80
- 5+ 55
- 5+ 55

3000

(not to be used for LC1 F780)

Apply the following derating coefficients: 0.75 on the pull-in voltage, 0.9 on the drop-out voltage and 0.8 on the operational current in AC-1.

Apply the following derating coefficients: 1.15 on the pull-in voltage, 1.1 on the drop-out voltage and 0.8 on the operational current in AC-1.
In either case: neither the making and breaking capacities nor the electrical and mechanical durabilities can be assured.

7 gn

6 gn

6 gn

6 gn

9 gn

6 gn

5 gn

6 gn

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

15 gn

2 gn

2 gn

2 gn

1.5 gn

2 gn

2 gn

2.5 gn

2 gn

5 gn

5 gn

5 gn

5 gn

4 gn

4 gn

5.5 gn

4 gn

(1) In these conditions, it is recommended that LX9 F coils be used for contactor sizes F115 to F225.
(2) In the least favourable direction, without change of contact state (coil at Uc). Where higher resistance to mechanical shock is required, select shock-proof
contactors. Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/3

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F (115 to 800 A)

Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

Pole characteristics
Contactor type
Number of poles

LC1 F115
3 or 4

LC1 F150
3 or 4

LC1 F185
3 or 4

Rated operational current (le) In AC-3, y 55 C

(Ue y 440 V)
In AC-1, y 40 C

A
A

115
200

150
250

185
275

Rated operational voltage

(Ue)
Frequency limits

Up to

1000

1000

1000

Of the operational current (1)

Hz

16 2/3200

16 2/3200

162/3200

Conventional thermal current

y 40 C

200

250

275

Rated making capacity

I rms conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 A

Making current: 10 x I in AC-3 or 12 x I in AC-4

Rated breaking capacity

I rms conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 A

Making and breaking current: 8 x I in AC-3 or 10 x I in AC-4

Maximum permissible current For 10 s

No current flowing for preceding For 30 s
60 minutes with y 40 C
For 1 min
For 3 min
For 10 min

A
A
A
A
A

1100
640
520
400
320

1200
700
600
450
350

1500
920
740
500
400

Short-circuit protection
by fuses
U y 440 V

Motor circuit (type aM)

With thermal overload relay
(type gG)
gG fuses

A
A

125
200

160
200

200
315

200

250

315

Average impedance per pole

At lth and 50 Hz

0.37

0.35

0.33

Power dissipation per pole

for the above
operational currents

AC-3
AC-1

W
W

5
15

8
22

12
25

Connection
Bar

Number of bars
Bar
Cable with lug
Cable with connector
Bolt diameter
Tightening torque
Power circuit connections

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/4

References :
pages 25008/2 and 25008/3

Maximum c.s.a.
2
2
2
mm
20 x 3
25 x 3
25 x 3
mm2
95
120
150
mm2
95
120
150
mm
6
8
8
N.m
10
18
18
(1) Sine wave without interference. Above these values, please consult your Regional Sales
Office.

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 and 25011/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

LC1 F225
3 or 4

LC1 F265
3 or 4

LC1 F330
3 or 4

LC1 F400
2, 3 or 4

LC1 F500
2, 3 or 4

LC1 F630
2, 3 or 4

LC1 F780
3 or 4

LC1 F800
3

225
315

265
350

330
400

400
500

500
700

630
1000

780
1600

800
1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

162/3200

162/3200

162/3200

162/3200

162/3200

162/3 200

162/3 200

162/3 200

315

350

400

500

700

1000

1600

1000

1250

1250

Making current: 10 x I in AC-3 or 12 x I in AC-4

Making and breaking current: 8 x I in AC-3 or 10 x I in AC-4
1800
1000
850
560
440

2200
1230
950
620
480

2650
1800
1300
900
750

3600
2400
1700
1200
1000

4200
3200
2400
1500
1200

5050
4400
3400
2200
1600

6250
5600
4600
3000
2200

5500
4600
3600
2600
1700

250
315

315
500

400
500

400
630

500
800

630
800

800
1000

800
1000

315

400

500

500

800

1000

2 x 800 (2)

1000

0.32

0.3

0.28

0.26

0.18

0.12

0.10

0.12

16
32

21
37

31
44

42
65

45
88

48
120

60
250

77
120

2
100 x 5

2 x 12
58

2
60 x 5

12
58

2
2
2
2
2
2
3
32 x 4
32 x 4
30 x 5
30 x 5
40 x 5
60 x 5
60 x 5
185
240
240
2 x 150
2 x 240

185
240

10
10
10
10
10
12
35
35
35
35
35
58
(2) Paralleling of poles must be carried out only in accordance with the fuse manufacturer's recommendations.

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/5

Contactors

Characteristics

Type LC1 F (115 to 800 A)

Control circuit: a.c. supply

Control circuit characteristics with LX1 coil

Contactor type
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)
Control voltage limits ( y 55 C)
50 or 60 Hz coils

40400 Hz coils

50 or 60 Hz

Operation
Drop-out
Operation
Drop-out

LC1 F185

a 60 Hz Inrush

Sealed

VA
VA

550

0.3

550

0.3

805

0.3

50 Hz coil
40400 Hz coil
Cos

VA
VA

45

0.3

45

0.3

55

0.3

60 Hz coil
40400 Hz coil
Cos

VA
VA

660

0.3

660

0.3

970

0.3

60 Hz coil
40400 Hz coil
Cos

VA
VA

55

0.3

55

0.3

66

0.3

Sealed

1216

1216

1824

ms
ms

2335
515

2335
515

2035
715

10

10

10

2400

2400

2400

mm2

Min/max c.s.a.
1/4

1/4

1/4

mm2
mm2

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

mm2

1/4

1/4

1/4

N.m

1.2

1.2

1.2

Heat dissipation
Operating time
(1)

Closing "C"
Opening "O"

Mechanical durability at Uc

In millions of operating cycles

Maximum operating rate

In operating cycles per hour
at ambient temperature y 55 C
Connection
Flexible conductor 1 or 2 conductors
without cable end
Flexible conductor 1 conductor
with cable end
2 conductors
Solid cable without 1 or 2 conductors
cable end
Tightening torque
Mechanical latching

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/6

LC1 F150

0.851.1 Uc
0.350.55 Uc

Average consumption at 20 C and at Uc

a 50 Hz Inrush
50 Hz coil
40400 Hz coil
Cos

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

LC1 F115
241000

Mechanical latch blocks LA6 DK must not be fitted on LC1 F contactors.

For similar type of operation, use magnetic latching contactors CR1 F.
See pages 26001/2 to 26008/9.
(1) The closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial
contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply
is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

References :
pages 25008/2 and 25008/3

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 and 25011/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

LC1 F225
241000

LC1 F265

LC1 F330

LC1 F400
481000

0.851.1 Uc
0.350.55 Uc

0.851.1 Uc
0.350.55 Uc

805

0.3

650
0.9

650
0.9

1075
0.9

55

0.3

10
0.9

10
0.9

970

0.3

650
0.9

66

0.3

LC1 F500

LC1 F630
481000

LC1 F780
110500

LC1 F800
110400

0.851.1 Uc
0.250.5 Uc

0.851.1 Uc
0.20.4 Uc

0.851.1 Uc
0.30.5 Uc

1100
0.9

1650
0.9

2100
0.9

1700
0.9

15
0.9

18
0.9

22
0.9

50
0.9

12

650
0.9

1075
0.9

1100
0.9

1650
0.9

2100
0.9

1700
0.9

10
0.9

10
0.9

15
0.9

18
0.9

22
0.9

50
0.9

12

1824

14

18

20

2 x 22

25

2035
715

4065
100170

4065
100170

4075
100170

4075
100170

4080
100200

4080
130230

6080
150180

10

10

10

10

10

2400

2400

2400

2400

2400

1200

600

600

Min/max c.s.a.
1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4
1/2.5

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

0.851.1 Uc
0.30.5 Uc

Mechanical latch blocks LA6 DK must not be fitted on LC1 F contactors.

For similar type of operation, use magnetic latching contactors CR1 F.
See pages 26001/2 to 26008/9.

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/7

Contactors

Characteristics

Type LC1 F (115 to 800 A)

Control circuit: d.c. supply

Control circuit characteristics with LX4 coil

Contactor type
Rated control circuit voltage
(Uc)
Control voltage limits
( y 55 C)

LC1 F150
24460

LC1 F185
24460

Operation

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

Drop-out
Average consumption
at 20 C and at Uc

LC1 F115
24460

0.150.2 Uc

0.150.2 Uc

0.150.2 Uc

Inrush

560

560

800

Sealed

4,5

4,5

Closing "C"

ms

3040

3040

3040

Opening "O"

ms

3050

3050

3050

Mechanical durability at Uc

In millions of operating cycles

Note : The arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For all normal 3-phase
applications, the arcing time is less than 10 ms. The load is isolated from the supply after a time
equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time.
10
10
10

Maximum operating rate at

ambient temperaturey 55 C
Connection
Flexible
conductor
without
cable end

In operating cycles per hour

Average operating time at Uc

(1)

2400

2400

2400

1 conductor

mm2

Min/max c.s.a.
1/4

1/4

1/4

2 conductors

mm2

1/4

1/4

1/4

Flexible
conductor
with
cable end

1 conductor

mm2

1/4

1/4

1/4

2 conductors

mm2

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

Solid cable
without
cable end

1 conductor

mm2

1/4

1/4

1/4

2 conductors

mm2

1/4

1/4

1/4

N.m

1.2

1.2

1.2

Tightening torque
Mechanical latching

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/8

Mechanical latch blocks LA6 DK must not be fitted on LC1 F contactors.

For similar type of operation, use magnetic latching contactors CR1 F.
See pages 26001/2 to 26008/9.
(1) The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. The
closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact
of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply is
switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

References :
pages 25008/2 and 25008/3

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 and 25011/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

LC1 F225
24460

LC1 F265
24460

LC1 F330
24460

LC1 F400
48440

LC1 F500
48440

LC1 F630
48440

LC1 F780
110440

LC1 F800
110400

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.150.2 Uc

0.150.2 Uc

0.150.2 Uc

0.20.35 Uc

0.20.35 Uc

0.20.35 Uc

0.20.4 Uc

0.30.5 Uc

800

750

750

1000

1100

1600

2 x 1000

1900

2 x 21

12

3040

4050

4050

5060

5060

6070

7080

6080

3050

4065

4065

4560

4560

4050

100130

4050

Note : The arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For all normal 3-phase applications, the arcing time is less than 10 ms. The load is isolated
from the supply after a time equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time.
10

10

10

10

10

2400

2400

2400

2400

2400

1200

600

600

Min/max c.s.a.
1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/2.5

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

Mechanical latch blocks LA6 DK must not be fitted on LC1 F contactors.

For similar type of operation, use magnetic latching contactors CR1 F.
See pages 26001/2 to 26008/9.
(1) The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. The closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is
switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles
separate.

25007-EN_Ver9.0.fm/9

Contactors

References

For motor control in utilisation category AC-3

(115 to 800 A)
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

813080

3-pole contactors
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Rated
operational
current in
cat. AC-3
220 V 380 V
660 V
440 V
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V up to

Basic reference,
Weight
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(2)
Screw fixing,
cabling (1)

kW
30

kW
75

kW
80

kW
65

A
115

LC1 F115pp

kg
3.430

75

80

80

90

100

65

150

LC1 F150pp

3.430

90

100

100

110

110

100

185

LC1 F185pp

4.650

63

110

110

110

129

129

100

225

LC1 F225pp

4.750

75

132

140

140

160

160

147

265

LC1 F265pp

7.440

100

160

180

200

200

220

160

330

LC1 F330pp

8.600

110

200

220

250

257

280

185

400

LC1 F400pp

9.100

147

250

280

295

355

335

335

500

LC1 F500pp

11.350

200

335

375

400

400

450

450

630

LC1 F630pp

18.600

220

400

425

425

450

475

450

780

LC1 F780pp

39.500

250

813079

kW
59

55

LC1 F630

kW
59

40

LC1 F225

kW
55

450

450

450

450

475

450

800

LC1 F800pp

18.750

Note: auxiliary contact blocks, modules and accessories: see pages 25010/2 to 25010/7.
(1) Power terminals can be protected against direct finger contact by the addition of shrouds, to
be ordered separately, except on contactors LC1 F780 (see page 25010/6).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales
Office).
Volts a
24 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
LC1 F115F225
50 Hz (coil LX1)
B5 E5 F5 FE5

M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5
60 Hz (coil LX1)

E6 F6
G6
L6 M6
U6 Q6

R6
40400 Hz (coil LX9)

E7 F7 FE7 G7
L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
LC1 F265F330
40400 Hz (coil LX1)
B7 E7 F7 FE7 G7
L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
LC1 F400F630
40400 Hz (coil LX1)

E7 F7 FE7 G7(3) L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
LC1 F780
40400 Hz (coil LX1)

F7 FE7 F7
L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
LC1 F800
40400 Hz (coil LX4) (4)

FW FW FW

MW MW MW QW QW QW
Volts c
24 48 110 125 220 230 250 400 440
LC1 F115F330
(coil LX4 F)
BD ED FD GD MD
MD UD
RD
LC1 F400F630
(coil LX4 F)

ED FD GD MD

UD
RD
LC1 F780
(coil LX4 F)

FD GD MD

UD
RD
LC1 F800
(coil LX4 F)

FW FW MW MW
QW
(3) F7 for LC1 F630.
(4) Coil LX4 F8 pp + rectifier DR5STEpp.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25008-EN_Ver5.0.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 25007/2 to 25007/9

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 and 25011/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

References (continued)

Contactors

For control in utilisation category AC-1

(200 to 1600 A)
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

2, 3 or 4-pole contactors

3.430

LC1 F1504pp

3.830

LC1 F185pp

4.650

LC1 F1854pp

5.450

LC1 F225pp

4.750

LC1 F2254pp

5.550

LC1 F265pp

7.440

LC1 F2654pp

8.540

LC1 F330pp

8.600

LC1 F3304pp

9.500

LC1 F4002pp

8.000

LC1 F400pp

9.100

LC1 F4004pp

10.200

LC1 F5002pp

9.750

LC1 F500pp

11.350

LC1 F5004pp

12.950

LC1 F6302pp

15.500

LC1 F630pp

18.600

LC1 F6304pp

21.500

LC1 F6302ppS011

15.500

LC1 F630ppS011

18.600

LC1 F6304ppS011

21.500

LC1 F780pp

39.500

813084

LC1 F150pp

500

400

3.830

350

LC1 F1154pp

315

kg
3.430

275

LC1 F115pp

250

LC1 F1854

Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(2)
Screw fixing,
cabling (1)

A
200

Number
of poles

813082

Maximum
current
in AC-1
( y 40 C)

Weight

LC1 F7804pp

48.000

LC1 F4004

813083

700

1000

1250

LC1 F6304
1600

Note: auxiliary contact blocks, modules and accessories: see pages 25010/2 to 25010/7.
(1) Power terminals can be protected against direct finger contact by the addition of shrouds, to
be ordered separately (except on contactors LC1 F780), see page 25010/6.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages, see previous page.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

Characteristics :
pages 25007/2 to 25007/9

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 and 25011/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25008-EN_Ver5.0.fm/3

Contactors

References

Reversing contactors for motor control

in utilisation category AC-3 (115 to 265 A),
pre-assembled
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.
3-pole reversing contactors (horizontally mounted) (1)
813149

Pre-wired power connections

Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3

220 V 380 V
660 V
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
30
55
59
59
75
80
65

440 V
up to
A
115

Maximum Contactors
operasupplied
tional
without coil (2)
voltage Complete
reference
Fixing, cabling
(3)
V
1000
LC2 F115

40

75

80

80

90

100

65

150

1000

LC2 F150

7.560

55

90

100

100

110

110

100

185

1000

LC2 F185

10.100

63

110

110

110

129

129

100

225

1000

LC2 F225

14.200

75

LC2 F115

Operational
current
in AC-3

Weight

132

140

140

160

160

147

265

1000

LC2 F265

16.480

kg
7.560

Accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description

Reference
LA9 F701

Weight
kg
0.250

LA9 F702

0.250

LC2 F225, F265

Auxiliary contact
blocks and
add-on modules

Quantity
required
2

LC2 F150, F185

Power terminal
protection shrouds

For reversing
contactors
LC2 F115

LA9 F703

0.250

See pages 25010/2

to 25010/7

(1) Fitted with a mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking. Order separately 2 auxiliary
contact blocks LAD Np1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors, see page
25010/3. For accessories, see pages 25010/4 to 25010/7
(2) Coils to be ordered separately:
- a.c. supply, see pages 25014/2 and 25014/3,
- d.c. supply, see page 25014/5.
(3) Screw fixing.
Power terminals can be protected against direct finger contact by the addition of shrouds, to
be ordered separately, see above.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25012-EN_Ver8.0.fm/2

Dimensions :
pages 25013/2 to 25013/4

Schemes :
page 25013/5

References (continued)

Contactors

Changeover contactor pairs for control

in utilisation category AC-1 (200 to 350 A),
pre-assembled
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.
4-pole changeover contactor pairs (horizontally mounted) (1)
813150

Pre-wired power connections

Utilisation category AC-1
Non inductive loads
Maximum operational current
< 40 C

Maximum
operational
voltage

Contactors
supplied without
coil (2)
Complete
reference
Fixing, cabling (3)

Weight

A
200

V
1000

LC2 F1154

kg
8.860

250

1000

LC2 F1504

8.860

275

1000

LC2 F1854

12.100

315

1000

LC2 F2254

15.200

350

1000

LC2 F2654

19.480

Reference
LA9 F706

Weight
kg
0.250

LC2 F1504, F1854 2

LA9 F707

0.250

LC2 F2254, F2654 2

LC2 F1854

LA9 F708

0.250

See pages 25010/2

to 25010/7

Accessories (to be ordered separately)

Description
Power terminal
protection shrouds

Auxiliary contact
blocks and
add-on modules

For changeover
pairs
LC2 F1154

Quantity
required
2

(1) Fitted with a mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking. Order separately 2 auxiliary
contact blocks LAD Np1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors, see page
25010/3. For accessories, see pages 25010/4 to 25010/7
(2) Coils to be ordered separately:
- a.c. supply, see pages 25014/2 and 25014/3,
- d.c. supply, see page 25014/5.
(3) Screw fixing.
Power terminals can be protected against direct finger contact by the addition of shrouds, to
be ordered separately, see above.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

Dimensions :
pages 25013/2 to 25013/4

Schemes :
page 25013/5

25012-EN_Ver8.0.fm/3

Contactors

Combinations

Reversing contactors and changeover contactor

pairs LC2 F
Components for assembling 3-pole reversing contactors
and changeover contactor pairs, for customer assembly

LA9 FF4F
LA9 FG4G

LC1 F780

LA9 FX970

(1) For 4-pole changeover contactor pairs, see pages 25012/6 and 25012/7.
(2) Complete references: see page 25012/5.

3 2/L2

5 2/L3

L2

L3

A1

1 2/L1
2
L1

A2

3 1/L2

5 1/L1
6

1 1/L3

A1

A2

4
V

A1

1
2

LA9 FH4H
LA9 FJ4J
LA9 FK4K
LA9 FL4L

A2

L3
5
6

L2
3

L1
1

A1

Mechanical interlocks

Reversers assembled using

2 contactors of identical rating,
type :
LC1 F115
LC1 F150
LC1 F185
LC1 F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F330
LC1 F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630
LC1 F800
Reversers assembled using
2 contactors of different ratings,
see page 25012/6

25012-EN_Ver8.0.fm/4

LA9 Fppp76 (2)

LA9 Fp970 (2)

3-pole changeover contactor

pairs (1)
LA9 Fppp82 (2)

Reversing contactors

F115
F150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630
F800

Vertically mounted

Sets of power connections

A2

LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1
LC1

Mechanical interlocks

Horizontally mounted
Reversers assembled using
2 contactors of identical rating,
type :

Contactors

References

Reversing contactors and changeover pairs LC2 F

Components for assembling 3-pole reversing contactors
and changeover contactor pairs, for customer assembly
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.
Reversers assembled using 2 contactors of identical rating
Contactor type
(1)

Set of power connections

Reference
Weight
kg

Mechanical interlock
Kit reference
Weight
kg

For assembly of 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control

Horizontally mounted
LC1 F115
LC1 F150
LC1 F185
LC1 F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F330
LC1 F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630 or F800

LA9 FF976
LA9 F15076
LA9 FG976
LA9 F22576
LA9 FH976
LA9 FJ976
LA9 FJ976
LA9 FK976
LA9 FL976

Vertically
LC1 F115
LC1 F185
LC1 F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630
LC1 F780

(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(3)

mounted
or F150

or F330

or F800

0.600
0.600
0.780
1.500
1.500
2.100
2.100
2.350
3.800

LA9 FF970
LA9 FF970
LA9 FG970
LA9 FG970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FL970

0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.150

LA9 FF4F
LA9 FG4G
LA9 FG4G
LA9 FH4H
LA9 FJ4J
LA9 FK4K
LA9 FL4L
LA9 FX970 (3)

0.345
0.350
0.350
1.060
1.200
1.200
1.220
6.100

For assembly of 3-pole changeover contactor pairs (4)

Horizontally mounted
LC1 F115
LC1 F150
LC1 F185
LC1 F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F330
LC1 F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630 or F800

LA9 FF982
LA9 F15082
LA9 FG982
LA9 F22582
LA9 FH982
LA9 FJ982
LA9 FJ982
LA9 FK982
LA9 FL982

0.460
0.460
0.610
1.200
1.200
1.800
1.800
2.300
3.400

LA9 FF970
LA9 FF970
LA9 FG970
LA9 FG970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FL970

0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.150

Vertically mounted
LC1 F115 or F150
(2)

LA9 FF4F
0.345
LC1 F185
(2)

LA9 FG4G
0.350
LC1 F225
(2)

LA9 FG4G
0.350
LC1 F265 or F330
(2)

LA9 FH4H
1.060
LC1 F400
(2)

LA9 FJ4J
1.200
LC1 F500
(2)

LA9 FK4K
1.200
LC1 F630 or F800
(2)

LA9 FL4L
1.220
LC1 F780
(3)

LA9 FX970 (3)

7.800
(1) To order the 2 contactors: see pages 25008/2 and 25008/3. For the 2 auxiliary contact blocks
LAD Np1 required to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors, see page 25010/
3. For accessories, see pages 25010/4 to 25010/7.
(2) With the exception of contactors LC1 F780, all power connections are to be made by the
customer.
(3) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 3 power
connecting links.
(4) For assembly of 4-pole changeover contactor pairs, see pages 25012/6 and 25012/7.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

Dimensions :
pages 25013/2 and 25013/4

Schemes :
page 25013/5

25012-EN_Ver8.0.fm/5

Contactors

Combinations

Changeover contactor pairs LC2 F

Components for assembling 3 and 4-pole changeover
contactor pairs, for customer assembly

Vertically mounted

Mechanical interlocks

5 2/L3

2N

L3

A1

3 2/L2
4

A2

1 2/L1
2
L1

L2

5 1/L2

7 1/L1

3 1/L3
4

A1

1N
1
2

LA9 Fp970

Sets of power connections

4-pole changeover contactor pairs (1)
LA9 Fppp77

A2

Horizontally mounted
Contactor pairs assembled using
2 contactors of identical rating,
type :
LC1 F1154
LC1 F1504
LC1 F1854
LC1 F2254
LC1 F2654
LC1 F3304
LC1 F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304

Mechanical interlocks

Contactor pairs assembled using

2 contactors of identical rating,
type :
LC1 F1154
LC1 F1504
LC1 F1854
LC1 F2254
LC1 F2654
LC1 F3304
LC1 F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304

Assembly A
LA9 FF4F
LA9 FG4G

Assembly B
LA9 FH4H
LA9 FJ4J
LA9 FK4K
LA9 FL4L

Assembly C
LA9 FX971

Contactor pairs assembled using

2 contactors of different ratings,
type :
LC1 F115 or F1154
LC1 F150 or F1504
LC1 F185 or F1854
LC1 F225 or F2254
LC1 F265 or F2654
LC1 F330 or F3304
LC1 F400 or F4004
LC1 F500 or F5004
LC1 F630 or F6304
LC1 F800

Assembly A
LA9 FG4F

Assembly B
LA9 FH4F, LA9 FH4G
LA9 FJ4F, LA9 FJ4G
LA9 FK4F, LA9 FK4G
LA9 FL4F, LA9 FL4G

Assembly C
LA9 FJ4H
LA9 FK4H, LA9 FK4J
LA9 FL4H, LA9 FL4J and LA9 FL4K

Contactor pairs assembled using

3 contactors of identical or
different ratings, type :
LC1 F115 or F1154
LC1 F150 or F1504
LC1 F185 or F1854
LC1 F225 or F2254
LC1 F265 or F2654
LC1 F330 or F3304
LC1 F400 or F4004
LC1 F500 or F5004
LC1 F630 or F6304
LC1 F800

LA9 Fp4p4p : see pages 25030/2 and 25030/3.

Important: the contactor ratings must be in decreasing size from top to

bottom.
(1) For 3-pole changeover contactor pairs, see pages 25012/4 and 25012/5.

25012-EN_Ver8.0.fm/6

Contactors

References

Changeover contactor pairs LC2 F

Components for assembling 3 and 4-pole changeover
contactor pairs, for customer assembly
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.
Contactor pairs assembled using 2 contactors of identical rating
For assembly of 4-pole changeover contactor pairs (1)
Contactor type
(2)

Set of power connections

Reference
Weight
kg

Mechanical interlock
Kit reference
Weight
kg

Horizontally mounted
LC1 F1154
LC1 F1504
LC1 F1854
LC1 F2254
LC1 F2654
LC1 F3304
LC1 F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304

LA9 FF977
LA9 F15077
LA9 FG977
LA9 F22577
LA9 FH977
LA9 FJ977
LA9 FJ977
LA9 FK977
LA9 FL977

LA9 FF970
LA9 FF970
LA9 FG970
LA9 FG970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FJ970
LA9 FL970

0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.150

Vertically mounted
LC1 F1154 or F1504
LC1 F1854
LC1 F2254
LC1 F2654 or F3304
LC1 F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304
LC1 F7804

(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(4)

LA9 FF4F
LA9 FG4G
LA9 FG4G
LA9 FH4H
LA9 FJ4J
LA9 FK4K
LA9 FL4L
LA9 FX971 (4)

0.345
0.350
0.350
1.060
1.200
1.200
1.220
7.800

0.460
0.460
0.610
1.200
1.200
1.800
1.800
2.300
3.400

Contactor pairs assembled using 2 contactors of different ratings

For assembly of 3 or 4-pole changeover contactor pairs
Contactor type(1)
At bottom
Vertically mounted
LC1 F115 or F1154
or
LC1 F150 or F1504

LC1 F185 or F1854

or
LC1 F225 or F2254

LC1 F265 or F2654

or
LC1 F330 or F3304
LC1 F400 or F4004
LC1 F500 or F5004

At top

Mechanical interlock
Kit reference
Weight
kg

LC1 F185 or F1854

LC1 F225 or F2254
LC1 F265 or F2654
LC1 F330 or F3304
LC1 F400 or F4004
LC1 F500 or F5004
LC1 F630, F6304 or F800
LC1 F265 or F2654
LC1 F330 or F3304
LC1 F400 or F4004
LC1 F500 or F5004
LC1 F630, F6304 or F800
LC1 F400 or F4004
LC1 F500 or F5004
LC1 F630, F6304 or F800
LC1 F500 or F5004
LC1 F630 or F6304 or F800
LC1 F630 or F6304 or F800

LA9 FG4F
LA9 FG4F
LA9 FH4F
LA9 FH4F
LA9 FJ4F
LA9 FK4F
LA9 FL4F
LA9 FH4G
LA9 FH4G
LA9 FJ4G
LA9 FK4G
LA9 FL4G
LA9 FJ4H
LA9 FK4H
LA9 FL4H
LA9 FK4J
LA9 FL4J
LA9 FL4K

0.350
0.350
0.870
0.870
0.930
0.940
0.940
0.860
0.860
0.940
0.940
0.950
1.130
1.130
1.140
1.200
1.210
1.210

For assembly of reversers using 3 contactors, vertically mounted

See pages 25030/2 and 25030/3.
(1) For assembly of 3-pole changeover contactor pairs, see pages 25012/4 and 25012/5.
(2) To order the 2 contactors: see pages 25008/2 and 25008/3. For the 2 auxiliary contact blocks
LAD Np1 required to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors, see page 25010/
3. For accessories, see pages 25010/4 to 25010/7
(3) All power connections are to be made by the customer.
(4) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 4 power
connecting links.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

Dimensions :
pages 25013/2 to 25013/4

Schemes :
page 25013/5

25012-EN_Ver8.0.fm/7

Contactors

Presentation

Type LC1 F
Auxiliary contact blocks

LAD N

LAD N, LAD C
LAD N10, N01

LC1 F

LAD T, LAD S

LAD R

LA1 DX, DY, DZ

25010-EN_Ver9.0.fm/2

Contactors

References

Type LC1 F
Auxiliary contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

For use in normal operating environments
Number
of
contacts

Max. number of
blocks per contactor
Clip-on mounting

Composition

Reference

Weight

LAD N10
LAD N01

kg
0.020
0.020

1
2

LAD N11
LAD N20
LAD N02

0.030
0.030
0.030

2
1
4

3
2

2
3

4
1
2 (1)

LAD
LAD
LAD
LAD
LAD
LAD

0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050

N22
N13
N40
N04
N31
C22

With terminal referencing conforming to EN 50012

2

1
1

1
1

LAD N11P
LAD N11G

0.030
0.030

2
2

2
2

LAD N22P
LAD N22G

0.050
0.050

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks with dust and damp

protected contacts
Recommended for use in particularly harsh industrial environments
Number
of
contacts

Max. number of
blocks per contactor
Clip-on mounting

Composition

2
2

2 (2)

LA1 DX20
LA1 DY20

kg
0.040
0.040

2
2

LA1 DZ40
LA1 DZ31

0.050
0.050

2
1

Reference

Weight

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks

Number
of
contacts

Max. number of
blocks per contactor
Clip-on mounting

Time delay
Range
s
On-delay 0.13 (3)
0.130
10180
130 (4)

Reference

Weight

Type

T0
T2
T4
S2

kg
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060

Off-delay 0.13 (3) LAD R0

0.130 LAD R2
10180 LAD R4

1 N/O
+
1 N/C

0.060
0.060
0.060

LAD
LAD
LAD
LAD

(1) Including 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break.

(2) Device fitted with 4 earth screen continuity terminals.
(3) With extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s.
(4) With switching time of 40 ms 15 ms between opening of the N/C contact and closing of the
N/O contact.

Characteristics :
pages 24009/2 to 24009/4

Presentation :
page 25010/2

Dimensions :
pages 24014/2 and 24014/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25010-EN_Ver9.0.fm/3

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Accessories

Suppressor blocks
RC circuits (resistor-capacitor)
530416

b Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. For use only
in cases where the voltage is virtually sinusoidal, i.e. less than 5% total harmonic distortion.
b Voltage limited to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
b Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.3 times the normal time).
Mounting
Uc
Reference
Weight
kg
Clip-on mounting on all ratings
a
2448 V
LA4 FRCE
0.040
and all a.c. coils.
50110 V
LA4 FRCF
0.040
127240 V LA4 FRCP
0.040
265415 V LA4 FRCV
0.040
LA4 Fppp

Varistors (peak limiting)

813087

b Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

b Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Clip-on mounting on all ratings
a or c
2448 V
LA4 FVE
and all coils.
50110 V
LA4 FVF
127240 V LA4 FVP
265415 V LA4 FVV

0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040

Diodes
b No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
b Increase in drop-out time (3 to 4 times the normal time).
b Polarised component.
Clip-on mounting on all ratings
c
2448 V
and all d.c. coils.
55110 V
125250 V
280440 V

LA4
LA4
LA4
LA4

FDE
FDF
FDP
FDV

0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040

Bidirectional peak limiting diodes (transil)

LA9 Fp602

b Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to between 2 and 2.5 times Uc max.
b Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Clip-on mounting on all ratings
a or c
2448 V
LA4 FTE
0.040
and all coils.
50110 V
LA4 FTF
0.040

813088

127240 V
265415 V

LA4 FTP
LA4 FTV

0.040
0.040

Cabling accessories
For use on 4-pole contactors

Set of 4 links
Set reference

Weight
kg

Links for parallel connection of poles (in pairs)

LA9 Fp601

LC1 F1154
LC1 F1504, F1854
LC1 F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304

LA9
LA9
LA9
LA9
LA9

FF602
FG602
FH602
FK602
FL602

0.200
0.350
1.000
1.750
3.000

LA9
LA9
LA9
LA9
LA9

FF601
FG601
FH601
FK601
FL601

0.035
0.050
0.120
0.180
0.550

Links for star connection of 3 poles

813090

LC1 F115
LC1 F150, F185
LC1 F225, F265, F330, F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630, F800

Control circuit voltage take-off from power terminals

DZ3 FA3

For use on contactors

LC1 F115
LC1 F150, F185
LC1 F225F500
LC1 F630, F800

Dimensions :
pages 25011/4 and 25011/5

25010-EN_Ver9.0.fm/4

Mounted on
bolt size
M6
M8
M10
M12

Sold in
lots of
10
10
10
10

Unit reference
DZ3
DZ3
DZ3
DZ3

FA3
GA3
HA3
JA3

Weight
kg
0.004
0.004
0.006
0.009

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Accessories

Right-angled connectors
For contactors or thermal overload relays

813093

LA9 Fp979

LC1 F225,
F265, F330,
F400

813092

LC1 F500

LC1 F630,
F800

LR9 F5p69, F5p71,

LR9 F69, F71

LR9 F7p75,
LR9 F75

LR9 F7p79, F7p81,

LR9 F79, F81

LR9 F7p81,
LR9 F81

20 mm

25 mm

30 mm

40 mm

LA9 Fp980

0.150

LA9 FG979

0.350

Large
LA9 FG980
surface area
Rear
LA9 FJ981

0.200

LA9 FJ979

0.750

Large
LA9 FJ980
surface area
Rear
LA9 FK981

0.490

LA9 FK979

0.920

Large
LA9 FK980
surface area
Rear
LA9 FL981

0.800

LA9 FL979

2.570

Large
LA9 FL980
surface area

LC1 F150,
F185

Large
LA9 FF980
surface area
Rear
LA9 FG981

Side

LA9 Fp981

0.240

Side

Width
15 mm

LA9 FF979

Side

LR9 F5p67, LR9 F67

Type
Rear
Side

LC1 F115

With connector plates

Thermal overload
relays (1)

Set of 3 connectors
Set reference
Weight
kg
LA9 FF981
0.060

Side

813091

For use on
Contactors

3.190

0.080

0.430

0.480

1.210

Connection accessories
For reversing contactors or star-delta contactors combined with a thermal
overload relay
For use on
Contactors
LC1 F115

LC1 F150
and F185

Thermal overload
relays (1)
LR9 F5p57, F5p63
LR9 F5p67, F5p69
LR9 F69, F71
LR9 F5p57, F5p63

Width of
connector plate

Set of 3 busbars
Set reference

15 mm

LA7 F401

Weight
kg
0.110

20 mm

LA7 F402

0.110

LC1 F185

LR9 F5p71,
LR9 F71

25 mm

LA7 F407

0.160

LC1 F225
and F265

LR9 F5p71,
LR9 F71

25 mm

LA7 F403

0.160

LR9 F7p75, F7p79

LR9 F75, F79

25 mm

LA7 F404

0.160

LC1 F330
and F400

LR9 F7p75, F7p79

LR9 F75, F79

25 mm

LA7 F404

0.160

LC1 F400

LR9 F7p81,
LR9 F81

25 mm

LA7 F404

0.160

LC1 F500

LR9
LR9
LR9
LR9
LR9

30 mm

LA7 F405

0.270

40 mm

LA7 F406

0.600

LC1 F630,
F800

F7p75, F7p79
F7p81
F75, F79, F81
F7p81,
F81

(1) For protection relays class 10, replace the p with a 3 and for class 20, replace thep with a 5.

Dimensions :
page 25011/4

25010-EN_Ver9.0.fm/5

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Accessories

Insulated terminal blocks

Set of 2 blocks
Set reference
LA9 F103

Weight
kg
0.560

Number of
shrouds
per set
6

Set reference

Weight

LC1 F115

LA9 F701

kg
0.250

LC1 F150, F185

LA9 F702

0.250

LC1 F225, F265, F330, F400 and F4002,

F500 and F5002

LA9 F703

0.250

LC1 F630, F6302 and F800

LA9 F704

0.250

LC1 F1154

LA9 F706

0.300

LC1 F1504 and F1854

LA9 F707

0.300

LC1 F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004, F5004

LA9 F708

0.300

LC1 F6304

813094

For use on
3-pole contactors

LA9 F709

0.300

LC1 F115, F150, F185

Cabling

Tightening
tool

1 x 16150 mm2
or
2 x 1695 mm 2

4 mm
hexagonal
socket key

Power terminal protection shrouds

813095

LA9 F103

LA9 F701

25010-EN_Ver9.0.fm/6

For use on
2, 3 and 4-pole contactors

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Spare parts

Main contact sets

813096

Per pole: 2 fixed contacts and 1 moving contact, 2 deflectors, 1 backplate, fixing screws and
washers.
For contactor

Type

2-pole

3-pole

LC1 F115, F150

LC1 F185, F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F330, F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630
LC1 F780

813097

LA5 FG431

LC1 F4002
LC1 F5002
LC1 F6302
LC1 F6302S011

LC1 F800
LC1 F630S011
4-pole

LC1 F1504, F1154

LC1 F1854, F2254
LC1 F2654
LC1 F3304, F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304
LC1 F7804
LC1 F6304S011

Replacement
for
2 poles
2 poles
2 poles
2 poles

Reference
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5

F400802
F500802
F630802
F630802S011

Weight
kg
1.350
1.950
4.700
4.800

3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
1 pole
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles

LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5

FF431
FG431
FH431
F400803
F500803
F630803
F780801 (1)
F780803
F800803
F630803S011

0.270
0.350
0.660
2.000
2.950
6.100
4.700
13.200
6.100
6.200

4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 ples
4 poles
4 poles
1 pole
4 poles
4 poles

LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5

FF441
FG441
FH441
F400804
F500804
F630804
F780801 (1)
F780804
F630804S011

0.360
0.465
0.880
2.700
3.900
8.150
4.700
17.300
8.400

Reference
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5

F400250
F500250
F630250
F630250

Arc chambers
For contactor

Type

2-pole

LC1 F4002
LC1 F5002
LC1 F6302
LC1 F6302S011

Replacement
for
2 poles
2 poles
2 poles
2 poles

3-pole

LC1 F115
LC1 F150
LC1 F185
LC1 F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F330
LC1 F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630
LC1 F780
LC1 F800
LC1 F630S011

3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 ples
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
1 pole
3 poles
3 poles

LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5

F11550
F15050
F18550
F22550
F26550
F33050
F40050
F50050
F63050
F780150 (1)
F80050
F63050

0.490
0.490
0.670
0.670
0.920
1.300
1.300
1.850
3.150
2.100
3.150
3.150

4-pole

LC1 F1154
LC1 F1504
LC1 F1854
LC1 F2254
LC1 F2654
LC1 F3304
LC1 F4004
LC1 F5004
LC1 F6304
LC1 F7804
LC1 F6304S011

4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
1 pole
4 poles

LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5
LA5

F115450
F150450
F185450
F225450
F265450
F330450
F400450 (2)
F500450 (2)
F630450 (3)
F780150 (1)
F630450

0.660
0.660
0.910
1.000
1.220
1.740
1.740
2.500
4.200
2.100
4.200

LA5 F40050

Weight
kg
0.870
1.250
2.100
2.100

(1) Comprising 2 identical items per pole.

(2) Comprising two 2-pole arc chambers.
(3) Comprising single-pole arc chambers.

25010-EN_Ver9.0.fm/7

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Accessories for assembly of reversing contactors
and changeover contactor pairs using 3 contactors,
vertically mounted - for customer assembly
Closing of one of the 3 contactors prevents closing of the other 2.

Mechanical interlock kits

813215

Contactor type (1)

Top
Middle
LC1 F115, F150,
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
F1854 or F2254

LC1 F115, F150,

F1154 or F1504
LC1 F115, F150,
F1154 or F1504

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25030-EN_Ver3.0.fm/2

LC1 F115, F150,

F1154 or F1504
LC1 F115, F150,
F1154 or F1504

Mechanical interlock (2)

Kit reference (3)
Weight
kg
LA9 FF4F4F
0.554
LA9 FG4F4F

0.559

LC1 F115, F150,

LA9 FG4G4F
0.559
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FG4G4G
0.562
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LC1 F115, F150, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FH4F4F
1.350
F2654 or F3304
F1154 or F1504
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FH4G4F
1.375
F1854 or F2254
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FH4G4G
1.375
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FH4H4F
1.524
F2654 or F3304
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FH4H4G
1.527
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FH4H4H
1.684
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002
LC1 F115, F150, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FJ4F4F
1.421
or F4004
F1154 or F1504
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FJ4G4F
1.424
F1854 or F2254
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FJ4G4G
1.428
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FJ4H4F
1.595
F2654 or F3304
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FJ4H4G
1.598
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FJ4H4H
1.755
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002 LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FJ4J4F
1.666
or F4004
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FJ4J4G
1.669
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FJ4J4H
1.829
F2654 or F3304
LC1-F400, F4002
LA9 FJ4J4J
1.890
or F4004
LC1 F500, F5002
LC1 F115, F150, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FK4F4F
1.421
or F5004
F1154 or F1504
F1154 or F1504
(continued on page LC1 F185, F225, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FK4G4F
1.424
25030/3)
F1854 or F2254
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FK4G4G
1.428
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FK4H4F
1.595
F2654 or F3304
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FK4H4G
1.598
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FK4H4H
1.755
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002 LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FK4J4F
1.666
or F4004
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FK4J4G
1.669
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FK4J4H
1.829
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002
LA9 FK4J4J
1.896
or F4004
LC1 F500, F5002 LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FK4K4F
1.666
or F5004
F1154 or F1504
(1) To order the 3 contactors, see pages 25008/2 and 25008/3. For auxiliary contact blocks
LAD N02 used for electrical locking, see page 25010/3. For accessories, see pages 25010/4
to 25010/7
(2) Minimum distances between contactors, see page 25030/3.
(3) The kit contains the lever arms, the 2 x 8 mm rods and all parts required for assembly.
LC1 F185, F225,
F1854 or F2254

LA9 F p4p4p

Bottom

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Accessories for assembly of reversing contactors
and changeover contactor pairs using 3 contactors,
vertically mounted - for customer assembly

813216

Mechanical interlock kits (continued)

Contactor type (1)
Top
Middle
LC1 F500, F5002
or F5004
(continued)

LA9 F p4p4p

LC1 F500, F5002

or F5004

Bottom

Mechanical interlock (2)

Kit reference (3)
Weight
kg
LA9 FK4K4G
1.669

LC1 F185, F225,

F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FK4K4H
1.825
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002
LA9 FK4K4J
1.896
or F4004
LC1-F500, F5002
LA9 FK4K4K
1.896
or F5004
LC1 F630, F800,
LC1 F115, F150, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FL4F4F
1.428
F6302 or F6304
F1154 or F1504
F1154 or F1504
LA9 FL4G4F
1.431
LC1 F185, F225, LC1 F115, F150,
F1854 or F2254
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FL4G4G
1.436
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FL4H4F
1.602
F2654 or F3304
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FL4H4G
1.606
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FL4H4H
1.751
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002 LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FL4J4F
1.673
or F4004
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FL4J4G
1.676
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FL4J4H
1.832
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002
LA9 FL4J4J
1.903
or F4004
LC1-F500, F5002 LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FK4K4F
1.666
or F5004
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FK4K4G
1.669
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FK4K4H
1.825
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002
LA9 FK4K4J
1.896
or F4004
LC1-F500, F5002
LA9 FK4K4K
1.896
or F5004
LC1 F630, F800, LC1 F115, F150,
LA9 FL4L4F
1.680
F6302 or F6304
F1154 or F1504
LC1 F185, F225,
LA9 FL4L4G
1.683
F1854 or F2254
LC1 F265, F330,
LA9 FL4L4H
1.910
F2654 or F3304
LC1 F400, F4002
LA9 FL4L4J
1.896
or F4004
LC1 F500, F5002
LA9 FL4L4K
1.896
or F5004
LC1 F630, F800,
LA9 FL4L4L
1.920
F6302, or F6304
(1) To order the 3 contactors, see pages 25008/2 and 25008/3. For auxiliary contact blocks
LAD N02 used for electrical locking, see page 25010/3. For accessories, see pages 25010/4
to 25010/7.
(2) Minimum distances between contactors.
This is the distance, in mm, between the centres of two adjacent contactors (between the top and
middle contactors or between the middle and bottom contactors).
Contactor
Bottom or top
Middle
LC1 F115 LC1 F185 LC1 F265 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630
or F150
or F225
or F330
or F800
LC1 F115 or F150
200
210
240
250
270
320
LC1 F185 or F225
210
220
250
250
270
330
LC1 F265 or F330
240
250
250
260
280
350
LC1 F400
250
250
260
260
280
320
LC1 F500
270
270
280
280
300
340
LC1 F630 or F800
320
330
350
320
340
380
(3) The kit contains the lever arms, the 2 x 8 mm rods and all parts required for assembly.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25030-EN_Ver3.0.fm/3

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
a.c. 50/60 Hz supply coils

References

813181

Maximum ambient air temperature: 55 C. Above this, use an LX9 F coil, see page 25014/7.
Operating cycles/hour ( y 55 C): y 2400.
Control circuit voltage Average
Inductance Voltage
Reference
Weight
Uc - 50 Hz Uc - 60 Hz resistance at of closed code
20 C 10 % circuit
V
V

H
kg

For contactors LC1 F115 and LC1 F150

LX1 FFppp

24

0.27
0.04
B5
42

0.94
0.13
D5

48
0.78
0.11
E6
48

1.17
0.16
E5

110
4.55
0.59
F6

120
4.77
0.64
G6
110

6.38
0.86
F5
115

6.38
0.86
FE5
127/132

9.14
1.15
G5

200/208
14.5
1.87
L6

220
18.4
2.38
M6

240
18.9
2.5
U6
220
265/277
28.1
3.44
M5
230

28.1
3.44
P5
240

31.1
4.1
U5

380
57.2
7.05
Q6

440
72.6
9.21
R6
380
460/480
86.9
10.3
Q5
400

86.9
10.3
V5
415

95.1
12
N5
500

141
17
S5

660
172
20.3
Y6
660/690

254
28.9
Y5

1000
414
48.9

1000

610
68.5

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush 50 Hz: 550 VA; 60 Hz: 660 VA,
- sealed 50 Hz: 45 VA; 60 Hz: 55 VA, cos = 0.3.
Heat dissipation: 1216 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 2335 ms, opening = 515 ms.

LX1 FF024
LX1 FF042
LX1 FF040
LX1 FF048
LX1 FF092
LX1 FF095
LX1 FF110
LX1 FF110
LX1 FF127
LX1 FF162
LX1 FF184
LX1 FF187
LX1 FF220
LX1 FF220
LX1 FF240
LX1 FF316
LX1 FF360
LX1 FF380
LX1 FF380
LX1 FF415
LX1 FF500
LX1 FF550
LX1 FF660
LX1 FF850
LX1 FF1000

0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430

LX1 FG024
LX1 FG042
LX1 FG040
LX1 FG048
LX1 FG092
LX1 FG095
LX1 FG110
LX1 FG110
LX1 FG127
LX1 FG162
LX1 FG184
LX1 FG187
LX1 FG220
LX1 FG220
LX1 FG240
LX1 FG316
LX1 FG360
LX1 FG380
LX1 FG380
LX1 FG415
LX1 FG500
LX1 FG550
LX1 FG660
LX1 FG850
LX1 FG1000

0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550

813182

For contactors LC1 F185 and LC1 F225

LX1 FGppp

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/2

24

0.18
0.03
B5
42

0.57
0.09

48
0.47
0.08
E6
48

0.71
0.12
E5

110
2.74
0.44
F6

115/120
2.87
0.49
G6
110

4.18
0.65
F5
115

4.18
0.65
FE5
127/132

5.35
0.86
G5

200/208
8.8
1.41
L6

220
11.1
1.8
M6

240
11.4
1.87
U6
220
265/277
16.5
2.59
M5
230

16.5
2.59
P5
240

20.1
3.09
U5

380
34
5.32
Q6

440
43.5
6.94
R6
380
460/480
51.3
7.75
Q5
400

51.3
7.75
V5
415

62.3
9.06
N5
500

82.7
12.8
S5

660
103
15.3
Y6
660/690

154
21.8
Y5

1000
249
36.6

1000

370
51.6

Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C:
- inrush 50 Hz: 805 VA; 60 Hz: 970 VA,
- sealed 50 Hz: 55 VA; 60 Hz: 66 VA, cos = 0.3.
Heat dissipation: 1824 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 2035 ms, opening = 715 ms.

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
a.c. 40 to 400 Hz supply coils

References
Low sealed consumption.
Operate on networks with harmonic numbers 7.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 2400.
Control
Average resistance
Inductance Voltage
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
of closed code
voltage
circuit
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Reference

Weight

kg

813183

For contactors LC1 F265 and LC1 F330

LX1 FHppp2

24
0.8
20
(1)
B7
LX1 FH0242
48
2.96
67
(1)
E7
LX1 FH0482
110
18.7
440
(1)
F7
LX1 FH1102
115
18.7
440
(1)
FE7
LX1 FH1102
120/127
22.9
536
(1)
G7
LX1 FH1272
200/208
58.4
1366
(1)
L7
LX1 FH2002
220
70.6
1578
(1)
M7
LX1 FH2202
230
70.6
1578
(1)
P7
LX1 FH2202
240
87.94
1968
(1)
U7
LX1 FH2402
277
113
2444
(1)
W7
LX1 FH2772
380
217
4631
(1)
Q7
LX1 FH3802
400
217
4631
(1)
V7
LX1 FH3802
415
217
4631
(1)
N7
LX1-FH3802
440
265
6731
(1)
R7
LX1 FH4402
480/500
329
8543
(1)
S7
LX1 FH5002
600/660
296
10 245
(1)
X7
LX1 FH6002
1000
696
25 880
(1)

LX1 FH10002
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C for 50 or 60 Hz and cos = 0.9:
- inrush: 600700 VA,
- sealed: 810 VA.
Heat dissipation: 8 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 4065 ms, opening = 100170 ms.

0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750

813184

For contactor LC1 F400

LX1 FJppp

48
1.6
29.5
0.18
E7
LX1 FJ048
110/120
9.8
230
1.35
F7
LX1 FJ110
115
9.8
230
1.35
FE7
LX1 FJ110
120/127
12.8
280
1.75
G7
LX1 FJ127
200/208
30
815
4.1
L7
LX1 FJ200
220
37
1030
5.1
M7
LX1 FJ220
230
37
1030
5.1
P7
LX1 FJ220
240
47.5
1320
6.4
U7
LX1 FJ240
265/277
61
1700
8.1
W7
LX1 FJ280
380
120
3310
15.8
Q7
LX1 FJ380
400
120
3310
15.8
V7
LX1 FJ380
415
145
4070
19.4
N7
LX1 FJ415
440
145
4070
19.4
R7
LX1 FJ415
500
190
4980
25.5
S7
LX1 FJ500
550/600
243
6310
27.4
X7
LX1 FJ600
1000
720
19 420
84.6

LX1 FJ1000
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C for 50 or 60 Hz and cos = 0.9 :
- inrush: 10001150 VA,
- sealed: 1218 VA.
Heat dissipation: 14 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 4075 ms, opening = 100170 ms.
(1) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/3

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
a.c. 40 to 400 Hz supply coils

References (continued)
Low sealed consumption.
Operate on networks with harmonic numbers 7.
Control
Average resistance
Inductance Voltage
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
of closed code
voltage
circuit
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Reference

Weight

kg

813186

For contactor LC1 F500

LX1 FKppp

48
1.9
33.5
0.19
E7
LX1 FK048
110/120
9.55
260
1.25
F7
LX1 FK110
115
9.55
260
1.25
FE7
LX1 FK110
120/127
11.5
315
1.5
G7
LX1 FK127
200/208
29
735
3.75
L7
LX1 FK200
220
35.5
915
4.55
M7
LX1 FK220
230
35.5
915
4.55
P7
LX1 FK220
240
44.5
1160
5.75
U7
LX1 FK240
265/277
56.5
1490
7.3
W7
LX1 FK280
380
112
2980
14.7
Q7
LX1 FK380
400
112
2980
14.7
V7
LX1 FK380
415
143
3730
18.4
N7
LX1 FK415
440
143
3730
18.4
R7
LX1 FK415
500
172
4590
22.8
S7
LX1 FK500
550/600
232
5660
23.9
X7
LX1 FK600
1000
679
16 960
72

LX1 FK1000
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C for 50 or 60 Hz, and cos = 0.9:
- inrush: 10501150 VA,
- sealed: 1620 VA.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 2400.
Heat dissipation: 18 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 4075 ms, opening = 100170 ms.

1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150

813187

For contactor LC1 F630

LX1 FLppp

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/4

48
1.1
17.1
0.09
E7
LX1 FL048
110/120
6.45
165
1.85
F7
LX1 FL110
115
6.45
165
1.85
FE7
LX1 FL110
127
8.1
205
1.05
G7
LX1 FL127
200/208
20.5
605
2.65
L7
LX1 FL200
220
25.5
730
3.35
M7
LX1 FL220
230
25.5
730
3.35
P7
LX1 FL220
240
25.5
730
3.35
U7
LX1 FL220
265/277
31
900
4.1
W7
LX1 FL260
380
78
2360
10.5
Q7
LX1 FL380
400
78
2360
10.5
V7
LX1 FL380
415
96
2960
13
N7
LX1 FL415
440
96
2960
13
R7
LX1 FL415
500
120
3660
16.5
S7
LX1 FL500
550/600
155
4560
19.5
X7
LX1 FL600
1000
474
12 880
56.2

LX1 FL1000
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C for 50 or 60 Hz, cos = 0.9:
- inrush: 15001730 VA,
- sealed: 2025 VA.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 1200.
Heat dissipation: 20 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 4080 ms, opening = 100200 ms.

1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
a.c. 40 to 400 Hz supply coils

References (continued)
Low sealed consumption.
Operate on networks with harmonic numbers 7.
Control
Average resistance
Inductance Voltage Reference
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
of closed code
voltage
circuit
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Weight

kg

For contactor LC1 F780

110/120
4.95 (2)
230 (2)
0.21
F7
LX1 FX110
115
4.95 (2)
230 (2)
0.21
FE7
LX1 FX110
127
6.1 (2)
280 (2)
0.26
G7
LX1 FX127
200/208
15.5 (2)
750 (2)
0.66
L7
LX1 FX200
220
19.5 (2)
920 (2)
0.82
M7
LX1 FX220
230
19.5 (2)
920 (2)
0.82
P7
LX1 FX220
240
19.5 (2)
920 (2)
0.82
U7
LX1 FX220
265/277
29.8 (2)
1330 (2)
1.25
W7
LX1 FX280
380
60.9 (2)
2780 (2)
2.3
Q7
LX1 FX380
400
60.9 (2)
2780 (2)
2.3
V7
LX1 FX380
415/480
74.3 (2)
3340 (2)
2.8
N7
LX1 FX415
440
74.3 (2)
3340 (2)
2.8
R7
LX1 FX415
500
92 (2)
4180 (2)
3.5
S7
LX1 FX500
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C for 50 or 60 Hz, cos = 0.9:
- inrush: 19002300 VA,
- sealed: 4455 VA.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 600.
Heat dissipation: 2 x 22 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 4080 ms, opening = 130230 ms.

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000

For contactor LC1 F800

Control circuit
Voltage
Rectifier
Coil
voltage
code
Reference Reference
Uc
(3)
V
110/127
FE7
DR5 TE4U LX4 F8FW
220/240
P7
DR5 TE4U LX4 F8MW
380/440
V7
DR5 TE4S LX4 F8QW
Specifications
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 600.
Average consumption at 20 C for 50 or 60 Hz, cos = 0.8:
- inrush: 1700 VA,
- sealed: 12 VA.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 6080 ms, opening = 160180 ms.
(1) Reference of set of 2 identical coils, to be connected in series.
(2) Value for the 2 coils in series.
(3) Rectifier to be ordered separately: 0.100 kg.

Weight

kg
1.650
1.650
1.650

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/5

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
a.c. 40 to 400 Hz supply coils
for specific applications (1)

References
Low sealed consumption.
High tolerance to inrush voltage drops.
Immune to micro-breaks (mains supply or contact chain).
Operate on networks with harmonic numbers 7.
Control
Average resistance
Inductance Voltage
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
of closed code
voltage
circuit
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Reference

Weight

kg

813188

For contactors LC1 F115 and LC1 F150

LX9 FFppp

48
3.03
80.2
0.3
E7
LX9 FF048
110
14.8
579
2.08
F7
LX9 FF110
115
14.8
579
2.08
FE7
LX9 FF110
120/127
19
746
2.65
G7
LX9 FF127
208
45
1788
5.95
L7
LX9 FF200
220
59.4
2190
7.7
M7
LX9 FF220
230
59.4
2190
7.7
P7
LX9 FF220
240
73.5
2750
9.68
U7
LX9 FF240
380
173
6540
23
Q7
LX9 FF380
400
173
6540
23
V7
LX9 FF380
415
218
8460
30
N7
LX9 FF415
440
218
8460
30
R7
LX9 FF415
500
262
10 300
36
S7
LX9 FF500
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C: inrush: 690855 VA, sealed: 6.68.1 VA.
Heat dissipation: 5.97.2 W.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): < 2400.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 35 ms, opening = 130 ms.

0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430

813189

For contactors LC1 F185 and LC1 F225

LX9 FGppp

48
2.2
60
0.23
E7
LX9 FG048
110
10.4
411
1.46
F7
LX9 FG110
115
10.4
411
1.46
FE7
LX9 FG110
120/127
13
520
1.85
G7
LX9 FG127
208
33
1339
4.9
L7
LX9 FG200
220
42.1
1680
5.84
M7
LX9 FG220
230
42.1
1680
5.84
P7
LX9 FG220
240
50.6
2060
7.22
U7
LX9 FG240
380
128
4730
16.4
Q7
LX9 FG380
400
128
4730
16.4
V7
LX9 FG380
415
157
5930
20.6
N7
LX9 FG415
440
157
5930
20.6
R7
LX9 FG415
500
194
7550
26.3
S7
LX9 FG500
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C: inrush: 9501180 VA, sealed: 8.910.9 VA.
Heat dissipation: 89.8 W.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): < 2400.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 35 ms, opening = 130 ms.

0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550

For contactors LC1 F265 and LC1 F330

48
2.96
72
(2)

LX9 FH0482
0.750
110/115
18.7
415
(2)

LX9 FH1102
0.750
120/127
22.9
156
(2)

LX9 FH1272
0.750
220/230
71.6
1621
(2)

LX9 FH2202
0.750
240
88
1968
(2)

LX9 FH2402
0.750
380/415
222
5075
(2)

LX9 FH3802
0.750
500
345
7990
(2)

LX9 FH5002
0.750
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 C: inrush: 560660 VA, sealed: 810 VA.
Heat dissipation: 8.410.4 W.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): < 3600.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 45 ms, opening = 25 ms.
(1) Application examples: hoisting (inching, high operating rates), Main-Standby (unstable mains
supplies). These coils are particularly suited for use at higher operating temperatures
(mounting in non-ventilated compartments, enclosures, etc.).
(2) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/6

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
a.c. 40 to 400 Hz supply coils
for specific applications

References (continued)
Coils with short operating times (at Uc) :
- closing: 60 ms,
- opening: 50 ms (a side); 20 ms (c side).
Coils for high operating rates ( 70 C):
- 3600 operating cycles/hour,
- 1800 for LC1 F630.

813190

Coils with low inrush consumption.

Control
Average resistance
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
voltage
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Inductance Rectifier
of closed Reference
circuit
(1)

Coil Reference

Weight

kg

For contactor LC1 F400

LX9 FJppp

48
4.03
43
110
25.7
246
127
32.3
302
220/230
99.5
919
380/415
311
3011
440
386
3690
500
478
4380
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 500 VA,
- sealed: 23 VA.
Heat dissipation: 11.413.9 W.

0.22
1.3
1.7
5
15
19
23

DR5 TF4V
DR5 TE4U
DR5 TE4U
DR5 TE4U
DR5 TE4S
DR5 TE4S
DR5 TE4S

LX9 FJ917
LX9 FJ925
LX9 FJ926
LX9 FJ931
LX9 FJ936
LX9 FJ937
LX9 FJ938

0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970

DR5 TF4V
DR5 TE4U
DR5 TE4U
DR5 TE4U
DR5 TE4S
DR5 TE4S
DR5 TE4S

LX9 FK917
LX9 FK925
LX9 FK926
LX9 FK931
LX9 FK936
LX9 FK937
LX9 FK938

1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080

48
2.81
20.8
0.17
DR5 TF4V
110
13.5
114
0.77
DR5 TE4U
127
20.8
167
1.2
DR5 TE4U
220
52
425
2.9
DR5 TE4U
220/240
64.5
518
3.6
DR5 TE4U
380/400
163
1360
8.8
DR5 TE4S
415/440
204
1670
11
DR5 TE4S
500
312
2510
17
DR5 TE4S
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 830 VA,
- sealed: 47 VA.
Heat dissipation: 22.827.8 W.
(1) Rectifier to be ordered separately, weight of rectifier: 0.100 kg.

LX9 FL917
LX9 FL924
LX9 FL926
LX9 FL930
LX9 FL931
LX9 FL935
LX9 FL936
LX9 FL938

1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450

813191

For contactor LC1 F500

LX9 FKppp

48
3.73
30.7
110
24
204
127
29.8
250
220/230
89.9
770
380/415
274
2075
440
361
3060
500
448
3750
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 550 VA,
- sealed: 31 VA.
Heat dissipation: 1518.3 W.

0.18
1.1
1.4
4
12
16
19

813191

For contactor LC1 F630

LX9 FLppp

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/7

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
d.c. supply coils

References
Low sealed consumption.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 2400.
Control
Average resistance
Inductance Voltage
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
of closed code
voltage
circuit
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Reference

Weight

kg

813193

For contactors LC1 F115 and LC1 F150

LX4 FFppp

24
1.12
177
11
BD
48
4.52
715
42.7
ED
110
21.7
2940
179
FD
125
26.8
3560
223
GD
220/230
84
11 100
704
MD
250
105
13 000
868
UD
440/460
301
48 200
4000
RD
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 543665 W,
- sealed: 3.944.83 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 3040 ms, opening = 3050 ms.

LX4 FF024
LX4 FF048
LX4 FF110
LX4 FF125
LX4 FF220
LX4 FF250
LX4 FF440

0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430

LX4
LX4
LX4
LX4
LX4
LX4
LX4

FG024
FG048
FG110
FG125
FG220
FG250
FG440

0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550

LX4 FH024
LX4 FH048
LX4 FH110
LX4 FH125
LX4 FH220
LX4 FH250
LX4 FH440

0.740
0.740
0.740
0.740
0.740
0.740
0.740

LX4 FJ048
LX4 FJ110
LX4 FJ125
LX4 FJ220
LX4 FJ250
LX4 FJ440

0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970

For contactors LC1 F185 and LC1 F225

24
0.79
169
14.9
BD
48
3.2
662
55.3
ED
110
14.9
2810
241
FD
125
19
3320
289
GD
220/230
57.7
10 200
890
MD
250
76
12 400
1140
UD
440/460
223
39 700
4210
RD
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 737902 W,
- sealed: 4.135.07 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 3040 ms, opening = 3050 ms.

813192

For contactors LC1 F265 and LC1 F330

LX4 FHppp

24
0.9
192
26.3
BD
48
3.49
707
92.9
ED
110
16.8
3180
424
FD
125
20.8
3840
530
GD
220/230
65.7
11 500
1590
MD
250
84
13 900
1910
UD
440/460
255
44 000
7570
RD
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 655803 W.
- sealed: 3.684.53 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 4050 ms, opening = 4065 ms.

For contactor LC1 F400

48
2.5
558
56
ED
110
12.7
2660
270
FD
125
15.8
3130
330
GD
220
47
8820
910
MD
250
61
10 500
1200
UD
440
236
33 750
4435
RD
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 9201140 W,
- sealed: 47.5 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 5060 ms, opening = 4560 ms.

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/8

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
d.c. supply coils

References (continued)
Low sealed consumption.
Control
Average resistance
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
voltage
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Inductance Voltage
of closed code
circuit

Reference

Weight

kg

813194

For contactor LC1 F500

LX4 FKppp

48
2.35
515
67
ED
110
11.5
2450
280
FD
125
15
2930
400
GD
220
44
8150
1080
MD
250
56
9650
1350
UD
440
225
31 300
5270
RD
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 9901220 W,
- sealed: 4.548 W,
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 2400.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 5060 ms, opening = 4560 ms.

LX4 FK048
LX4 FK110
LX4 FK125
LX4 FK220
LX4 FK250
LX4 FK440

1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080

For contactor LC1 F630

48
1.7
353
40.5
ED
LX4 FL048
110
8.1
1680
180
FD
LX4 FL110
125
10
2110
230
GD
LX4 FL125
220
31
5160
650
MD
LX4 FL220
250
38
6080
815
UD
LX4 FL250
440
152
23 120
2910
RD
LX4 FL440
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 14201920 W,
- sealed: 6.512.5 W.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 1200.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 6070 ms, opening = 4050 ms.

1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450

For contactor LC1 F780

110
6.1 (2)
280 (2)
0.26
FD
125
7.7 (2)
410 (2)
0.33
GD
220
24.6 (2)
1100 (2)
1
MD
250
29.8 (2)
1330 (2)
1.25
UD
440
92 (2)
4180 (2)
3.5
RD
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 19602420 W,
- sealed: 4252 W.
Operating cycles/hour ( 55 C): 600.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 7080 ms, opening = 100130

LX4
LX4
LX4
LX4
LX4

FX110
FX125
FX220
FX250
FX440

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
3.000

ms.

For contactor LC1 F800

110/120

FW
LX4 F8FW
220/240

MW
LX4 F8MW
380/400

QW
LX4 F8QW
Specifications
Heat dissipation: 25 W.
Operating time at Uc: closing = 6080 ms, opening = 4050 ms.
(1) Reference of set of 2 identical coils, to be connected in series.
(2) Value for the 2 coils in series.

1.650
1.650
1.650

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/9

References

Contactors

Type LC1 F
d.c. supply coils
for specific applications

References
Coils with short operating times (at Uc):
- closing: 60 ms,
- opening: 20 ms.
Coils for high operating rates ( 70 C):
- 3600 operating cycles/hour,
- 1800 for LC1 F630.
Coils with low inrush consumption.
Control
Average resistance
circuit
at 20 C 10 %
voltage
Inrush
Sealed
Uc
V

Induc- Resistor (1)

tance of Qty
Reference
closed required
circuit
H

Coil
Reference

0.27
1.7
2
6.1
23

1
1
1
1
1

DR2 SC0047
DR2 SC0330
DR2 SC0390
DR2 SC1200
DR2 SC4700

LX9
LX9
LX9
LX9
LX9

FJ918
FJ926
FJ927
FJ932
FJ938

0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970
0.970

0.22
1.4
1.7
5.1
19

1
1
1
1
1

DR2 SC0039
DR2 SC0220
DR2 SC0330
DR2 SC1000
DR2 SC3300

LX9
LX9
LX9
LX9
LX9

FK918
FK926
FK927
FK932
FK938

1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080
1.080

0.20
0.98
1.2
3.6
14

2
2
2
2
2

DR2 SC0047
DR2 SC0270
DR2 SC0330
DR2 SC1000
DR2 SC3900

LX9
LX9
LX9
LX9
LX9

FL918
FL925
FL926
FL931
FL937

1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450
1.450

Weight

kg

813194

For contactor LC1 F400

48
5.11
110
32.3
125
39.4
220
123
440/460
478
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 430 W,
- sealed: 22 W.

99
632
760
2320
9080

LX9 FJppp
813196

For contactor LC1 F500

LX9 FKppp

48
4.67
110
29.8
125
37.4
220
115
440/460
448
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 470 W,
- sealed: 29 W.

76.7
470
637
1935
7050

813195

For contactor LC1 F630

48
3.43
110
17.2
125
20.8
220
64.5
440/460
260
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 733 W,
- sealed: 48 W.
LX9 FLppp

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/10

52.9
272
333
1018
4010

(1) Resistor to be ordered separately, weight of resistor: 0.030 kg.

References (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Wide range d.c. supply coils
for specific applications

References (continued)
Wide range coils: 0.71.25 Uc.
Operating cycles/hour: 60 (1).
Ambient temperature (operation): - 55 to + 70 C.
Control circuit
Average resistance
voltage
at 20 C 10 %
Uc
Inrush
Sealed
V

Inductance
of closed
circuit

Reference

Weight

kg

813198

For contactors LC1 F115 and LC1 F150

LX4 FFppp

24
0.71
48
2.86
72
7.05
110
13.2
125
16.9
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 4151300 W,
- sealed: 39 W.

120
392
1055
1970
2340

7.4
27
66
121
149

LX4 FF020
LX4 FF040
LX4 FF060
LX4 FF090
LX4 FF100

0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430

9.3
34.4
85
157
196

LX4 FG020
LX4 FG040
LX4 FG060
LX4 FG090
LX4 FG100

0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550
0.550

17.3
59.5
149
287
353

LX4 FH020
LX4 FH040
LX4 FH060
LX4 FH090
LX4 FH100

0.740
0.740
0.740
0.740
0.740

For contactors LC1 F185 and LC1 F225

24
0.52
48
2
72
5.07
110
9.66
125
12
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 5801820 W,
- sealed: 3.19.5 W.

112
359
984
1840
2230

813197

For contactors LC1 F265 and LC1 F330

LX4 FHppp

24
0.58
129
48
2.19
400
72
5.58
1110
110
11
2120
125
13.8
2520
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 5151600 W,
- sealed: 2.78.5 W.
Opera- Average
Induc- Coil
tional resistance tance
voltage at 20 C
of
10 %
closed Reference
circuit
V

Reduction of
consumption
Resistors in parallel
No. Reference

Reference
of the
assembly (2)

Weight

kg

For contactor LC1 F400

24
1.05
0.049 LX2 FJW11 3 56 DR2 SC0056 LX5 FJW11
48
4.8
0.22
LX2 FJW18 3 220 DR2 SC0220 LX5 FJW18
72
9.6
0.44
LX2 FJW21 3 470 DR2 SC0470 LX5 FJW21
Specifications
Average consumption:
- inrush: 290860 W,
- sealed: 1647 W.
(1) The mechanical durability of the contactor is limited to 1 million operating cycles.
(2) The set comprises: 1 coil LX2 FJ and 3 resistors DR2 SC.

0.970
0.970
0.970

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25014-EN_Ver7.0.fm/11

Contactors

Dimensions

Type LC1 F

LC1 F115 to F330

S

F115 M6x25
F150 M8x25
F185 M8x25
F225 M10x35
F265 M10x35
F330 M10x35

S1

J1

b1

X1 (mm) = Minimum electrical clearance according

to operating voltage and breaking capacity
LC1
200500 V 6001000 V
F115, F150
10
15
F185
10
15
F225, F265
10
15
F330
10
15
(1) Power terminal protection shroud (see page
25010/6).

X1

b2

X1

(1)

G1

Q1

LC1
F115

a
b
b1
b2
3P
163.5 162
137
265
4P
200.5 162
137
265
F150
3P
163.5 170
137
301
4P
200.5 170
137
301
F185
3P
168.5 174
137
305
4P
208.5 174
137
305
F225
3P
168.5 197
137
364
4P
208.5 197
137
364
F265
3P
201.5 203
145
375
4P
244.5 203
145
375
F330
3P
213
206
145
375
4P
261
206
145
375
f = minimum distance required for coil removal.

c
171
171
171
171
181
181
181
181
213
213
219
219

f
131
131
131
131
130
130
130
130
147
147
147
147

G
106
143
106
143
111
151
111
151
142
190
154.5
202.5

G1
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
96
96
96
96

J
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106

J1
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

L
107
107
107
107
113.5
113.5
113.5
113.5
141
141
145
145

M
147
147
150
150
154
154
172
172
178
178
181
181

P
37
37
40
40
40
40
48
48
48
48
48
48

Q
29.5
29.5
26
26
29
29
21
17
39
34
43
43

Q1
60
60
57.5
55.5
59.5
59.5
51.5
47.5
66.5
66.5
74
74

S
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25

S1
26
26
34
34
34
34
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5

Y
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
38
38
38
38

Z
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
21.5
21.5
20.5
20.5

LC1 F400 and F500

56

44,5

(1)

LC1
F400

a
b
2P
213 206
3P
213 206
4P
261 206
F500
2P
233 238
3P
233 238
4P
288 238
f = minimum distance required

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25011-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2

P
a

b2
c
f
375 219 146
375 219 146
375 219 146
400 232 150
400 232 150
400 232 150
for coil removal.

G1

Q1
f

G supplied
80
80
80
80
80
140

Characteristics :
pages 25007/2 to 25007/9

G min.
66
66
66
66
66
66

G max.
102
102
150
120
120
175

=
=

23,5
L

180

120
=

b2

209
X1

X1

6xM10x35

X1 (mm) = Minimum electrical clearance

according to operating voltage and breaking
capacity.
LC1
200500 V 6001000 V
F400
15
20
F500
15
20
(1) Power terminal protection shroud (see page
25010/6).

G1 supplied G1 min G1 max. J

170
156
192
19.5
170
156
192
19.5
170
156
240
67.5
170
156
210
39.5
170
156
210
39.5
230
156
265
34.5

References :
pages 25008/2 to 25012/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

L
145
145
145
146
146
146

M
181
181
181
208
208
208

P
48
48
48
55
55
55

Q
69
43
43
76
46
46

Q1
96
74
74
102
77
77

S
25
25
25
30
30
30

Contactors

Dimensions (continued)

Type LC1 F

LC1 F630 and F800

72

40

64
6xM12x45

180

264

464

304

X1

280

X1

(1)

60,5

155

80

197

80

J1

181 (2)

Q1

255

LC1
F630
F630. F800
F630

2P
3P
4P

a
309
309
389

G supplied G min.
180
100
180
100
240
150

G max.
195
195
275

J1
68.5
68.5
68.5

Q
102
60
60

X1 (mm) = Minimum electrical clearance according to operating

voltage and breaking capacity.
Voltage
200500 V 6901000 V 200690 V 1000 V
LC1 F630
20
30

LC1 F800

10
20
(1) Power terminal protection shroud (see page 25010/6).
(2) Minimum distance required for coil removal.

Q1
127
89
89

LC1 F780
=

12xM12x45

26

400

348

434

X1

280

22

X1

26

60

191

165

160

183 (1)

160

191
183 (1)

3P=702, 4P=862

X1 (mm) = Minimum electrical clearance according to operating

voltage and breaking capacity.
Voltage
200500 V
6901000 V
X1 (mm)
30
35

(1) Minimum distance required for removal of each coil.

Fixing centres of LC1 F780

127

127

180

180

127

Fixing centres of LC1 F7804

127

255

90

240

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

190
Characteristics :
pages 25007/2 to 25007/9

240

102
References :
pages 25008/2 to 25012/3

90

240

240

132

Schemes :
page 25011/7

25011-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3

Contactors

Dimensions

Type LC1 F
Accessories

b1

Right-angled connectors LA9 Fp981 (set of 3) for rear connection

LA9
a
b
b1
c
G
H

FF981
15
18
3
42
24
10.5
6.5

FG981
20
23
3
45
26
13
9

FJ981
25
29
4
55
32.5
16.5
11

FK981
30
35
5
52
26
20
11

FL981
40
48
8
86
45
28
13

FF979
15
54
5
80
24
20
36
6.5

FG979
20
58
5
92
28
22
39
9

FJ979
25
63.5
6
120
37
29
41
11

FK979
30
68
6
120
37
29
42
11

FL979
40
117
10
130
37.5
35
76
13

FG980
40
82.5
45
29
3
20
20
12
72.5
9
9 x 12

FJ980
50
98.5
55
33
5
25
22
14
84.5
11
11 x 14

FK980
60
114
65
33
5
29
26
17
97
11
12.5 x 15

FL980
100
154
85
43
10
53
40
20
132
13
12.5 x 15

b1

Right-angled connectors LA9 Fp979 (set of 3) for side connection

G1

LA9
a
b
b1
c
G
G1
H

Right-angled connectors LA9 Fp980, with large surface area (set of 3)

c

c1

H2

H
b

(1)

References :
page 25010/5

25011-EN_Ver6.0.fm/4

b1

H1

LA9
a
b
b1
c
c1
G
H
H1
H2

(1)

FF980
35
70.5
40
29
3
18
18
10
60.5
6.5
7 x 10

Dimensions (continued)

Contactors

Type LC1 F
Accessories

Paralleling links (set of 4)

LA9 FF602, FG602, FH602

a
c

H1
b

b1

= =

LA9
a
b
b1
c
G
H
H1
H2
1
2

a
c

b1

H2 H1

= G =

FF602
25
45
30
4

37.5
12.5

6.5
11

FG602
30
55
35
5

45
15

9
11

LA9

LA9 FK602, FL602

FH602
40
60
40
8

52.5
15

11
13

FK602
50
85
55
10
22
70
14
22
11
11

FL602
60
100
65
10
26
85
17
26
13
14

FF601

FG601

FH601

FK601

FL601

69
15
3
6.5 x 8.5

100
20
3
8.5 x 10.5

121
20
5
10.5 x 13

140
30
5
11

200
40
8
13

Links for "star" connection of 3 poles

LA9 Fp601

a
= =

a
b
c

References :
page 25010/4

25011-EN_Ver6.0.fm/5

Contactors

Mounting

Type LC1 F

LC1 F115 to F330

On panel

On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC

On rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres

(1)
G

110

120

110
=
=

110

DZ5 MF5

AF1 EA6

=
G

J1

LC1

F115
F185
F265
F330
LC1
F115
F150
F225
F150
c (2) 3P 171
181
213
219
c (2) 3P 171
4P 171
181
213
219
4P 171
G
3P 80
80
96
96
G
3P 80
4P 80
80
96
96
4P 80
J
3P 26.5
29
44.5
44.5
4P 45
49
68.5
68.5
J1 3P 57
59.5
61.5
61.5
4P 75.5
79.5
85.5
85.5
(1) Power terminal protection shroud (see page 25010/6).
(2) See X1 (minimum electrical clearance) pages 25011/2 and 25011/3.

LC1 F

F185
F225
181
181
80
80

F265

F330

213
213
96
96

LC1

219
219
96
96

c (2) 3P
4P
G
3P
4P

LC1 F115 to F330

15

F115
F150
171
171
80
80

F185
F225
181
181
80
80

F265

F330

213
213
96
96

219
219
96
96

LC1 F400 to F800

On 2 notched rails AM1 ECppp

AF1 CD081 + AF1 VC820 (2)

AM1 EC200

AF1 CD101+
AF1 VC10
AF1 CD061+
AF1 VA618

AF1 CD061

AF1 VA618
M6

AF1 VA618
M6

AF1 CD081+
AF1 VC820

LA9 F100

120

110

M6

180

(1)

35

G
AM1 EC200

25

G1

G
AM1 EC200

G2
G3

LC1
c

F115, F150
F185, F225
F265
F330
3P 165 (3)
176
207
213
4P 165 (3)
176
207
213
G (M6)
3P 80
80
96
96
4P 80
80
96
96
G1 ( 8.5) 3P

4P

G2 ( 10.5) 3P

4P

(1) AF1 CDppp and AF1 VAppp.

(2) This AM1 EC200 upright is required when G2 or G3 is greater than 700 mm
(3) + 6 mm with time-delay block on LC1 F.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25011-EN_Ver6.0.fm/6

Characteristics :
pages 25007/2 to 25007/9

F400
219
219

80
80

F500
232
232

80
140

F630
255
255

180
240

(please consult your Regional Sales Office).

References :
pages 25008/2 to 25012/3

Schemes :
page 25011/7

F780
255
255

See page
25011/3

F800
255

180

Contactors

Schemes

Type LC1 F

3/L2

5/L3

7/L4

T2/4

T3/6

T4/8

1/L1

7/L4
T4/8

T1/2

5/L3
T3/6

A2

3/L2

LC1 F780 a or c

A1

1/L1

A1

T2/4

T4/8

A2

7/L4

T3/6

LC1 F115 to F630 (coil LX4 F c)

LC1 F115 to F265 (coil LX9 F a)
LC1 F800 (coil LX8 F a/ c)

T1/2

3/L2

5/L3

T2/4

1/L1

03
04

T1/2

A2
A1

2, 3 and 4-pole contactors

LC1 F115 to F630 (coil LX1 F a)

71/NC

83/NO
84

54

51/NC

61/NC
62

72

51/NC
52

62

63/NO
64

61/NC

73/NO

83/NO

62

74

84

53/NO

87/NO

54

3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31

88

61/NC

75/NC
76

62

54

81/NC
82

71/NC
72

2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22

53/NO

53/NO

61/NC
62

53/NO

53/NO
54
83/NO
84

2 N/O + 2 N/C (2) LAD C22

61/NC

73/NO
74

2 N/C LAD N02

51/NC

63/NO
64

2 N/O LAD N20

4 N/C LAD N04

52

42
(91)
81/NC
82

53/NO

71/NC

54

61/NC

53/NO

62

4 N/O LAD N40

72

1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13

54

1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11

62

41/NC
(92)

(94)

44
(93)

43/NO

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

1 N/O LAD N10 (1)
1 N/C LAD N10 (1)

54

Auxiliary contact blocks

31/NC

43/NO

31/NC

41/NC

53/NO

63/NO

32

44

32

42

54

64

53/NO

83/NO
84

54

73/NO
74

83/NO

21/NC
64

67/NO
68

55/NC

57/NO

66

On-delay 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make LAD Sp

65/NC

58

84

13/NO
14

22

53/NO

63/NO

54

63/NO
64

67/NO
68

61/NC

43/NO
44

53/NO
54

Off-delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD Rp

73/NO

31/NC
32

63/NO
64

55/N
56

Time delay auxiliary contacts

On-delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD Tp

2 N/O protected (24-50 V) + 1 N/O + 1 N/C standard

LA1 DZ31

62

21/NC
22

53/NO
54

Dust and damp protected instantaneous auxiliary contacts

2 N/O (24-50 V)
2 N/O (5-24 V)
2 N/O protected (24-50 V) + 2 N/O standard
LA1 DX20
LA1 DY20
LA1 DZ40

74

13/NO
14

(1) Items in brackets: see "Model d contactors".

(2) 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break.
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts with terminal referencing conforming to standard EN 50012 (References: pages 25010/2 and 25010/3)
1 N/O + 1 N/C
1 N/O + 1 N/C
2 N/O + 2 N/C
2 N/O + 2 N/C
LAD N11P
LAD N11G
LAD N22P
LAD N22G

Standard a coils

Standard c coils

LX1 FF, FG, FJFL

LX1 FH0422FH3802

LX1 FH0202FH0362
LX1 FX
LX1 FH4402FH10002 Rectifier supplied and fixed on the contactor
LX1 F8p

LX4 FF, FG, FH, FJ, FK, FL, FX (1), LX4 F8p

03

A1

A1

A1

A2

A2

+
A1

A2

A1

A1

A2

A2

A2 A1

A2

A1

A2

(1) 2 coils in series.

Special a coils
LX9 FF, FG

LX9 FHppp2

A1

A1 B1

A2

LX9 FJ, FK, FL

A2/B2

LX4 F8p

(1)

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

Characteristics :
pages 25007/2 to 25007/9

01

A2

A2

A1

(2)
A1

A1

References :
pages 25008/2 to 25012/3

A2

(1) Breaking on a side

Drop-out time 50 ms.
(2) Breaking on c side
Drop-out time 20 ms.

Dimensions :
pages 25011/2 to 25011/3

25011-EN_Ver6.0.fm/7

Contactors

Dimensions

Reversing contactors and changeover

contactor pairs LC2 F
Horizontally mounted

Pre-assembled
LC2 F115 to F265 (reverser supplied on 2 bars which can be used for fixing the device)

110/120

120

X1

b1

X1

Q1

P1

Q1
J1

=
G1

=
J

=
G1

J1

a2
f - Minimum distance required for coil removal.

Bar fixing centres

Vertical: 120 mm
Horizontal: a2 see table

X1 (mm) = Minimum electrical clearance according to

LC1
200500 V
F115, F150
10
F185
10
F225, F265
10

operating voltage and breaking capacity.

6601000 V
15
15
15

LC2
F115

b1
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
145
145

F150
F185
F225
F265

3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25013-EN_Ver5.0.fm/2

a
345
419
345
422
357
437
357
437
425
521

a2
317
378
317
381
326
390
326
390
386
464

b
162
162
170
170
174
174
197
197
203
203

References :
pages 25012/2 to 25012/7

c
171
171
171
171
181
181
181
181
213
213

G1
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
96
96

J
71
108
71
111
78
118
78
118
109
157

Schemes :
page 25013/5

J1
57
75.5
57
75.5
59.5
79.5
59.5
79.5
61.5
85.5

L
107
107
107
107
113.5
113.5
113.5
113.5
141
141

M
147
147
150
150
154
154
172
172
178
178

P
37
37
40
40
40
40
48
48
48
48

P1
77
77
71
71
78
78
62
54
100
100

Q1
60
60
57
55.5
59.5
59.5
51.5
47.5
66.5
66.5

S
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25

f
131
131
131
131
130
130
130
130
147
147

M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10

Contactors

Dimensions (continued)

Reversing contactors and changeover

contactor pairs LC2 F
Horizontally mounted

For customer assembly, fixing recommended on AM1 EC uprights, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
2 x LC1 F400, F500, F630, F800

L
J1

=
G1

=
J

J1

=
G1

G1

J3

J1

J2

G1

=
b

=
120 (2)
=

110/120

X1

b1

X1

(1)

P1

180

(1)

P1

2 x LC1 F115 to F330

J1
J3

X1 (mm) = Minimum electrical clearance according to operating voltage and breaking capacity.
LC1
200500 V
6601000 V
200690 V
1000 V
F115, F150
10
15

F185
10
15

F225, F265
10
15

F330
10
15

F400
15
20

F500
15
20

F630
20
30

F800

10
20

2 x LC1
F115
F150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630
F800

3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P

a
345
419
345
422
357
437
357
437
425
521
447
543
446
542
485
595
636
796
636

b
162
162
170
170
174
174
197
197
203
203
206
206
206
206
238
238
304
304
304

b1
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
145
145
145
145
209
209
209
209
280
280
280

c
171
171
171
171
181
181
181
181
213
213
219
219
219
219
232
232
255
255
255

80
80
80
140
180
240
180

G1
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
96
96
96
96
170
170
170
230

J
71
108
71
111
78
118
78
118
109
157
124
172
157
157
156
156
139
139
139

J1
57
75.5
57
75.5
59.5
79.5
59.5
79.5
61.5
85.5
65.5
89.5
64.5
112.5
84.5
79.5
68.5
88.5
68.5

J2

67
67
66
66

J3

19.5
67.5
39.5
34.5

L
107
107
107
107
113.5
113.5
113.5
113.5
141
141
145
145
145
145
146
146
155
155
155

P1
77
77
71
71
78
78
62
54
100
100
107
107
107
107
112
112
137
137
137

(1) Except LC1 F630 and F800 : 4 x 10.5.

(2) Except LC1 F630 and F800.
For other dimensions: see pages 25011/2 and 25011/3.

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

References :
pages 25012/2 to 25012/7

Schemes :
page 25013/5

25013-EN_Ver5.0.fm/3

Contactors

Dimensions

Reversing contactors and changeover

contactor pairs LC2 F
Vertically mounted

For customer assembly, with mechanical interlock (MI) LA9 F, fixing recommended on AM1 EC uprights (please consult your Regional Sales Office).
2 x LC1 identical or different ratings (LC1 F115 to F630 and F800). See pages 25012/4 to 25012/7
Assembly A
Assembly B
Assembly C

(6)
120

(3)
=
=

= =

(3)
=

(1)

J1

(3)
=

G1

(6)

H
G3(2)

H1

G3(2)

120

(1)

120

J1

H1

(4)
G3
(2)

G5

F330 } 120
F265
F400
F500 180
F630
F800

12,5
(5)
(1)

G1

J1

(6)

(1)
(5)

H1

(1)

G5

F330 } 120
F265
F400
F500 180
F630
F800

12,5
(5)
(1)

80

F330 } 120
F265
F400
F500 180
F630
F800

J3

= =

(4)
J4

J4

80

J2

J2

X1

180

420
1034

180

X1

(1) Mechanical interlock shaft.

(2) For assembly of contactors of different ratings only.
(3) 4 x 6.5 for LC1 F115 to F225.
Assembly A (7) - Mechanical interlock reference
G3 3P G3 4P H min. H max. H1 min.H1 max.J1 3P J1 4P
LA9 FF4F 0
0
200
310
80
190
137 155.5
LA9 FG4F 3
4
210
300
90
180
139.5 159.5
LA9 FG4G 0
0
220
310
100
190
139.5 159.5
J2 3P J2 4P J3 3P J3 4P J4 3P J4 4P
LA9 FF4F 137 155.5 48.5 67
48.5
67
LA9 FG4F 137 155.5 53
73
54
69
LA9 FG4G 139.5 159.5 53
73
53
73
For customer assembly, fixing recommended on AM1 EC uprights,
please consult your Regional Sales Office
2 x LC1 F780

250

191

160

160

191

702(LC1 F780), 862(LC1 F7804)

X1 and fixings, see page 25011/3.

(7) Only 3P for F800.
(8) In this case, G4 is greater than G5.
Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

25013-EN_Ver5.0.fm/4

80

References :
pages 25012/2 to 25012/7

(4) 4 x 6.5 for LC1 F265.

(5) Mechanical interlock guide bracket.

9
12,5

G4

J2
(6) 4 x 8.5 for LC1 F400, F500 or
4 x 10.5 for LC1 F630 and F800.

Assembly B (7) - Mechanical interlock reference

G1 3P G1 4P G3 3P G3 4P G5 3P G5 4P
LA9 FH4F 96
96
21
27
60
83
LA9 FJ4F 80
80
45
26
83
83
LA9 FK4F 80
140
45
26
83
83
LA9 FL4F 180
240
35
17
74
74
LA9 FH4G 96
96
19
23
60
83
LA9 FJ4G 80
80
42
22
83
83
LA9 FK4G 80
140
42
22
83
83
LA9 FL4G 180
240
33
13
74
74
H1 min.H1 max.J1 3P J1 4P J2 3P J2 4P
LA9 FH4F 110
250
157.5 181.5 137
155.5
LA9 FJ4F 80
210
144.5 192.5 137
155.5
LA9 FK4F 100
210
164.5 219.5 137
155.5
LA9 FL4F 140
210
248.5 328.5 137
155.5
LA9 FH4G 120
250
157.5 181.5 139.5 159.5
LA9 FJ4G 90
220
144.5 192.5 139.5 159.5
LA9 FK4G 110
220
164.5 219.5 139.5 159.5
LA9 FL4G 150
220
248.5 328.5 139.5 159.5
Assembly C (7)
G1 3P G1 4P G2 3P G2 4P G3 3P G3 4P
LA9 FH4H 96
96
96
96
0
0
LA9 FJ4H 80
80
96
96
23
0
LA9 FK4H 80
140
96
96
23
0
LA9 FL4H 180
240
96
96
14
9 (8)
LA9 FJ4J 80
80
80
80
0
0
LA9 FK4J 80
140
80
80
0
0
LA9 FL4J 180
240
80
80
9 (8) 9 (8)
LA9 FK4K 80
140
80
140
0
0
LA9 FL4K 180
240
80
140
9 (8) 9 (8)
LA9 FL4L 180
240
180
240
0
0
H min. H max. H1 min.H1 max.J1 3P J1 4P
LA9-FH4H 250
380
130
260
157.5 181.5
LA9-FJ4H 260
380
110
230
144.5 192.5
LA9-FK4H 280
380
130
230
164.5 219.5
LA9-FL4H 330
380
170
220
248.5 328.5
LA9-FJ4J 260
380
60
200
144.5 192.5
LA9-FK4J 280
380
100
200
164.5 219.5
LA9-FL4J 325
380
140
195
248.5 329.5
LA9-FK4K 300
380
120
200
164.5 329.5
LA9-FL4K 345
380
160
195
248.5 328.5
LA9-FL4L 380
380
200
200
248.5 328.5

Schemes :
page 25031/2

G2

H min. H max.
240
380
250
380
270
380
310
380
250
380
250
380
270
380
310
380
J4 3P J4 4P
48.5 67
48.5 67
48.5 67
48.5 67
53
73
53
73
53
73
53
73
G4 3P
60
60
60
60
83
83
83
83
83
74
J2 3P
157.5
157.5
157.5
157.5
144.5
144.5
144.5
164.5
164.5
248.5

G4 4P
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
74
J2 4P
181.5
181.5
181.5
181.5
192.5
192.5
192.5
219.5
219.5
328.5

G5 3P G5 4P
60
83
83
83
83
83
74
74
83
83
83
83
74
74
83
83
74
74
74
74

Contactors

Schemes

Reversing contactors and changeover

contactor pairs LC2 F

Reversing contactors for motor control LC2 F

2 x LC1 F

2 x LC1 F

1/L2

1/L3

5
6

1/L1
1

A2

3
4

6
2/L3

2/L1

A1
A2

A2

A1

5
6
W

3
4
V

1
2
U

L3
5

A1
A2

L3
L2
L1

2/L2

L2
3

Vertically mounted

A1

L1
1

Horizontally mounted

Changeover contactor pairs for distribution LC2 F

2 x LC1 F

2 x LC1 F

1/L3

1N

A2

A1

1/L2

2N

2/L3

2N

3
4
2/L2

A1
A2

L1

2/L1

N
L3
L2
L1

A2

6
L3

2/L3
5

4
L2

2/L2
3

1/L1

2/L1
1
2

1/L1
7
8

A1

1/L2
5
6

A1
A2

1N

1/L3
3

Vertically mounted

Horizontally mounted

Electrical interlocking of reversers fitted with mechanical interlock without integral electrical contacts

KM2

KM1

A1

A1

LA9 F

KM1

A2

A2

KM2

Selection :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

References :
pages 25012/2 to 25012/7

Schemes :
page 25013/5

25013-EN_Ver5.0.fm/5

Contactors

General

High power changeover contactor pairs

for distribution
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

General
A changeover contactor pair ensures continuity of operation of an installation and
energy management.
It switches between:
b a power supply source M (main) which normally supplies the installation,
b and a power supply source S (standby) which may be an incoming line from an
additional network or a generating set.
The supply sources may be 3-phase or 3-phase + neutral.
Supply - 3-phase

5/2L3

3/2L2

1/2L1

Standby

5/1L3

3/1L2

1/1L1

Main

V/L2

W/L3

U/L1

KM2
6

KM1

Application

Supply 3-phase + neutral

7/2N

5/2L3

1/2L1

3/2L2

Standby

7/1N

3/1L2

5/1L3

1/1L1

Main

W/L3

V/L2

U/L1

KM2
2

KM1

Application

The 2 contactors must be mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent any

paralleling, even transitory, of the two supplies.

Dimensions :
pages 25032/2 and 25032/3

25031-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2

Schemes :
page 25032/3

Contactors

References

High power changeover contactor pairs

for distribution
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.

Changeover contactor pairs for customer assembly: 3-phase

813221

Vertically mounted.
Maximum operational voltage: 1000 V
Utilisation category: AC-1
Maximum temperature in the vicinity of the devices: 40 C
Maximum operational current
Main
Standby
3-phase
3-phase
1600 A
1000 A

Contactors (1)
Main
Reference
LC1 F780

Standby
Reference
LC1 F6309

Reference
LA9 FX970

1600 A

LC1 F780

LC1 F780

LA9 FX970

1600 A

Mechanical
interlock (2)

Changeover contactor pairs for customer assembly:

3-phase + neutral
Vertically mounted.
Maximum operational voltage: 1000 V
Utilisation category: AC-1
Maximum temperature in the vicinity of the devices: 40 C

LA9 FX970

Standby
Reference
LC1 F63049

Reference
LA9 FX970 (3)

LC1 F78041

LC1 F78040

LA9 FX970 (3)

1600 A + 1600 A 1000 A + 1000 A

LC1 F7804

LC1 F63049

LA9 FX971

1600 A + 1600 A 1600 A + 1600 A

Mechanical
interlock (2)

LC1 F7804

LC1 F7804

LA9 FX971

(1) Coils to be ordered separately, see pages 25014/5 to 25014/8.

(2) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 4 power
connecting links. To order the the 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD Np1 required to obtain
electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors: see page 25010/3.
(3) Neutral connecting link not supplied (to be ordered separately).

LA9 FX971

Dimensions :
pages 25032/2 and 25032/3

Contactors (1)
Main
Reference
LC1 F78041

1600 A + 1000 A 1600 A + 1000 A

813222

Maximum operational current

Main
Standby
3-phase + N
3-phase + N
1600 A + 1000 A 1000 A + 1000 A

Schemes :
page 25032/3

25031-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3

Contactors

Dimensions

High power changeover contactor pairs

for distribution

Dimensions
Contactors used to assemble high power changeover contactor pairs LC1 F780: see page 25011/3
LC1 F6309

LC1 F63049

Common side view

306

202

165
250

306

40

180/190
280
348

40

204

160

183
(1)

160

178

204

702

160

183
(1)

183
(1)

LC1 F78040

160
862

160

178
183
(1)

LC1 F78041

Common side view

60

60

264

202

165
250

191

160

183
(1)

160
862

(1) Minimum distance required for removal of each coil.

3-phase changeover contactor pairs

969

180

420

180

LC1 F780 + LC1 F780 + LA9 FX970: see page 25013/4

LC1 F780 + LC1 F6309 + LA9 FX970

250

References :
page 25031/3

25032-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2

702

173

264

40

180/190
280
434

40

183
(1)

183
(1)

178

178

173

160
862

160

191
183
(1)

Contactors

Dimensions (continued),
schemes

High power changeover contactor pairs

for distribution

Dimensions (continued)
3-phase + neutral changeover contactor pairs
LC1 F78041 + LC1 F78040 + LA9 FX970

180
180

1034

420

969

180

420

180

LC1 F78041 + LC1 F63049 + LA9 FX970

250

862
862

250

LC1 F7804 + LC1 F7804 + LA9 FX971

1034

180

420

969

180

420

180

180

LC1 F7804 + LC1 F63049 + LA9 FX971

250

862
862

250

Schemes

3 1/L2

5 1/L3

A2

A1

1N

1 1/L1
2

A1

A1

3-phase + neutral changeover contactor pairs

A2

A2

3 1/L2
4

5 1/L3

1 1/L1
2

A2

A1

3-phase changeover contactor pairs

N
L3
L2
L1
7
2N

A1

5
2/L3 6

A2

3
2/L2 4

1
2/L1 2

A2

A1

A1

6
2/L3

A2

3
4
2/L2

1
2

A2

A1

2/L1

L3
L2
L1

References :
page 25031/3

25032-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3

Contactors

References,
dimensions

Capacitive delayed opening devices

For contactors LC1 D

References
These devices prevent inadvertent opening of a contactor in the event of a brief volt
drop or momentary supply failure.
Control circuit : d.c. supply
For use with contactor
Type (1)
Contactor
reference
to be
completed
(2)

Corresponding delayed opening device

Supply voltage NonReference
50/60 Hz
adjustable
delay time (Tr)

Weight

LC1 D09,
LC1 D12,
LC1 D18,
LC1 D25,
LC1 D32
or
LC1 D38

V
110115
120127
220
240
380
415440

s
1.55
2.55
48
510
48
5.513

LAZ R90F
LAZ R90F
LAZ R90M
LAZ R90M
LAZ R90Q
LAZ R90Q

kg
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 D40,
LC1 D50
or
LC1 D65

LC1 DppPD
LC1 DppQD
LC1 DppTD
LC1 DppWD
LC1 DppXD

110115
120127
220240
380
415440

0.51
0.51.5
12.5
12.5
13

LAZ R90F
LAZ R90F
LAZ R90M
LAZ R90Q
LAZ R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 D80

LAZ R90F

LC1 DppPD
LC1 DppQD
LC1 DppTD
LC1 DppVD
LC1 DppWD
LC1 DppXD

LC1 DppPD
LC1 DppQD
LC1 DppTD
LC1 DppVD
LC1 DppWD
LC1 DppXD

110120
120127
220
240
380
415440

0.41
0.51
0.52
12.5
12
12.5

LAZ R90F
LAZ R90F
LAZ R90M
LAZ R90M
LAZ R90Q
LAZ R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

Add-on blocks for delayed opening devices

Application

For use with

delayed
opening
device

V
110127

s
Tr x 2

LAZ R91F

kg
0.165

LAZ R90M

220240

Tr x 2

LAZ R91M

0.165

LAZ R90Q

To
double
the delay
time

Nonadjustable
delay time

LAZ R90F

LAZ R91F

Operational
voltage

Reference

Weight

380440

Tr x 2

LAZ R91Q

0.165

(1) These contactors can be supplied as standard for this application or can be adapted by
replacing the coil (except for contactors LC1 D09pppp to LC1 D38pppp on which the coil is
not replaceable).
(2) Reference to be completed : see page 24501/2.

Dimensions

Schemes
LAZ R9pp + LC1 D

LAZ R9pp + LC1 F

D+
(LAZ R)

LAZ R9pp

L+
(LAZ R)
F1

114
L
(LAZ R)

Other versions

26061-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2

1
A1

A1

55

A2

108

L
(LAZ R)

A2

77

F1

Delayed opening devices for use with other types of contactor.

Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

Capacitive delayed opening devices

For contactors LC1 F

References
These devices prevent inadvertent opening of a contactor in the event of a brief volt
drop or momentary supply failure.
Control circuit : d.c. supply(1)
For use with contactor
Type
With coil

Corresponding delayed opening device

Supply
NonReference
voltage
adjustable
50/60 Hz
delay time (Tr)
V
s

Weight

kg

LC1 F115
or
LC1 F150

LX4 FF110
LX4 FF125
LX4 FF220
LX4 FF250
LX4 FF375
LX4 FF440

110
127
220
240
380415
440

25
25
25
25
25
25

LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ

R90F
R90F
R90M
R90M
R90Q
R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 F185
or
LC1 F225

LX4 FG110
LX4 FG125
LX4 FG220
LX4 FG250
LX4 FG375
LX4 FG440

110
127
220
240
380415
440

25
25
25
25
25
25

LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ

R90F
R90F
R90M
R90M
R90Q
R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 F265
or
LC1 F330

LX4 FH110
LX4 FH125
LX4 FH220
LX4 FH250
LX4 FH375
LX4 FH440

110
127
220
240
380415
440

25
25
25
25
25
25

LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ

R90F
R90F
R90M
R90M
R90Q
R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 F400

LX4 FJ110
LX4 FJ125
LX4 FJ220
LX4 FJ250
LX4 FJ375
LX4 FJ400
LX4 FJ440

110
127
220
240
380
415
440

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ

R90F
R90F
R90M
R90M
R90Q
R90Q
R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 F500

LX4 FK110
LX4 FK125
LX4 FK220
LX4 FK250
LX4 FK375
LX4 FK400
LX4 FK440

110
127
220
240
380
415
440

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ

R90F
R90F
R90M
R90M
R90Q
R90Q
R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

LC1 F630

LX4 FL110
LX4 FL125
LX4 FL220
LX4 FL250
LX4 FL375
LX4 FL400
LX4 FL440

110
127
220
240
380
415
440

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ
LAZ

R90F
R90F
R90M
R90M
R90Q
R90Q
R90Q

0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215
0.215

Add-on blocks for delayed opening devices (1)

Application

Nonadjustable
delay time
s
Tr x 2

LAZ R91F

kg
0.165

LAZ R90M

220240

Tr x 2

LAZ R91M

0.165

LAZ R90Q

To
double
the delay
time

For use with

Operational
delayed
voltage
opening device
V
LAZ R90F
110127

Reference

Weight

380440

Tr x 2

LAZ R91Q

0.165

(1) Dimensions and scheme : see page 26061/2.

Other versions
Delayed opening devices for use with other types of contactor.
Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric

26061-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3

Characteristics

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Type

LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 158-1/IEC 947-4

1000

1000

1000

1000

Conforming to VDE 0110 gr C

1500

1500

1500

1500

Conforming to standards

IEC 158-1, 947-4 pending, NF C 63-110, VDE 0660, BS 5424

Approvals

CSA, BV, RINA

Protective treatment

Standard version
Special version

Ambient air temperature

around the device
(for operation at Uc)

TC
TH

Storage

- 60+ 80

Operation

- 5+ 55

Permissible

- 50+ 60

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

3000

Operating position

Without derating

30 occasional, in relation to the normal vertical mounting position

Pole characteristics
Number of poles

1, 2, 3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

In AC-3, 55 C

750

1000

1500

1800

In AC-1, 40 C

800

1250

2000

2750

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Up to

1000

Frequency limits
(sine wave)

Without derating

Hz

50/60

Rated operational current (Ie)

(Ue 440 V)

Derating coefficient

100 Hz : 0.9 - 150 Hz : 0.8 - 250 Hz : 0.7 - 400 Hz : 0.5

Maximum thermal current Ith

40 C

800

1250

2000

2750

Rated making capacity

I rms conforming to 158-1 and 947-4

10 000

10 000

15 000

18 000

Rated breaking capacity

I rms
conforming to IEC 158-1
and 947-4

A
A
A
A

10 000
9000
8000
4000

10 000
9000
8000
4000

15 000
12 000
9000
5000

18 000
15 000
11 000
6000

Permissible short time rating

From cold state, with no current
flowing for previous 60 minutes
at 40 C

For 1 s
For 5 s
For 10 s
For 30 s
For 1 min.
For 3 min.
For 10 min.

A
A
A
A
A
A
A

9600
9600
7000
4800
3500
2100
1200

9600
9600
8000
5200
3800
2400
1800

12 000
12 000
9600
6400
5200
3600
2800

15 000
15 000
12 000
8000
6300
4400
3600

Short-circuit protection by fuses

U 440 V

Motor circuit (aM type )

With thermal overload relay (type gl)
gl fuses

A
A
A

800
1000
800

1200
1500
1200

2 x 800 (1)
2 x 1000 (1)
2 x 1000 (1)

2 x 1000 (1)
2 x 1200 (1)
2 x 1200 (1)

Average impedance per pole

At Ith and 50 Hz

0.18

0.18

0.13

0.09

Power dissipated per pole

for the above operational currents

AC-3

88

180

290

360

AC-1

115

280

520

680

mm

50 x 5

80 x 5

100 x5

100 x 5

mm

48

4 10

4 10

4 10

35

35

Cabling

Number of bars
Bar

Bolt diameter
Tightening torque

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

26100_Ver3.11-EN.fm/2

up to 440 V
500 V
660-690 V
1000 V

Power circuit connections

N.m
21
35
(1) Fuses must not be connected in parallel unless specified by the manufacturer.
References :
pages 26101/2 to 26102/2

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 26103/2 and 26103/3
Schneider Electric

Characteristics

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Type

LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

110500

110500

110500

110500

48500

48500

48500

48500

48500

48500

48500

60500

Operating

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

0.851.1 Uc

Drop out

0.300.50 Uc

0.300.50 Uc

0.350.50 Uc

0.400.50 Uc

Number of poles : 1

VA

Inrush : 620 - sealed : 10

Number of poles : 2

VA

Inrush : 1000 - sealed : 20

Number of poles : 3

VA

Inrush : 1300 - sealed : 31

Number of poles : 4

VA

Inrush : 1600 - sealed : 47

Number of poles : 1

Inrush : 520 - sealed : 10

Number of poles : 2

Inrush : 800 - sealed : 20

Number of poles : 3

Inrush : 1100 - sealed : 31

Number of poles : 4

Inrush : 1400 - sealed : 47

ms

100150

100150

100150

100150

ms

50100

50100

50100

50100

ms

2040

2040

2040

2040

Control circuit characteristics

Rated control voltage

50/60 Hz

$ 1, 2 or 3 pole contactors
$ 4 pole contactors
Voltage limits

Maximum consumption
(coil + economy resistor)

"

$ (1)

Operating time (2)

average at Uc
(in milliseconds)

" side
O breaking on $ side
O breaking on

Note : The arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For normal 3-phase applications, the arcing time
is usually less than 10 ms. The load is isolated from the supply after a time equal to the sum of the opening time and
the arcing time.
Mechanical durability (at Uc)

In millions of operating cycles

Maximum operating rate in

mechanical operating cycles

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

Ambient temperature 55 C

op.
120
120
120
120
cycs/h
(1) The inrush and sealed power values of d.c. electromagnets often require the use of an intermediate relay for control.
(2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of main poles.
The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

Characteristics of instantaneous auxiliary contacts ZC4-GM/

Rated thermal current

Short-circuit protection
gl type cartridge fuses

20

Conforming to IEC 947-1

660

Conforming to VDE, group C

Rated insulation voltage

750

Conforming to IEC 947-1

and VDE 0660

20

" supply

Operational power

$ supply

110/
127

220

VA/W

2000

4000

Making and breaking capacity

VA/W

14 000 23 000 35 000 45 000 35 000 1600

Cabling

With cable end

mm2

1 or 2 x 4

Without cable end

mm2

1 or 2 x 6 mm 2 conductors

1 million operating cycles

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26101/2 to 26102/2

380

415/
440

500

110

220

440

500

4000

4000

3500

250

250

230

200

800

400

360

mm2 conductors

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 26103/2 and 26103/3

26100_Ver3.11-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

"
or
$

Contactors type LC1-B, 750 to 1800 A

for motor control in category AC-3

3-pole contactors
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
220 V 380 V
660 V
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW

Rated
Instantan.
operational auxiliary
current
contacts
in AC-3
440 V
up to
A

Basic reference.
Complete with code
indicating control
circuit voltage
(1)
Usual
voltages

220

750

Weight

kg

900

700

900

670

750

900

530

670

750

1000

1500

1800

FMQ

58.000

LC1-BL33/40

FMQ

58.000

LC1-BM33/22

FMQ

57.000

LC1-BM33/31

FMQ

57.000

LC1-BM33/13

FMQ

57.000

LC1-BM33/40

FMQ

57.000

LC1-BP33/22

FMQ

94.000

LC1-BP33/31

FMQ

94.000

LC1-BP33/13

FMQ

94.000

LC1-BP33/40

FMQ

94.000

LC1-BR33/22

FMQ

129.000

LC1-BR33/31

FMQ

129.000

LC1-BR33/13

FMQ

129.000

900

800

600

LC1-BL33/13

900

800

560

500

750

530

58.000

425

500

FMQ

280

LC1-BL33/31

LC1-BP33

530

58.000

560

FMQ

500

LC1-BL33/22

450

425

400

LC1-BR33/40

FMQ

129.000

(1) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts
48
110 125 127 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
50400 Hz

G
M
P
U
Q
V
N
R
S
ED FD
GD

MD

RD

For voltages other than those indicated above, clearly note down the operational voltage (3 figures) and the type of
current (2 letters : AC ou DC). Example : 82 V d.c. : the reference becomes LC1-BP33082DC22.
For coil characteristics, see pages 26105/2 to 26105/5.

"
$

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

26101_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 26100/2 and 26100/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 26103/2 and 26103/3
Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

"
or
$

Contactors type LC1-B, 800 to 2750 A

for control in utilisation category AC-1

Single, 2, 3 and 4-pole contactors

Maximum
operational
current
in AC-1
( 40 C)

Number
of poles

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Basic reference.
Complete with code
indicating control
circuit voltage
(1)
Usual
voltages

A
800

kg
1

2
LC1-BP33
3

1250

2000

2750

Weight

2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

LC1-BL31/22
LC1-BL31/31
LC1-BL31/13
LC1-BL31/40
LC1-BL32/22
LC1-BL32/31
LC1-BL32/13
LC1-BL32/40
LC1-BL33/22
LC1-BL33/31
LC1-BL33/13
LC1-BL33/40
LC1-BL34/22
LC1-BL34/31
LC1-BL34/13
LC1-BL34/40

FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ

32.000
32.000
32.000
32.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
58.000
58.000
58.000
58.000
72.000
72.000
72.000
72.000

2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

LC1-BM31/22
LC1-BM31/31
LC1-BM31/13
LC1-BM31/40
LC1-BM32/22
LC1-BM32/31
LC1-BM32/13
LC1-BM32/40
LC1-BM33/22
LC1-BM33/31
LC1-BM33/13
LC1-BM33/40
LC1-BM34/22
LC1-BM34/31
LC1-BM34/13
LC1-BM34/40

FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ

31.000
31.000
31.000
31.000
44.000
44.000
44.000
44.000
57.000
57.000
57.000
57.000
71.000
71.000
71.000
71.000

2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

LC1-BP31/22
LC1-BP31/31
LC1-BP31/13
LC1-BP31/40
LC1-BP32/22
LC1-BP32/31
LC1-BP32/13
LC1-BP32/40
LC1-BP33/22
LC1-BP33/31
LC1-BP33/13
LC1-BP33/40
LC1-BP34/22
LC1-BP34/31
LC1-BP34/13
LC1-BP34/40

FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ

41.000
41.000
41.000
41.000
65.000
65.000
65.000
65.000
94.000
94.000
94.000
94.000
120.000
120.000
120.000
120.000

2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

2
1
3

LC1-BR31/22
LC1-BR31/31
LC1-BR31/13
LC1-BR31/40
LC1-BR32/22
LC1-BR32/31
LC1-BR32/13
LC1-BR32/40
LC1-BR33/22
LC1-BR33/31
LC1-BR33/13
LC1-BR33/40
LC1-BR34/22
LC1-BR34/31
LC1-BR34/13
LC1-BR34/40

FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ
FMQ

52.000
52.000
52.000
52.000
85.000
85.000
85.000
85.000
129.000
129.000
129.000
129.000
160.000
160.000
160.000
160.000

(1) See previous page.

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26100/2 and 26100/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 26103/2 and 26103/3

26101_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Accessories and spare parts

Accessories and spare parts

Description

For contactor

Composition

Reference

Weight
kg

Instantaneous auxiliary
contact blocks

LC1-B

1 N/O

ZC4-GM1

0.030

1 N/C

ZC4-GM2

0.030

Number of sets
required
per contactor
pole

Set
reference

Weight

LC1-BL

PA1-LB80

0.420

LC1-BM

PA1-LB80

0.420

LC1-BP

PA1-LB80

0.420

LC1-BR

PA1-LB80

0.420

Description

For
contactor

ZC4-GM1

Set of contacts
(1 moving contact, 1 fixed contact)

kg

Description

For
contactor

Reference

Weight
kg

Moving contact only

(for 1 finger)

LC1-B

PA1-LB75

0.220

Fixed contact only

(for 1 finger)

LC1-B

PA1-LB76

0.200

Blow-out horn only

(for 1 finger)

LC1-B

PA1-LB89

0.120

Arc chamber
(for 1 contactor pole)

LC1-BL

PA1-LB50

3.700

LC1-BM

PA1-LB50

3.700

LC1-BP

PA1-PB50

6.200

LC1-BR

PA1-LB89
PA1-LB80
(PA1-LB76 + PA1-LB75)

PA1-RB50

8.500

Mounting accessories
Description

For
contactor

Sold in
lots of

Unit
reference

Weight
kg

Bar support bracket

for mounting on
120 or 150 mm centres

LC1-BL to BR

LA9-B103

1.620

Assembly of two vertically mounted contacts by the customer

Description
For
contactor

Reference

Weight
kg

PA1-LB50

Mechanical interlock and

locking device components

LC1-B

EZ2-LB0601

1.280

Specifications
- Positive mechanical interlock between two vertically mounted contactors of the same or different ratings.
- Connecting rod with cranks mounted on the right-hand, pole side.
- Vertical fixing centres of the two contactors: 600 mm.

26102_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2

1/4 turn sliding clip nut and

corresponding screw for
assembly of rails AM1-EC
Characteristics :
pages 26100/2 and 26100/3

AM1-EC165

2.460

1850

AM1-EC185

2.760

2000

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

1650

AM1-EC200

2.980

M8

10

AF1-CD081

0.020

M8 x 18

10

AF1-VC820

0.024

Specification

Notched mounting rail

used as uprights and as
equipment support

EZ2-LB0601

Sold
in
lots of

Unit
reference

mm

Description

2 mm steel,
with zinc
chromate
treatment

Height

Weight
kg

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 26103/2 and 26103/3
Schneider Electric

Adjustment characteristics

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Electromagnet
Electromagnet EB5-KB50

Adjustment of pick-up travel and pull-in travel

Moving
circuit

E
e

Coil
Moving
circuit

Return
spring

Poles
Complete pole

N/C pole
Fixed
contact
Moving contact

Opening gap
adjustment

Adjustment of
application
force

Pole
spring

d.c. or a.c. supply adjustment characteristics with economy resistor (and rectifier on a.c. supply)
Type

LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

Electromagnet

EB5-KB50

EB5-KB50

EB5-KB50

EB5-KB50

Pick-up travel (E)

mm

30

30

30

30

Pull-in travel (e)

mm

10

10

10

10

WB1-KB///

WB1-KB///

WB1-KB///

WB1-KB///

Coil
Pull-in voltage

0.75 Uc

0.75 UC

0.75 Uc

0.75 Uc

Drop-out voltage

0.30.5 Uc

0.30.5 Uc

0.30.5 Uc

0.30.5 Uc

1-pole

daN

30

30

30 (1)

30 (2)

2-pole

daN

30

30

30 (1)

30 (2)

3-pole

daN

30

30

30 (1)

30 (2)

30 (1)

30 (2)

N/O pole
Adjustment of application
force (F) on the contact
per pole according
to contactor
composition

4-pole
daN
30
30
(1) Each pole has 2 contacts; the force must be applied evenly to each of these contacts.
(2) Each pole has 3 contacts; the force must be applied evenly to each of these contacts.

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26101/2 to 26102/2

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 26103/2 and 26103/3

26102_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Replacement coils and accessories for single-pole contactors

The same coils are used for

$ or " contactor control supply.

/ 1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + 1 or 2 auxiliary contact(s) or 1 contactor).

For d.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:

/ 1 individual rectifier (to be wired).

/ 1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + auxiliary contact(s) ZC4-GM2 or 1 contactor LP1-D123) wired into the
For 50 to 400 Hz a.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:

rectified current side.

Rectifier
(for
only)

Coil (2)

Reference

Weight

Coil
Resistance
at 20 C
10 %

47-51

4.96

10.3

DR2-SC0270 270

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB155 1.120

52-56

5.86

9.5

DR2-SC0330 330

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB132 1.120

57-64

7.2

8.9

DR2-SC0390 390

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB123 1.120

65-68

9.6

7.1

DR2-SC0560 560

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB133 1.120

69-79

11.4

6.9

DR2-SC0680 680

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB121 1.120

80-87

16.3

5.3

DR2-SC0820 820

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB130 1.120

88-94

19.7

4.7

DR2-SC1000 1000

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB140 1.120

95-108

110-125

25.2

4.3

DR2-SC1200 1200

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB134 1.120

109-136 126-155

32.5

4.2

DR2-SC1800 1800

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB124 1.120

137-151 156-173

49.7

DR2-SC2700 2700

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB122 1.120

152-166 174-191

61

2.7

DR2-SC3300 3300

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB135 1.120

167-189 192-216

77.2

2.4

DR2-SC3900 3900

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB136 1.120

190-221 217-256

94

2.3

DR2-SC4700 4700

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB139 1.120

222-243 257-280

128

1.9

DR2-SC6800 6800

1xLP1-D12004LD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB125 1.120

244-267 281-307

160

1.7

DR2-SC8200 8200

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB137 1.120

268-318 308-365

197

1.6

DR2-SC1001 10 000

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB126 1.120

319-405 366-463

257

1.6

DR2-SC1201 12 000

1xLP1-D12004TD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB138 1.120

406-446 464-500

408

1.1 (3) DR2-SC1001 2x10 000 1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB127 1.120

447-500

///

Economy resistor
I inrush Resistors
Contact
10 %
at Un Unit
Total
max
reference
resistance Reference
A

"

WB1-KB

Operating range
min-max (1)
d.c.
a.c.

Reference

507

kg

(4) DR2-SC1201 2x12 000 1xLP1-D12004RD

WB1-KB128 1.120

Specifications

/ Average coil consumption (low sealed consumption) :

- d.c. : inrush 380520 W, sealed 0.150.20 W

- a.c. (with rectifier) : inrush 450620 VA, sealed 0.150.20 VA
Time constant when sealed 25 ms
Economy resistor consumption : 710 W
Operating cycles/hour at 55 C : 120
Mechanical durability at Uc : 1.2 million operating cycles.
With a.c. operation : good resistance to voltage drop on inrush, non susceptibility to micro-breaks, mains
harmonics: level 7.
(1) For supply voltages of less than 110 V beware of voltage drops caused by the inrush current.
(2) Standard coils : TC treatment. For hot and humid atmospheres TH treatment is available; add the suffix TH to
the coil reference : Eg. : WB1-KB135 becomes WB1-KB135TH.
(3) 2 resistors in series : 2 x 10 000 .
(4) 2 resistors in series : 2 x 12 000 .

/
/
/
/
/

26105_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Replacement coils and accessories for 2-pole contactors

The same coils are used for

$ or " contactor control supply.

/ 1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + 1 or 2 auxiliary contact(s) or 1 contactor).

For d.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:

/
/

For 50 to 400 Hz a.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:
1 individual rectifier (to be wired).
1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + auxiliary contact(s) or 1 contactor) wired into the rectified current side.
Operating range
min-max (1)
d.c.
a.c.

3.22

15.8

DR2-SC0068

2x68

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB141 1.120

52-56

4.04

13.8

DR2-SC0082
DR2-SC0100

82 +
100

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB142 1.120

57-62

4.96

12.5

DR2-SC0100
DR2-SC0120

100 +
120

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB155 1.120

63-68

5.86

11.6

DR2-SC0120

2x120

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB132 1.120

69-79

7.2

11

DR2-SC0150

2x150

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB123 1.120

80-85

9.6

8.8

DR2-SC0180
DR2-SC0220

180 +
220

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB133 1.120

86-98

99-113

11.4

8.6

DR2-SC0220
DR2-SC0270

220 +
270

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB121 1.120

99-108

114-125

16.3

6.6

DR2-SC0330

2x330

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB130 1.120

109-119 126-136

19.7

DR2-SC0390

2x390

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB140 1.120

120-136 137-156

25.2

5.4

DR2-SC0470

2x470

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB134 1.120

137-173 157-196

32.5

5.3

DR2-SC0680

2x680

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB124 1.120

174-191 197-216

49.7

3.8

DR2-SC1000

2x1000

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB122 1.120

192-210 217-238

61

3.4

DR2-SC1200

2x1200

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB135 1.120

211-238 239-272

77.2

DR2-SC1500
DR2-SC1800

1500 +
1800

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB136 1.120

239-279 273-318

94

DR2-SC1800
DR2-SC2200

1800 +
2200

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB139 1.120

280-310 319-359

128

2.4

DR2-SC2700

2x2700

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB125 1.120

311-341 360-387

160

2.1

DR2-SC3300 2x3300

1xLP1-D12004TD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB137 1.120

342-399 388-452

197

DR2-SC3900

2x3900

1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB126 1.120

400-500 453-500

///

Rectifier
(for
only)

Coil (2)

Reference

Weight

48-51

WB1-KB

Economy resistor
I inrush Resistors (2 in series)
Contact
10 %
at Un Unit
Total
max
reference
resistance Reference
A

"

Coil
Resistance
at 20 C
10 %

Reference

257

1.9

DR2-SC4700
DR2-SC5600

4700 +
5600

1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB138 1.120

kg

Specifications

/ Average coil consumption (low sealed consumption) :

- d.c. : inrush 600800 W, sealed 0.350.5 W

- a.c. (with rectifier) : inrush 7201000 VA, sealed 0.350.5 VA
Time constant when sealed 25 ms
Economy resistor consumption : 1520 W
Operating cycles/hour at 55 C : 120
Mechanical durability at Uc : 1.2 million operating cycles.
With a.c. operation : good resistance to voltage drop on inrush, non susceptibility to micro-breaks, mains harmonics:
level 7.
(1) For supply voltages of less than 110 V beware of voltage drops caused by the inrush current.
(2) Standard coils : TC treatment. For hot and humid atmospheres TH treatment is available; add the suffix TH to
the coil reference : Eg. : WB1-KB135 becomes WB1-KB135TH.

/
/
/
/
/

Schneider Electric

26105_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Replacement coils and accessories for 3-pole contactors

The same coils are used for

$ or " contactor control supply.

/ 1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + 1 or 2 auxiliary contact(s) ZC4-GM2 or 1 contactor LP1-D123).

For d.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:

/ 1 individual rectifier (to be wired).

/ 1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + auxiliary contact(s) or 1 contactor) wired into the rectified current side.
For 50 to 400 Hz a.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:

Operating range
min-max (1)
d.c.
a.c.

"

47-50

1.85

27

DR2-SC0150

150//150

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB154 1.120

51-55

2.35

23.5

DR2-SC0180

180//180

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB153 1.120

56-60

3.22

18.5

DR2-SC0220

220//220

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB141 1.120

61-66

4.04

16

DR2-SC0270

270//270

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB142 1.120

67-72

4.96

14.5

DR2-SC0330

330//330

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB155 1.120

73-79

5.86

13.5

DR2-SC0100

2x100

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB132 1.120

80-92

7.2

12.8

DR2-SC0120

2x120

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB123 1.120

93-98

108-113

9.6

10.2

DR2-SC0150
DR2-SC0180

150 +
180

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB133 1.120

99-114

114-132

11.4

10

DR2-SC0180
DR2-SC0220

180 +
220

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB121 1.120

115-126 133-145

16.3

7.7

DR2-SC0270

2x270

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB130 1.120

127-139 146-160

11.7

DR2-SC0330

2x330

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB140 1.120

140-159 161-181

25.2

6.3

DR2-SC0390
DR2-SC0470

390 +
470

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB134 1.120

160-201 182-228

32.2

6.2

DR2-SC0560

2x560

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB124 1.120

202-222 229-255

49.7

4.5

DR2-SC0820

2x820

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB122 1.120

223-246 256-282

61

DR2-SC1000

2x1000

1xLP1-D12004LD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB135 1.120

247-277 283-316

77.2

3.6

DR2-SC1200

2x1200

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB136 1.120

278-327 317-372

94

3.5

DR2-SC1500

2x1500

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB139 1.120

328-360 373-408

128

2.8

DR2-SC2200

2x2200

1xLP1-D12004TD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB125 1.120

361-399 409-452

160

2.5

DR2-SC2700

2x2700

1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB137 1.120

400-469 453-500

197

2.4

DR2-SC3300

2x3300

1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB126 1.120

470-500

///

WB1-KB

Coil
Resistance
at 20 C
10 %

I inrush
10 %
at Un
max
A

Economy resistor
Resistors
Contact
(2 in parallel or 2 in series)
Unit
Total
reference
resistance Reference

Rectifier
(for
only)

Coil (2)

Weight

257

1.9

DR2-SC3900

2x3900

1xLP1-D12004RD

Reference Reference
kg

WB1-KB138 1.120

Specifications

/ Average coil consumption (low sealed consumption) :

- d.c. : inrush 9001100 W, sealed 0.71 W

- a.c. (with rectifier) : inrush 11001300 VA, sealed 0.71 VA
Time constant when sealed 25 ms
Economy resistor consumption : 2430 W
Operating cycles/hour at 55 C : 120
Mechanical durability at Uc : 1.2 million operating cycles.
With a.c. operation : good resistance to voltage drop on inrush, non susceptibility to micro-breaks, mains
harmonics: level 7.
(1) For supply voltages of less than 110 V beware of voltage drops caused by the inrush current.
(2) Standard coils : TC treatment. For hot and humid atmospheres TH treatment is available; add the suffix TH to
the coil reference : Eg. : WB1-KB135 becomes WB1-KB135TH.

/
/
/
/
/

26105_Ver3.10-EN.fm/4

Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

Replacement coils and accessories for 4-pole contactors

The same coils are used for

$ or " contactor control supply.

/ 1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + 1 or 2 auxiliary contact(s) or 1 contactor).

For d.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:

/
/

For 50 to 400 Hz a.c. operation, the following must be associated with the coil:
1 individual rectifier (to be wired).
1 economy resistor arrangement (resistors + auxiliary contact(s) or 1 contactor) wired into the rectified current side.
Operating range
min-max (1)
d.c.
a.c.

2.35

26

DR2-SC0027

3x27

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB153 1.120

62-67

3.22

21

DR2-SC0033

3x33

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB141 1.120

68-73

4.04

18

DR2-SC0039

3x39

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB142 1.120

74-81

4.96

16.3

DR2-SC0047

3x47

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB155 1.120

82-89

5.86

15

DR2-SC0056

3x56

1xZC4-GM2

WB1-KB132 1.120

90-102

105-119

7.2

14

DR2-SC0068

3x68

1xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB123 1.120

103-111

120-128

9.6

11.5

DR2-SC0100

3x100

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB133 1.120

112-129 129-148

11.4

11.3

DR2-SC0100

3x100

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB121 1.120

130-143 149-163

16.3

8.7

DR2-SC0150

3x150

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB130 1.120

158-180 180-204

25.2

7.1

DR2-SC0220

3x220

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB134 1.120

181-226 205-259

32.5

6.9

DR2-SC0330

3x330

2xZC4-GM2

DR5-TE1U WB1-KB124 1.120

227-251 260-288

49.7

DR2-SC0470

3x470

1xLP1-D12004LD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB122 1.120

252-278 289-317

61

4.5

DR2-SC0560

3x560

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB135 1.120

279-313 318-356

77.2

DR2-SC0680

3x680

1xLP1-D12004UD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB136 1.120

314-368 357-418

94

3.9

DR2-SC0820

3x820

1xLP1-D12004TD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB139 1.120

369-408 419-462

128

3.2

DR2-SC1200

3x1200

1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB125 1.120

409-448 463-500

160

2.8

DR2-SC1500

3x1500

1xLP1-D12004VD DR5-TE1S WB1-KB137 1.120

449-500

///

Rectifier
(for
only)

Coil (2)

Reference

Weight

57-61

WB1-KB

Economy resistor
I inrush Resistors (3 in series)
Contact
10 %
at Un Unit
Total
max
reference
resistance Reference
A

"

Coil
Resistance
at 20 C
10 %

Reference

197

2.5

DR2-SC1800

3x1800

1xLP1-D12004RD

kg

WB1-KB126 1.120

Specifications

/ Average coil consumption (low sealed consumption) :

- d.c. : inrush 11001400W, sealed 1.21.6 W

- a.c. (with rectifier) : inrush 13001600 VA, sealed 1.21.6 VA
Time constant when sealed 25 ms
Economy resistor consumption : 3545 W
Operating cycles/hour at 55 C : 120
Mechanical durability at Uc : 1.2 million operating cycles.
With a.c. operation : good resistance to voltage drop on inrush, non susceptibility to micro-breaks, mains harmonics:
level 7.
(1) For supply voltages of less than 110 V beware of voltage drops caused by the inrush current.
(2) Standard coils : TC treatment. For hot and humid atmospheres TH treatment is available; add the suffix TH to
the coil reference : Eg. : WB1-KB135 becomes WB1-KB135TH.

/
/
/
/
/

Schneider Electric

26105_Ver3.10-EN.fm/5

Dimensions

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

185

Common side view

4-pole contactors LC1-B 34

Single-pole, 2-pole or 3-pole

contactors LC1-B 31, 32 or 33

290

c 85 b c

15

44

P
M

15

Q1

15

30

30

P
M1

30

51

Q1
30

M2
L

15

365

260

330

330

12 fixing screw

Number of poles
a
b
c
L
M
M1
M2
N
P
Q1
R
S
T

LC1-BL
1
2
50
50
59
59
16
16
345
445
285
385

121
121
100
100
100
100
122
122
10
10
30
30
9
9

3
50
59
16
540
480

121
100
100
122
10
30
9

4
50
59
16
760

308
392
121
100
100
122
10
30
9

LC1-BM
1
2
63
63
55
55
20
20
345
445
285
385

125
125
100
100
100
100
157
157
17
17
30
30
11
11

3
63
55
20
540
480

125
100
100
157
17
30
11

4
63
55
20
760

308
392
125
100
100
157
17
30
11

LC1-BP
1
2
100
100
55
55
20
20
385
540
325
480

125
125
150
150
110
110
173
173
20
20
60
60
11
11

3
100
55
20
760
700

125
150
110
173
20
60
11

4
100
55
20
1065

455
550
125
150
110
173
20
60
11

LC1-BR
1
2
125
125
50
50
25
25
445
635
385
575

130
130
195
195
130
130
173
173
20
20
60
60
11
11

3
125
50
25
885
825

130
195
130
173
20
60
11

4
125
50
25
1065

455
550
130
195
130
173
20
60
11

" 3-phase supply).

Electrical safety clearance

Values X1 and X2 are given for a breaking capacity of 10 In (

X2

" 3-phase voltage

LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

380/440 V

X1
X2

100
150

100
150

150
200

200
250

500 V

X1
X2

100
150

100
150

150
220

200
250

660/690 V

X1
X2

150
200

150
200

200
250

200
250

1000 V

X1
X2

200
250

200
250

200
250

250
300

X1

E = 600

A = (E112) 488

Mechanical interlock
for assembling vertically mounted reversing contactors
EZ2-LB0601

Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3

26103_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2

References :
pages 26101/2 to 26102/2

Schemes :
page 26103/3
Schneider Electric

Schemes

Contactors

Contactors type LC1-B

LC1-B/31/40

A2

LC1-B/32/40

A2

LC1-B/33/40

A2

LC1-B/34/40

A2

A2

A2

A2

A1

A2

LC1-B/34/13
A1

A2

LC1-B/34/31
A1

type LC1-B/34/22
A1

A2

A1

A2

LC1-B/33/13
A1

A2

LC1-B/33/31
A1

type LC1-B/33/22
A1

A2

A1

A2

LC1-B/32/13
A1

A2

LC1-B/32/31
A1

type LC1-B/32/22
A1

A2

A1

LC1-B/31/13

A1

A1

LC1-B/31/31

A1

Contactors type LC1-B

type LC1-B/31/22

a.c. control circuit

S1

S3

KM

KM

3-wire
control

2-wire
control

S2

KM

Dotted lines show optional wiring and external items.

d.c. control circuit

S1

S3

S1

S3

KA
KM

KM R

2-wire
control

KM

S2
3-wire
control

KM R

KM

KM

2-wire
control

S2
3-wire
control

KA

It is essential to check that the control circuit contacts have ratings compatible with the voltage and power consumption of the operating coil of the contactor.
If not, an intermediate KA relay must be fitted and wired as shown.
Dotted lines show optional wiring and external items.
Selection guide :
pages 24565/2 to 24564/3
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26101/2 to 26102/2

Dimensions :
page 26103/2

26103_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

Technical information
Tests according to standard utilisation categories
conforming to IEC 947
based on rated operational current Ie
and rated operational voltage Ue

Contactors
Making and breaking conditions
(normal operation)
a.c. supply
Typical
applications
Resistors, non
inductive or slightly
inductive loads

Making and breaking conditions

(occasional operation)

Utilisation
category

Making
I
U

cos

Breaking
I
U

cos

Making
I
U

AC-1

Ie

1.05 Ue

0.8

Ie

1.05 Ue

0.8

1.5 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.8

1.5 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.8

AC-2

2 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.65

2 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.65

4 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.65

4 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.65

2 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.45

2 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.45

10 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.45

8 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.45

2 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.35

2 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.35

10 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.35

8 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.35

6 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.45

6 Ie

1.05Ue

0.45

12 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.35

10 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.35

6 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.35

6 Ie

1.05 Ue

0.35

12 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.35

10 Ie

1.05 Ue 0.35

cos

Breaking
I
U

cos

Motors
Slip ring motors:
starting,
breaking.

Squirrel cage motors: AC-3

starting, breaking
le 100 A
whilst motor running.
Ie > 100 A
Squirrel cage or slip AC-4
ring motors: starting, le 100 A
plugging, inching
Ie > 100 A

d.c. supply
Typical
applications
Resistors, non
inductive or slightly
inductive loads

Utilisation
category

Making
I
U

Breaking
L/R (ms) I
U

L/R (ms)

Making
I
U

DC-1

Ie

Ie

Ue

1.5 Ie

1.05 Ue 1

1.5 Ie

1.05 Ue 1

Ue

L/R (ms)

Breaking
I
U

L/R (ms)

Shunt wound motors: DC-3

starting,
counter-current
braking, inching

2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue

2.5 Ie

1.05 Ue

4 Ie

1.05 Ue 2.5

4 Ie

1.05 Ue 2.5

Series would motors: DC-5

starting,
counter-current
braking, inching

2.5 Ie 1.05 Ue

7.5

2.5 Ie

1.05 Ue

7.5

4 Ie

1.05 Ue 15

4 Ie

1.05 Ue 15

Auxiliary contacts and control relays

Making and breaking conditions
(normal operation)

Making and breaking conditions

(occasional operation)

a.c. supply
Typical
applications

Utilisation
category

Making
I
U

cos

Breaking
I
U

cos

Making
I
U

cos

Breaking
I
U

cos

Electromagnets
- < 72 VA
- > 72 VA

AC-14
AC-15

6 Ie Ue
10 Ie Ue

0.3
0.3

Ie
Ie

0.3
0.3

6 Ie
10 Ie

0.7
0.3

6 Ie
10 Ie

0.7
0.3

d.c. supply
Typical
applications

Utilisation
category

Making
I
U

Breaking
L/R (ms) I
U

L/R (ms)

Making
I
U

L/R (ms)

Breaking
I
U

Electromagnets

DC-13

Ie

X0009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Ue
Ue

1.1 Ue
1.1 Ue

1.1 Ue
1.1 Ue

L/R (ms)

Ue

6P
Ie
Ue
6P
1.1 Ie 1.1 Ue 6 P
Ie
1.1 Ue 6 P
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1) The value 6 P (in watts) is based on practical observations and is considered to represent the majority of magnetic
loads up to the maximum limit of P = 50 W i.e. 6 P = 300 ms = L/R.
Above this, the loads are made up of smaller loads in parallel. The value 300 ms is therefore a maximum limit whatever
the value of current drawn.

Schneider Electric

Technical information
Average full-load currents of 3-phase squirrel cage motors

3-phase 4-pole motors, 50/60 Hz

U

200/
208

220

230
(1)

380

400

415

433/
440

HP
0.5

A
2

A
1.8

A
2

A
1.03

A
0.98

A
0.99

A
1

0.55
0.75

0.75
1

3
3.8

2.75
3.5

2.8
3.6

1.6
2

1.5
1.9

1.36
1.68

1.1
1.5

1.5
2

5
6.8

4.4
6.1

5.2
6.8

2.6
3.5

2.5
3.4

2.5
3.5

2.2
3

9.6
12.6

8.7
11.5

9.6

5
6.6

4.8
6.3

16.2

14.5

15.2

8.5

5.5
7.5

7.5
10

22
28.8

20
27

22
28

9
11

15

36
42

32
39

15
18.5

20
25

57
70

22
30

30
40

37
45

Power
in volts

kW
0.37

460
(1)

500/
525

575
(1)

660

690

750

1000

A
1

A
0.8

A
0.6

A
0.4

1.4
1.8

1.21
1.5

1.1
1.4

0.9
1.1

0.6
0.75

2.37
3.06

2.6
3.4

2
2.6

2.1
2.7

1.5
2

1
1.3

5
6.5

4.42
5.77

4.8

3.8
5

3.9

2.8
3.8

3.5

1.9
2.5

8.1

8.4

7.9

7.6

6.5

6.1

4.9

4.9

3
3.3

11.5
15.5

11
14.8

11
14

10.4
13.7

11
14

9
12

9
11

6.6
6.9

6.7
9

4.5
6

42

18.5
22

18.1
21

17
21

16.9
20.1

21

13.9
18.4

17

10.6
14

10.5
12.1

11

7
9

52
64

54
68

30
37

28.5
35

28
35

26.5
32.8

27
34

23
28.5

22
27

17.3
21.9

16.5
20.2

15
18.5

12
14.5

84
114

75
103

80
104

44
60

42
57

40
55

39
51.5

40
52

33
45

32
41

25.4
54.6

24.2
33

22
30

17
23

50
60

138
162

126
150

130
154

72
85

69
81

66
80

64
76

65
77

55
65

52
62

42
49

40
46.8

36
42

28
33

55
75

75
100

200
270

182
240

192
248

105
138

100
131

100
135

90
125

96
124

80
105

77
99

61
82

58
75.7

52
69

40
53

90
110

125
150

330
400

295
356

312
360

170
205

162
195

165
200

146
178

156
180

129
156

125
144

98
118

94
113

85
103

65
78

132

200

480
520

425
472

480

245
273

233
222

240
260

215
236

240

187
207

192

140
152

135

123
136

90
100

160

250

560

520

600

300

285

280

256

300

220

240

170
200

165

150

115
138

200
220

300

680
770

626
700

720

370
408

352
388

340
385

321
353

360

281
310

288

215
235

203
224

185
204

150
160

250
280

350

850

800

840

460
528

437

425

401

420

360

336

274

253

230

200
220

315

450

1070 990

1080

584

555

535

505

540

445

432

337

321

292

239
250

355

500

1150

1200

635

605

580

549

600

500

480

370

350

318

262
273

400
450

600

1250

1440

710

675

650

611

720

540

576

410

390

356

288
320

500
560

1570
1760

900
1000

855
950

820
920

780
870

680
760

515
575

494
549

450
500

350
380

630
710

1980

1100
1260

1045
1200

1020 965
1140 1075

850
960

645
725

605
694

550
630

425
480

800
1090

1450
1320 1250
900
1220

1610
1470 1390
(1) Values conforming to the NEC (National Electrical Code).

1100
1220

830
925

790
880

550
610

These values are given as a guide. They may vary depending on the type of motor and manufacturer.

Schneider Electric

X0009_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Definitions and comments

Altitude

Contactors

The rarefied atmosphere at high altitude reduces the dielectric strength of the air and hence the rated operational voltage
of the contactor. It also reduces the cooling effect of the air and hence the rated operational current of the contactor (unless
the temperature drops at the same time).
No derating is necessary up to 3000 m.
Derating factors to be applied above this altitude for main pole operational voltage and current (a.c. supply) are as follows.
Altitude

3500 m

4000 m

4500 m

5000 m

Rated operetional voltage

0,90

0,80

0,70

0,60

Rated operational current

0,92

0,90

0,88

0,86

Ambient air temperature

The temperature of the air surrounding the device, measured near to the device. The operating characteristics are given :
- with no restriction for temperatures between - 5 and + 55 C,
- with restrictions, if necessary, for temperatures between - 50 and + 70 C.

Rated operational current (Ie)

This is defined taking into account the rated operational voltage, operating rate and duty, utilisation category and ambient
temperature around the device.

Rated conventional
thermal current (Ith) (1)

The current which a closed contactor can sustain for a minimum of 8 hours without its temperature rise exceeding the limits
given in the standards.

Permissible short time rating

The current which a closed contactor can sustain for a short time after a period of no load, without dangerous overheating.

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

This is the voltage value which, in conjunction with the rated operational current, determines the use of the contactor or
starter, and on which the corresponding tests and the utilisation category are based. For 3-phase circuits it is expressed
as the voltage between phases.
Apart from exceptional cases such as rotor short-circuiting, the rated operational voltage Ue is less than or equal to
the rated insulation voltage Ui.

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)

The rated value of the control circuit voltage, on which the operating characteristics are based. For a.c. applications, the
values are given for a near sinusoidal wave form (less than 5% total harmonic distortion).

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

This is the voltage value used to define the insulation characteristics of a device and referred to in dielectric tests
determining leakage paths and creepage distances. As the specifications are not identical for all standards, the rated
value given for each of them is not necessarily the same.

Rated impulse withstand

voltage (Uimp)

The peak value of a voltage surge which the device is able to withstand without breaking down.

Rated operational power

(expressed in kW)

The rated power of the standard motor which can be switched by the contactor, at the stated operational voltage.

Rated breaking capacity (2)

This is the current value which the contactor can break in accordance with the breaking conditions specified in the IEC
standard.

Rated making capacity (2)

This is the current value which the contactor can make in accordance with the making conditions specified in the IEC
standard.

On-load factor (m)

This is the ratio between the time the current flows (t) and the duration of the cycle (T)
m=

t
T

Cycle duration: duration of current flow + time at zero current

Pole impedance

The impedance of one pole is the sum of the impedance of all the circuit components between the input terminal and the
output terminal.
The impedance comprises a resistive component (R) and an inductive component (X = L). The total impedance
therefore depends on the frequency and is normally given for 50 Hz. This average value is given for the pole at its
rated operational current.

Electrical durability

This is the average number of on-load operating cycles which the main pole contacts can perform without maintenance.
The electrical durability depends on the utilisation category, the rated operational current and the rated operational
voltage.

Mechanical durability

This is the average number of no-load operating cycles (i.e. with zero current flow through the main poles) which the
contactor can perform without mechanical failure
(1) Conventional thermal current, in free air, conforming to IEC standards.
(2) For a.c. applications, the breaking and making capacities are expressed by the rms value of the symmetrical
component of the short-circuit current. Taking into account the maximum asymmetry which may exist in the circuit, the
contacts therefore have to withstand a peak asymmetrical current which may be twice the rms symmetrical component.

Note : these definitions are extracted from standard IEC 947-1.

24001_Ver4.10-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric

Definitions and comments

Contactors

Contactor utilisation categories conforming to IEC 947-4

The standard utilisation categories define the current values which the contactor must be able to make or break.
These values depend on:
- the type of load being switched : squirrel cage or slip ring motor, resistors,
- the conditions under which making or breaking takes place: motor stalled, starting or running, reversing, plugging.
a.c. applications
Category AC-1

This category applies to all types of a.c. load with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos 0.95).
Application examples: heating, distribution.

Category AC-2

This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors.
On closing, the contactor makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor.
On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage.

Category AC-3

This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking during normal running of the motor.
On closing, the contactor makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated current of the motor.
On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor terminals is about
20% of the mains supply voltage. Breaking is light.
Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors: lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators, compressors,
pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc... .

Category AC-4

This category covers applications with plugging and inching of squirrel cage and slip ring motors.
The contactor closes at a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor current. On opening it breaks
this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can be the same as the mains
voltage. Breaking is severe
Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, cranes and hoists, metallurgy industry.

d.c. applications
Category DC-1

This category applies to all types of d.c. load with a time constant (L/R) of less than or equal to 1 ms.

Category DC-3

This category applies to starting, counter-current braking and inching of shunt motors.
Time constant 2 ms.
On closing, the contactor makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated motor current.
On opening, the contactor must be able to break 2.5 times the starting current at a voltage which is less than or equal to
the mains voltage. The slower the motor speed, and therefore the lower its back e.m.f., the higher this voltage.
Breaking is difficult.

Category DC-5

This category applies to starting, counter-current braking and inching of series wound motors.
Time constant 7.5 ms.
On closing, the contactor makes a starting current peak which may be as high as 2.5 times the rated motor current. On
opening, the contactor breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can
be the same as the mains voltage. Breaking is severe.

Utilisation categories for auxiliary contacts & control relays conforming to IEC 947-5
a.c. applications
Category AC-14 (1)

This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed is less
than 72 VA.
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors and relays.

Category AC-15 (1)

This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed is more
72 VA.
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors.

d.c. applications
Category DC-13 (2)

This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads for which the time taken to reach 95% of the steady state
current (T = 0.95) is equal to 6 times the power P drawn by the load (with P 50 W).
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors without economy resistor.
(1) Replaces category AC-11.
(2) Replaces category DC-13

Schneider Electric

24001_Ver4.10-EN.fm/3

Selection guide

TeSys contactors

For utilisation category AC-3

Operational current and power conforming to IEC

Contactor
size

( 60 C)

LC1- LC1LP1- LP1K06 K09

LC1LP1K12

LC1-

LC1-

LC1- LC1-

LC1-

LC1- LC1- LC1-

K16

D09

D12

D18

D25

D32

D38

D40

Max. operational
current in AC-3

440 V

12

16

12

18

25

32

38

40

Rated
operational
power P
(standard
motor power
ratings)

220/240 V

kW

1.5

2.2

2.2

5.5

7.5

11

380/400 V

kW

2.2

5.5

7.5

5.5

7.5

11

15

18.5

18.5

415 V

kW

2.2

5.5

7.5

5.5

11

15

18.5

22

440 V

kW

5.5

7.5

5.5

11

15

18.5

22

500 V

kW

5.5

5.5

7.5

10

15

18.5

18.5

22

660/690 V

kW

5.5

7.5

10

15

18.5

18.5

30

1000 V

kW

22

LC1-

LC1- LC1-

LC1-

LC1- LC1- LC1-

D09

D12

D25

D32

Maximum operating rate in operating cycles/hour (1)

On-load
Operational
factor
power

85%

D18

D38

D40

1200

1200 1200

1200

1000 1000 1000

0.5 P

25 %

3000

3000 2500

2500

2500 2500 2500

1800

1800 1800

1800

1200 1200 1200

Operational current and power conforming to UL, CSA ( 60 C)

Contactor
size

LC1LP1K06

LC1LP1K09

LC1LP1K12

LC1-

LC1- LC1-

LC1-

LC1- LC1- LC1-

D09

D12

D18

D25

D32

D38

D40

Max. operational
current in AC-3

440 V

12

12

18

25

32

40

Rated
operational
power P
(standard
motor power
ratings)
60 Hz

200/208 V

HP

1.5

7.5

10

10

230/240 V

HP

1.5

7.5

10

10

460/480 V

HP

7.5

7.5

10

15

20

30

575/600 V

HP

10

7.5

10

15

20

25

30

(1) Depending on the operational power and the on-load factor ( 60 C).

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
24565_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

50

65

80

95

115

150

185

225

265

330

400

500

630

780

800

750

1000

1500

1800

15

18.5

22

25

30

40

55

63

75

100

110

147

200

220

250

220

280

425

500

22

30

37

45

55

75

90

110

132

160

200

250

335

400

450

400

500

750

900

25

37

45

45

59

80

100

110

140

180

220

280

375

425

450

425

530

800

900

30

37

45

45

59

80

100

110

140

200

250

295

400

425

450

450

560

800

900

30

37

55

55

75

90

110

129

160

200

257

355

400

450

450

500

600

750

900

33

37

45

45

80

100

110

129

160

220

280

335

450

475

475

560

670

750

900

30

37

45

45

65

75

100

100

147

160

185

335

450

450

450

530

530

670

750

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

1000

1000

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

500

500

500

500

500

120

120

120

120

2500

2500

2000

2000

2000

1200

2000

2000

2000

2000

1200

1200

1200

1200

600

120

120

120

120

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

600

600

120

120

120

120

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

50

65

80

95

115

150

185

225

265

330

400

500

630

780

800

15

20

30

30

30

40

50

60

60

75

100

150

250

350

15

20

30

30

40

50

60

75

75

100

125

200

300

450

400

40

50

60

60

75

100

125

150

150

200

250

400

600

900

900

40

50

60

60

100

125

150

150

200

250

300

500

800

900

Schneider Electric

24565_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Selection guide according

to required electrical
durability

TeSys contactors
For utilisation category AC-3

LC1-D150

LC1-D80
LC1-D95
LC1-D115

LC1-D65

LC1-D50

LC1-D40

LC1-D32
LC1-D38

LC1-D25

LC1-K16
5

LC1-D18

LC1, LP1, LP4-K12

LC1-D12

440 V)

LC1-D09

LC1, LP1, LP4-K09

LC1, LP1, LP4-K06

Use in category AC-3 (Ue

10
8
Millions of operating cycles

Control of 3-phase
asynchronous motors
with breaking whilst
running.
The current broken (Ic)
in category AC-3 is
equal to the rated
operational current (Ie)
of the motor.

6
4

2
1,5
1
0,8
0,6
0,5

30
55

18,5

95 115
150
200
Current broken in A

22
25

15

65 80

45

7,5

1,5

50
25 30 37
32
40

16 20
18

11

7 8 9 10 12

5,5

2,2

0,75

0,55

kW

75

37

30

22

18,5

15

11

7,5

5,5

2,2

1,5

0,75

230 V

75

55

37
45

30

22

18,5

15

11

7,5

5,5

1,5

2,2

400 V

440 V

kW

kW

Operational power in kW-50 Hz

Example
Asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 400 V - Ie = 11 A - Ic = Ie = 11 A
or asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A - Ic = Ie = 11 A
3 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1-D18.

LC1-D150

LC1-D80
LC1-D95
LC1-D115

LC1-D65

LC1-D50

LC1-D40

LC1-D32,
LC1-D38

LC1-D25

LC1-D18

= 660/690 V) (1)
LC1-D12

LC1-D09

Use in category AC-3 (Ue

Control of 3-phase
asynchronous motors
with breaking whilst
running.
The current broken (Ic)
in category AC-3 is
equal to the rated
operational current (Ie)
of the motor.

Millions of operating cycles

10
8
6
4
3
2
1,5
1
0,8
0,6
1

7 8 10
6,6
9 11

15
17

20
22

50 60
33 40
35 42 48

80 90 100

200

Current broken in A

(1) For Ue = 1000 V use the 660/690 V curves, but do not exceed the operational current at the operational power
indicated for 1000 V.

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/
24565_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4

7
References :

pages 24501/2 to 24502/

3

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/

3
Schneider Electric

Selection guide according

to required electrical
durability (continued)

TeSys contactors
For utilisation category AC-3

LC1-BR

LC1-BP

LC1-BL, BM

LC1-F800
LC1-F780

LC1-F630

LC1-F500

LC1-F400

LC1-F330

440 V)

LC1-F265

LC1-F225

LC1-F185

Use in category AC-3 (Ue

10
8
Millions of operating cycles

Control of 3-phase
asynchronous motors
with breaking whilst
running.
The current broken (Ic)
in category AC-3 is
equal to the rated
operational current (Ie)
of the motor.

6
4

2
1,5

(1)

1
0,8
0,6
0,4
30

40

50

60

80

100

200

400

600

800

1000
2000
Current broken in A

200
220

147

110

75

55

40
45

30

25

22

18,5

15

11

5,5

7,5

90

kW

285

200

132

90

75

55

45

37

30

22

18,5

15

11

380 V
400 V

750

500

400

335

250

200

160

110
132

90

75

55

45

37

30

22

18,5

15

11

220 V
230 V

900

20

kW

kW

440 V

Operational power in kW-50 Hz

Example
Asynchronous motor with P = 132 kW - Ue = 380 V - Ie = 245 A - Ic = Ie = 245 A
or asynchronous motor with P = 132 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 240 A - Ic = Ie = 240 A
1.5 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1-F330.
(1) The dotted lines are only applicable to contactors LC1-BL.

LC1-BR

LC1-BP

LC1-BL, BM

LC1-F780
LC1-F800

LC1-F630

LC1-F500

LC1-F400

LC1-F330

= 660/690 V)

10
8
Millions of operating cycles

Control of 3-phase
asynchronous motors
with breaking whilst
running.
The current broken (Ic)
in category AC-3 is
equal to the rated
operational current (Ie)
of the motor.

LC1-F265

LC1-F185
LC1-F225

Use in category AC-3 (Ue

6
4

2
1,5

(1)

1
0,8
0,6

800 1000
2000
Current broken in A

660 V
690 V

900

600

750

485

670

400
305 355

560

170 200
220

475

80 90 100 118
129

335

60

220

50

160

40

129

30

110

20

355

0,4

kW

Example
Asynchronous motor with P = 132 kW - Ue = 660 V - Ie = 140 A - Ic = Ie = 140 A
1.5 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1-F330.
(1) The dotted lines are only applicable to contactors LC1-BL.

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/
Schneider Electric

7
References :

pages 24501/2 to 24502/

3

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/

3
24565_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5

Selection guide

TeSys contactors

For utilisation category AC-1

Maximum operational current

(open-mounted device)

Contactor
size

LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1LP1- LP1LP1K09 K12 D09
D12 D18 D25 D32
D38 D40
DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40
DT60

Maximum operating rate

in operating cycles/hour

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Connections/
cabling conforming
to IEC 947-1
Operational current
in AC-1 in A,
according to the
ambient temperature, conforming to
IEC 947-1

cable c.s.a.

mm2

10

16

10

16

bar size

mm

40 C

20

20

25

20

25

32

40

50

60

50

60

60 C

20

20

25

20

25

32

40

50

60

50

60

70 C

A (at Uc)(1)

(1)

17

(1)

17

22

28

35

45

35

42

Maximum
operational
power
60 C

220/230 V

kW

11

14

18

21

18

21

240 V

kW

12

15

19

23

19

23

380/400 V

kW

14

14

15

14

15

20

25

31

37

31

37

415 V

kW

14

14

17

14

17

21

27

34

41

34

41

440 V

kW

15

15

18

15

18

23

29

36

43

36

43

500 V

kW

17

17

20

17

20

23

33

41

49

41

49

660/690 V

kW

22

22

27

22

27

34

43

54

65

54

65

70

1000 V
kW
(1) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Increase in operational current by parallelling of poles

Apply the following multiplying factors to the current values given above. The factors take into account the often unbalanced
current distribution between phases: - 2 poles in parallel: K = 1.6
- 3 poles in parallel: K = 2.25
- 4 poles in parallel: K = 2.8
(Ue 440 V)

LC1-D115
LC1-D150

LC1-D95

LC1-D50
LC1, LP1-D65
LC1, LP1-D80

LC1, LP1-D40

LC1-D32, LC1-D38

LC1, LP1-D25

LC1-D18

LC1, LP1-D12

LC1-D09

LC1, LP1, LP4-K12

LC1, LP1, LP4-K16

LC1, LP1, LP4-K09

LC1, LP1, LP4-K06

Millions of operating cycles

Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-1

10
8
6
4

2
1,5
1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2

0,1
1

6 7 8

10

20

25

32 40

50 60

80 100

125

200 250
400
Current broken in A

Control of resistive circuits (cos j 0.95).

The current broken (Ic) in category AC-1 is equal to the current (Ie) normally drawn by the load.
Example: Ue = 220 V - Ie = 50 A - q 40 C - Ic = Ie = 50 A.
2 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: either LC1 or LP1-D50.

Characteristics:
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
24561-EN_Ver2.31.fm/2

References:
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes:
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

120

120

120

120

25

25

50

50

120

120

150

185

185

240

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
30 x 5 40 x 5 60 x 5 100 x 5 60 x 5 50 x 5 80 x 5 100 x 5 100 x 10

80

80

125

125

250

250

275

315

350

400

500

700

1000

1600

1000

800

1250

2000

2750

80

80

125

125

200

200

275

280

300

360

430

580

850

1350

850

700

1100

1750

2400

56

56

80

80

160

160

180

200

250

290

340

500

700

1100

700

600

900

1500

2000

29

29

45

45

80

80

90

100

120

145

170

240

350

550

350

300

425

700

1000

31

31

49

49

83

83

100

110

125

160

180

255

370

570

370

330

450

800

1100

50

50

78

78

135

135

165

175

210

250

300

430

600

950

600

500

800

1200

1600

54

54

85

85

140

140

170

185

220

260

310

445

630

1000

630

525

825

1250

1700

58

58

90

90

150

150

180

200

230

290

330

470

670

1050

670

550

850

1400

2000

65

65

102

102

170

170

200

220

270

320

380

660

750

1200

750

600

900

1500

2100

86

86

135

135

235

235

280

300

370

400

530

740

1000

1650

1000

800

1100

1900

2700

85

100

120

120

345

345

410

450

540

640

760

950

1500

2400

1500

1100

1700

3000

4200

Millions of operating cycles

LC1-BR

LC1-

LC1-BP

LC1-

LC1-BL, BM

LC1-

LC1-F780

LC1-

LC1-F630
LC1-F800

LC1-

LC1-F500

LC1-

LC1-F330
LC1-F400

LC1LP1D80

LC1-

D50

LC1LP1D65

LC1-F185
LC1-F225
LC1-F265

LC1-

10
8
6
4

1
0,8
0,6

(1)

0,4

0,2

(1) The dotted lines are only applicable

to LC1-F225 contactors.

0,1
20

Example:

40

50

60

80

100

200

600
800 1000
300 350
275 315 400 500
700

1600 2000

4000

Current broken in A

Ue = 220 V - Ie = 500 A - q 40 C - Ic = Ie = 500 A.

2 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1-F780.

Schneider Electric

24561-EN_Ver2.31.fm/3

Selection guide

TeSys contactors

For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4

Maximum breaking current

Category AC-2: slip ring motors - breaking the starting current

Category AC-4: squirrel cage motors - breaking the starting current
Contactor
LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1size
LP1- LP1- LP1K06 K09 K12 D09
In category AC-4 (Ie max)
- Ue 440 V
Ie max broken = 6 x I motor
A
36
54
54
54
- 440 V < Ue 690 V
Ie max broken = 6 x I motor
A
26
40
40
40

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D12

D18

D25

D32

D38

D40

72

108

150

192

192

240

50

70

90

105

105

150

Depending on the maximum operating rate (1) and the on-load factor, 60 C (2)
From 150 & 15 % to 300 &10 %

20

30

30

30

40

45

75

80

80

110

From 150 & 20 % to 600 &10 %

18

27

27

27

36

40

67

70

70

96

From 150 & 30 % to 1200 & 10 % A

16

24

24

24

30

35

56

60

60

80

From 150 & 55 % to 2400 & 10 % A

13

19

19

19

24

30

45

50

50

62

From 150 & 85 % to 3600 & 10 % A

10
16
16
16
21
25
40
45
45
53
(1) Do not exceed the maximum number of mechanical operating cycles.
(2) For temperatures higher than 60 C, use an operating rate value equal to 80% of the actual value when selecting from

Plugging
The current varies from the maximum plug-braking current to the rated motor current.
The making current must be compatible with the rated making and breaking capacities of the contactor.
As breaking normally takes place at a current value at or near the locked rotor current, the contactor can be selected

Permissible AC-4 power rating for 200 000 operating cycles

LC/LP/K06

Operational voltage

LC/LP/K09

LC/LP/K12

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

D09

D12

D18

D25

D32

D38

D40

220/230 V

1.1

1.1

1.5

1.5

2.2

kW

1.5

2.2

2.2

2.2

3.7

5.5

7.5

7.5

415 V

kW

1.5

2.2

2.2

2.2

3.7

5.5

7.5

7.5

440 V

kW

1.5

2.2

2.2

2.2

3.7

5.5

7.5

7.5

11

500 V

kW

2.2

5.5

7.5

11

660/690 V

24566_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

0.75

380/400 V

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

kW

kW

5.5

7.5

10

11

11

15

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

300

390

480

570

630

830

1020

1230

1470

1800

2220

2760

3360

4260

3690

4320

5000

7500

9000

170

210

250

250

540

640

708

810

1020

1410

1830

2130

2760

2910

2910

4000

4800

5400

6600

140

160

200

200

280

310

380

420

560

670

780

1100

1400

1600

1600

2250

3000

4500

5400

120

148

170

170

250

280

350

400

500

600

700

950

1250

1400

1400

2000

2400

3750

5000

100

132

145

145

215

240

300

330

400

500

600

750

950

1100

1100

1500

2000

3000

3600

80

110

120

120

150

170

240

270

320

390

450

600

720

820

820

1000

1500

2000

2500

70

90

100

100

125

145

170

190

230

290

350

500

660

710

710

750

1000

1500

1800

the above tables.

using the criteria for categories AC-2 and AC-4.

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

LC/-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

5.5

7.5

7.5

11

18.5

22

28

33

40

45

55

63

63

90

110

150

200

11

11

15

15

18.5

22

33

40

51

59

75

80

100

110

110

160

160

220

250

11

11

15

15

18.5

22

37

45

55

63

80

90

100

110

110

160

160

250

280

11

15

15

15

18.5

22

37

45

59

63

80

100

110

132

132

160

200

250

315

15

18.5

22

22

30

37

45

55

63

75

90

110

132

150

150

180

200

250

355

18.5

22

25

25

30

45

63

75

90

110

129

140

160

185

185

200

250

315

450

Schneider Electric

24566_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Selection according to
TeSys contactors
required electrical durability For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4

LC1-D150

LC1-D65
LC1-D80
LC1-D95
LC1-D115

440 V)

LC1-D32 et D38
LC1-D40
LC1-D50

LC1-D25

LC1-D18

LC1-D12

LC1-D09

LC1, LP1, LP4-K06

Millions of operating cycles

Control of 3-phase asynchronous

squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip
ring motors (AC-2) with breaking
whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie.
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie.
(Ie = rated operational current of the
motor)

LC1, LP1, LP4-K09,K12

Use in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue

1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2

0,1
0,08
0,06
0,05
0,04
0,03

(1)

0,02

0,01
5

8 9 10

20

30 36 40

50 54

72 80

108

150 192 240 300

390 480 570 630

828 1000

Current broken in A

Example
Asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 400 V - Ie = 11 A
Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A
or asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A
Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A
200 000 operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1-D25.
(1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1, LP1-K12 contactors

Control of 3-phase asynchronous

squirrel cage motors with breaking
whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie.
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie.
(Ie = rated operational current of the
motor)

Millions of operating cycles

LC1-D150

LC1-D65
LC1-D80
LC1-D95
LC1-D115

LC1-D25

V < Ue 690 V)

LC1-D32 et D38
LC1-D40
LC1-D50

LC1-D18

LC1-D12

LC1-D09

Utilisation in category AC-4 (440

1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2

0,1
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,05
0,04
0,03
0,02

0,01
5

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
24566_Ver2.11-EN.fm/4

8 9 10

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

20

30

40

50

70

90 105

150 170 210 250 300

400 500 540 640 800 1000

Current broken in A

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

Selection according to
TeSys contactors
required electrical durability For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

440 V)

LC1-BL, BM

LC1-F630
LC1-F800
LC1-F780

LC1-F500

LC1-F400

LC1-F330

LC1-F265

LC1-F225

Control of 3-phase asynchronous

squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip
ring motors (AC-2) with breaking
whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie.
(Ie = rated operational current of the
motor)

LC1-F185

Millions of operating cycles

Use in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue

1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2

0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04

0,02

0,01
100

200

400

600

800

1020
1470
2220
3360 4260 5000
8000
20 000
6000
10 000
1230
1800
2760
3690
Current broken in A

Example
Asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 380 V - Ie = 170 A
Ic = 6 x Ie = 1020 A
or asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 165 A
Ic = 6 x Ie = 990 A
60 000 operating cycles required
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1-F265.

LC1-BR

LC1-BP

LC1-BL, BM

LC1-F780, F800

V < Ue 690 V)

LC1-F630

LC1-F400
LC1-F500

LC1-F330

LC1-F265

LC1-F225

LC1-F185

Control of 3-phase asynchronous

squirrel cage motors with breaking
whilst motor stalled..
The current broken (Ic) in category
AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie.
(Ie = rated operational current of the
motor)

Millions of operating cycles

Use in category AC-4 (440

1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2

0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04

0,02

0,01
100

200

400

600

800 1000

2000

4000

8000 10 000

20 000

Current broken in A

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
24566_Ver2.11-EN.fm/5

Selection guide

TeSys contactors

For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5

Rated operational current (Ie) in Amperes, in utilisation category DC-1, resistive loads:
Rated operational
voltage
Ue

Number of poles
connected in
series

Contactor rating (1)

LC1- LC1- LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D09

D12
D18
D25
D32
DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40 DT60

D38

LC1LP1D40

LC1D50

24 V

20
20
20
20

20
20
20
20

25
25
20

32
32
32
32

40
40
40
40

40
40
40

40
40
40

50
50
50
50

65
65
65

1
2
3
4

20
20
20

20
20
20
20

20
20
20
20

25
25
25

32
32
32
32

40
40
40
40

40
40
40

40
40
40

50
50
50
50

65
65
65

125 V

1
2
3
4

4
20
20

4
20
20
20

4
20
20
20

4
25
25

7
32
32
32

7
40
40
40

7
40
40

7
40
40

7
50
50
50

7
65
65

225 V

1
2
3
4

1
4
20

1
4
20
20

1
4
20
20

1
4
25

1
7
32
32

1
7
40
40

1
7
40

1
7
40

1
7
50
50

1
7
65

300 V

3
4

20

20

32

40

50

460 V

1
4

900 V

1200 V
1500 V

3
4

20
20
20

48/75 V

1
2
3
4

Rated operational current (Ie) in Amperes, in utilisation category DC-2 to DC-5, inductive loads:
Rated operational
voltage
Ue

Number of poles
connected in
series

Contactor rating (1)

LC1- LC1- LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D09

D12
D18
D25
D32
DT20 DT25 DT32 DT40 DT60

D38

LC1LP1D40

LC1D50

24 V

20
20
20

20
20
20
20

20
20
20
20

25
25
25

32
32
32
32

40
40
40
40

40
40
40

40
40
40

50
50
50
50

65
65
65

1
2
3
4

8
20
20

8
20
20
20

8
20
20
20

8
25
25

32
32
32
32

40
40
40
40

40
40
40

40
40
40

50
50
50
50

65
65
65

125 V

1
2
3
4

2
15
20

2
15
20
20

2
15
20
20

2
15
25

3
32
32
32

3
40
40
40

3
40
40

3
40
40

4
50
50
50

4
65
65

225 V

1
2
3
4

0.5
2
8

0.5
2
8
20

0.5
2
8
20

0.5
2
8

1
3
32
32

1
3
40
40

1
3
40

1
3
40

1
4
50
50

1
4
65

300 V

3
4

32

40

50

460 V

1
4

900 V

1
2
3
4

48/75 V

1200 V
3

1500 V
4

(1) For rated operational currents of contactors LC1 and LP1-K: please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Characteristics:
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
24560_Ver2.30-EN.fm/2

References:
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes:
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

time constant L 1 ms, ambient temperature 60 C (2)

R
LC1LP1D65

LC1LP1D80

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

65
65
65
65

100
100
100
100

100
100
100

200
200
200
200

200
200
200

240
240
240
240

260
260
260
260

300
300
300
300

360
360
360
360

430
430
430
430

580
580
580
580

850
850
850
850

1300
1300
1300
1300

850
850
850
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

65
65
65
65

100
100
100
100

100
100
100

200
200
200
200

200
200
200

240
240
240
240

260
260
260
260

300
300
300
300

360
360
360
360

430
430
430
430

580
580
580
580

850
850
850
850

1300
1300
1300
1300

850
850
850
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

7
65
65
65

12
100
100
100

12
100
100

200
200
200
200

200
200
200

210
210
240
240

230
230
260
260

270
270
300
300

320
320
360
360

380
380
430
430

520
520
580
580

760
760
850
850

1180
1180
1300
1300

760
760
850
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

1.5
7
65
65

1.5
12
100
100

1.5
12
100

10
200
200
200

10
200
200

190
240
240

200
260
260

250
300
300

280
360
360

350
430
430

450
580
580

700
850
850

1000
1300
1300

700
850
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

65

100

200
200

200

190
240

200
260

250
300

280
360

350
430

450
580

700
850

1000
1000

700
850

700
700

1100
1100

1750
1750

2400
2400

200

190

200

250

280

350

450

700

1000

700

700
700

1100
1100

1750
1750

2400
2400

700

1100

1750

2400

700
700

1100
1100

1750
1750

2400
2400

time constant L 15 ms, ambient temperature 60 C (2)

R
LC1LP1D65

LC1LP1D80

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D95

D115

D150

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

65
65
65
65

100
100
100
100

100
100
100

200
200
200
200

200
200
200

240
240
240
240

260
260
260
260

300
300
300
300

360
360
360
360

430
430
430
430

580
580
580
580

850
850
850
850

1300
1300
1300
1300

850
850
850
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

65
65
65
65

100
100
100
100

100
100
100

200
200
200
200

200
200
200

240
240
240
240

260
260
260
260

300
300
300
300

360
360
360
360

430
430
430
430

580
580
580
580

850
850
850
850

1300
1300
1300
1300

850
850
850
850

700

1100

1750

2400

700
700

1100
1100

1750
1750

2400
2400

4
65
65
65

5
40
60
72

5
40
60

200
200
200
200

200
200
200

160
240
240

180
240
240

250
280
280

300
310
310

350
350
350

500
550
550

700
850
850

1000
1000
1000

700
850
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

1.5
4
65
65

2
5
100
100

2
5
100

3
200
200
200

3
200
200

140
160
240

160
180
260

220
250
300

280
300
360

310
350
430

480
500
580

680
700
850

900
1000
1300

680
700
850

700
700
700
700

1100
1100
1100
1100

1750
1750
1750
1750

2400
2400
2400
2400

65

100

200
200

200

140
240

160
260

220
300

280
360

310
430

480
580

680
850

900
1300

680
850

700
700

1100
1100

1750
1750

2400
2400

200

140

160

220

280

310

480

680

800

680

700
700

1100
1100

1750
1750

2400
2400

700

1100

1750

2400

700
1100
1750
2400

700
1100
1750
2400
(2) Contactors LC1-F and LC1-B operating at an ambient temperature of 40 C, have higher operational currents: please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric

24560_Ver2.30-EN.fm/3

Selection according to
TeSys contactors
required electrical durability For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5

Use in categories DC-1 to DC-5

The criteria for contactor selection are:
- the rated operational current Ie,
- the rated operational voltage Ue,
- the utilisation category and the time constant L/R,
- the required electrical durability.

Maximum operating rate (operating cycles)

The following operating rate must not be exceeded: 120 operating cycles/hour at rated operational current Ie.

Millions of operating cycles

LC1-D115, D150

LC1, LP1-D80
LC1-D95

LC1, LP1-D65

LC1-D50

LC1, LP1-D40

LC1-D32,
LC1-D38

LC1, LP1-D25

LC1-D18

LC1, LP1-D12

LC1-D09

Electrical durability

10
8
6
4
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
0,2

0,3

0,4 0,5 0,6

0,8
1
0,7 0,9

7
8

20

14
10

16

24

40 50 60 70 90 100
30
80
32 36
Power broken per pole in kW

Example
Series wound motor: P = 1.5 kW - Ue = 200 V - Ie = 7.5 A. Utilisation: reversing, inching.
Utilisation category = DC-5.
- Select contactor LC1-D25 or LP1-D25 with 3 poles in series.
- The power broken is: Pc total = 2.5 x 200 x 7.5 = 3.75 kW.
- The power broken per pole is: 1.25 kW.
- The electrical durability read from the curve is 106 operating cycles.
Use of poles in parallel
Electrical durability can be increased by using poles connected in parallel.
With N connected in parallel, the electrical durability becomes: electrical durability read from the curves x N x 0.7.
Note 1
When the poles are connected in parallel, the maximum operational currents indicated on pages 24560/2 and 24560/3
must not be exceeded.
Note 2
Ensure that the connections are made in such a way as to equalise the currents in each pole.

Characteristics:
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
24560_Ver2.30-EN.fm/4

References:
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes:
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

Selection according to
TeSys contactors
required electrical durability For categories DC-1 to DC-5

Use in categories DC-1 to DC-5

Determining the electrical durability
The electrical durability can be read directly from the curves below, having previously calculated the power broken as
follows: P broken = U broken x l broken.
The tables below give the values of Uc and Ic for the various utilisation categories.

Power broken
Utilisation category
DC-1 Non inductive or slightly inductive loads
DC-2 Shunt wound motors, breaking whilst motor running
DC-3 Shunt wound motors, reversing, inching
DC-4 Series wound motors, breaking whilst motor running
DC-5 Series wound motors, reversing, inching

U broken
Ue
0.1 Ue
Ue
0.3 Ue
Ue

I broken
Ie
Ie
2.5 Ie
Ie
2.5 Ie

P broken
Ue x Ie
0.1 Ue x Ie
Ue x 2.5 Ie
0.3 Ue x Ie
Ue x 2.5 Ie

LC1-BR

LC1-BP

LC1-BL, BM

LC1-F780

LC1-F630, F800

LC1-F400
LC1-F500

LC1-F330

LC1-F185, F225
Millions of operating cycles

LC1-F265

Electrical durability

10
8
6
4
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2

0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
2

5 6 7

20
10

30

40 50 60 70 90
100

200

300 400 600 800 1000

500 700 900

4000
2000 3000
5000

Power broken per pole in kW

Example
Series wound motor: P = 40 kW - Ue = 200 V - Ie = 200 A. Utilisation: reversing, inching.
Utilisation category = DC-5.
- Select contactor LC1-F265 with 2 poles in series.
- The power broken is: Pc total = 2.5 x 200 x 200 = 100 kW.
- The power broken per pole is: 50 kW.
- The electrical durability read from the curve is 400,000 operating cycles.

Characteristics:
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
Schneider Electric

References:
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes:
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
24560_Ver2.30-EN.fm/5

Selection

TeSys contactors

For lighting circuits

General

The operating conditions of lighting circuits have the following characteristics:

- continuous duty: the switching device can remain closed for several days or even months,
- a dispersion factor of 1: all luminaires in the same group are switched on or off simultaneously,
- a relatively high temperature around the device due to the enclosure, the presence of fuses, or an unventilated control
panel location.
This is why the operational current for lighting is lower than the value given for AC-1 duty.

Protection

The continuous duty current drawn by a lighting circuit is constant. In effect :

- it is unlikely that the number of lighting fittings of an existing circuit will be modified,
- this type of circuit cannot create an overload of long duration.
This is why only short-circuit protection is necessary for these circuits.
It can be provided by:
- gG type fuses, or
- modular circuit-breakers.
Nevertheless it is always possible and sometimes more economical (small cable size) to protect the circuit by a thermal
overload relay and associated aM type fuses.

Distribution system

/ Single-phase circuit, 220/240 V

The tables on pages 24567/3 to 24567/5 are based on a single-phase 220/240 V circuit and can therefore be applied
directly in this case.

/ 3-phase circuit, 380/415 V with neutral

The total number of lamps (N) to be switched simultaneously is divided into three equal groups, each connected between one phase and neutral. The contactor can then be selected from the 220/240 V single-phase
N
table for a number of lamps equal to
---

/ 3-phase circuit, 220/240 V

The total number of lamps (N) to be switched simultaneously is divided into three equal groups, each connected
between 2 phases (L1-L2), (L2-L3), (L3-L1). The contactor can then be selected from the 220/240 V single-phase table
N
for a number of lamps equal to
-----3

Contactor selection tables

For the different types of lamps, the tables on pages 24567/3 to 24567/5 give the maximum number of lamps of unit power
P (in Watts), which can be switched simultaneously for each size of contactor.
They are based on:
- a 220/240 V single-phase circuit,
- an ambient temperature of 55 C (1), taking into account the operating conditions (see General paragraph).
- an electrical life of more than 10 years (200 days' operation per year).
They take into account:
- the total current drawn (including ballast),
- transient phenomena which occur at switch-on,
- the starting currents and their duration,
- the circulation of any harmonics which may be present.

Lamps with compensating capacitor C (F) connected in parallel

Parallel connected compensating capacitors C cause a current peak at the moment of switch-on. To ensure that the
value of this current peak remains compatible with the making characteristics of the contactors, the unit value of
the capacitance must not exceed the following:
LC1- LP1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1K09 K09 D09 D12 D18 D25 D32 D38 D40 D50 D65 D80 D95
Maximum unit value C (F)
of compensating capacitor
7
3
18
18
25
60
96
96
120 120 240 240 240
connected in parallel
Switching
LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1contactor size
D115 D150 F185 F225 F265 F330 F400 F500 F630 F800
Maximum unit value C (F)
of compensating capacitor
300 360 800 1200 1700 2500 4000 6000 9000 10 800
connected in parallel
This value is independent of the number of lamps switched by the contactor.
(1) For an ambient temperature of 40 C, multiply the number by 1.2.
Switching
contactor size

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

24567_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3
Schneider Electric

Selection (continued)

TeSys contactors

For lighting circuits

Usual values

The tables show the following values:

- IB: value of current drawn by each lamp at its rated operational voltage,
- C: unit capacitance for each lamp,
corresponding to the values normally quoted by lamp manufacturers.
These values are given for an ambient temperature of 55 C (for 40 C, multiply the
number Iu by 1.2).

Incandescent and
halogen lamps

P (W)
IB (A)

Mixed lighting lamps

P (W)
IB (A)

Fluorescent lamps with starter

Single fitting

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
Schneider Electric

60
0.27
35
Max.
59
no.
77
of
92
lamps 129
accor- 163
ding to 207
P (W) 296
430
466
710
770
888
1006
1274
1718
2328
2776

75
0.34
28
47
61
73
103
129
164
235
340
370
564
610
704
800
1010
1364
1850
2204

100
0.45
21
35
46
55
77
97
124
177
256
280
426
462
532
604
764
1030
1396
1666

100
0.45
21
Max.
35
no.
46
of
55
lamps 77
accor- 97
ding to 124
P (W) 177
256
280
426
462
532
604
764
1030
1398
1666

160
0.72
13
22
29
36
48
61
77
111
160
174
266
288
332
378
478
644
874
1040

Non-corrected
20
40
0.39
0.45

24
21
Max.
41
35
no.
53
46
of
66
57
lamps 89
77
accor- 112
97
ding to 143
124
P (W) 205
177
410
354
492
426
532
462
614
532
696
604
882
764
1190
1030
1612
1398

65
0.70

13
22
30
37
50
62
80
114
228
274
296
342
388
490
662
698

150
0.68
14
23
30
36
51
64
82
117
170
184
282
304
352
400
504
682
924
1102

P (W)
IB (A)
C (F)

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

200
0.91
10
17
23
27
38
48
62
88
126
138
210
228
262
298
378
508
690
824
250
1.10
8
14
18
23
30
38
49
70
104
114
174
188
218
246
312
422
572
680

80
0.80

12
20
26
32
43
55
70
100
200
240
260
300
340
430
580
786

300
1.40
6
11
15
18
25
31
40
57
82
90
136
148
170
194
244
330
448
534

500
2.30
4
7
9
11
15
19
24
34
50
54
82
90
104
118
148
200
272
326

65
0.42
7
22
38
50
61
83
104
133
190
380
456
490
570
648
818
1104
1498

1000
4.60
2
3
4
5
7
9
12
17
24
26
40
44
52
58
74
100
136
162

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115
D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630
F800

1000
4.5
2
3
4
5
7
9
12
17
26
28
42
46
52
60
76
102
140
166

500
2.3
4
7
9
11
15
19
24
34
50
54
82
90
104
118
150
202
272
326

With parallel correction

110
20
40
1.2
0.17
0.26

5
5
8
56
36
13
94
61
17
123
80
21
152
100
29
205
134
36
258
169
46
329
215
66
470
367
132
940
614
160
1128
738
172
1224
800
200
1412
922
226
1600
1046
286
2024
1322
386
2728
1724
524
3700
2418

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

750
3.40
2
4
6
7
10
13
16
23
34
36
56
60
70
80
100
136
184
220

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115
D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630
F800

80
0.52
7
18
30
40
50
67
84
107
153
306
368
400
462
522
662
892
1210

110
0.72
16

22
29
36
48
61
77
111
222
266
288
332
378
478
644
874

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24567_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Selection (continued)

TeSys contactors

For lighting circuits

Usual values
Fluorescent lamps with starter
Twin fitting

Fluorescent lamps without starter

Single fitting

Fluorescent lamps without starter

Twin fitting

Low pressure
sodium vapour lamps-

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7

24567_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4

See page opposite.

Non-corrected
P (W) 2x20
2x40
IB (A) 2x0.22 2x0.41
2x21
2x11
Max.
2x36
2x18
no.
2x46
2x24
of
2x58
2x30
lamps 2x78
2x42
accor- 2x100 2x52
ding to 2x126 2x68
P (W) 2x180 2x96
2x360 2x194
2x436 2x234
2x472 2x254
2x544 2x292
2x618 2x332
2x782 2x420
2x1054 2x566
2x1430 2x766
Non-corrected
P (W) 20
40
IB (A) 0.43
0.55
C (F)

22
17
Max. 37
29
no.
48
38
of
60
47
lamps 97
63
accor- 102
80
ding to 130
101
P (W) 186
145
372
290
446
348
484
378
558
436
632
494
800
624
1078
844
1462
1144
Non-corrected
P (W) 2x20
2x40
IB (A) 2x0.25 2x0.47
2x19
2x10
Max.
2x32
2x16
no.
2x42
2x22
of
2x52
2x26
lamps 2x70
2x36
accor- 2x88
2x46
ding to 2x112
2x58
P (W) 2x160 2x84
2x320 2x170
2x384 2x204
2x416 2x220
2x480 2x254
2x544 2x288
2x688 2x366
2x928 2x494
2x1258 2x668
Non-corrected
P (W) 35
55
90
IB (A) 1.2 1.6 2.4
C (F)

6
5
3
Max.
10
7
5
no.
12
9
6
of
15
11
7
lamps 21
16
10
accor- 27
20
13
ding to 35
26
17
P (W) 50
37
25
100 75
50
140 104 70
152 114 76
174 130 88
198 148 98
250 188 124
338 254 168
496 372 248
References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

2x65
2x0.67
2x7
2x10
2x14
2x18
2x26
2x32
2x40
2x58
2x118
2x142
2x154
2x178
2x202
2x256
2x346
2x468

2x80
2x0.82
2x5
2x8
2x12
2x14
2x20
2x26
2x34
2x48
2x96
2x116
2x126
2x146
2x166
2x210
2x282
2x384

2x110
2x1.1
2x4
2x6
2x8
2x10
2x14
2x18
2x24
2x36
2x72
2x86
2x94
2x108
2x124
2x156
2x210
2x286

65
0.8

12
20
26
32
43
55
70
100
200
240
260
300
340
430
580
786

80
0.95

10
16
22
27
36
46
58
84
168
202
218
252
286
362
488
662

110
1.4

6
11
15
18
25
31
40
57
114
136
148
170
194
246
330
448

2x65
2x0.76
2x6
2x10
2x12
2x16
2x22
2x28
2x36
2x52
2x104
2x126
2x136
2x158
2x178
2x226
2x304
2x414

2x80
2x0.93
2x5
2x8
2x10
2x12
2x18
2x22
2x30
2x42
2x86
2x102
2x112
2x128
2x146
2x184
2x248
2x338

2x110
2x1.3
2x3
2x6
2x8
2x10
2x12
2x16
2x20
2x30
2x60
2x74
2x80
2x92
2x104
2x132
2x178
2x242

135 150
3.1 3.2

2
2
3
3
4
4
6
5
8
8
10
10
13
13
19
18
38
36
54
52
58
56
68
66
76
74
96
94
130 126
192 186

180
3.3

2
3
4
5
7
10
12
18
36
50
54
64
72
90
122
180

200
3.4

2
3
4
5
7
9
12
17
34
48
54
62
70
88
118
174

With series correction

2x20
2x40
2x65
2x80
2x0.13 2x0.24 2x0.39 2x0.48
2x36
2x20
2x12
2x10
2x60
2x32
2x20
2x16
2x80
2x42
2x26
2x20
2x100 2x54
2x32
2x26
2x134 2x72
2x44
2x36
2x168 2x90
2x56
2x44
2x214 2x116 2x70
2x58
2x306 2x166 2x102 2x82
2x614 2x332 2x204 2x166
2x738 2x400 2x246 2x200
2x800 2x432 2x266 2x216
2x922 2x500 2x308 2x250
2x1046 2x566 2x348 2x282
2x1322 2x716 2x440 2x358
2x1784 2x966 2x594 2x482
2x2418 2x1310 2x806 2x654
With parallel correction
20
40
65
80
0.19
0.29
0.46
0.57
5
5
7
7
50
33
20
16
84
55
34
28
110
72
45
36
136
89
56
45
184
101
76
61
231
151
95
77
294
193
121
98
421
275
173
140
842
550
346
280
1010
662
416
336
1094
716
452
364
1262
828
522
420
1432
938
590
476
1810
1186
748
604
2442
1600
1008
814
3310
2168
1366
1104
With series correction
2x20
2x40
2x65
2x80
2x0.14 2x0.26 2x0.43 2x0.53
2x34
2x18
2x11
2x9
2x56
2x30
2x18
2x14
2x74
2x40
2x24
2x18
2x92
2x50
2x30
2x24
2x124 2x66
2x40
2x32
2x156 2x84
2x50
2x40
2x200 2x106 2x64
2x52
2x234 2x152 2x92
2x74
2x570 2x306 2x186 2x150
2x686 2x368 2x222 2x180
2x742 2x400 2x242 2x196
2x856 2x462 2x278 2x226
2x970 2x522 2x316 2x256
2x1228 2x662 2x400 2x324
2x1656 2x892 2x540 2x438
2x2246 2x1210 2x730 2x592
With parallel correction
35
55
90
135 150 180
0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1
1.2
17
17
25
36
36
36

40
30

50
37
25

63
47
31
21
19
15
86
65
43
28
26
21
110 82
55
36
33
27
140 105 70
46
42
35
200 150 100 66
60
50
400 300 200 132 120 100
560 420 280 186 168 140
606 454 302 202 182 152
700 524 350 232 210 174
792 594 396 264 238 198
1002 752 502 334 300 250
1352 1014 676 450 406 338
1982 1488 992 660 594 496

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

2x110
2x0.65
2x7
2x12
2x16
2x20
2x26
2x32
2x42
2x60
2x122
2x148
2x160
2x184
2x208
2x264
2x356
2x484

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

110
0.79
16

20
26
32
44
55
70
101
202
242
262
304
344
434
586
796

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

2x110
2x0.72
2x6
2x10
2x14
2x18
2x24
2x30
2x38
2x54
2x110
2x132
2x144
2x166
2x188
2x238
2x322
2x436
200
1.3
36

14
20
25
32
46
92
128
140
162
182
252
312
458

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3
Schneider Electric

Selection (continued)

TeSys contactors

5
5

For lighting circuits

Usual values

The tables show the following values:

- IB: value of current drawn by each lamp at its rated operational voltage,
- C: unit capacitance for each lamp,
corresponding to the values normally quoted by lamp manufacturers.
These values are given for an ambient temperature of 55 C (for 40 C, multiply the number Iu by 1.2).

High pressure
sodium vapour lamps

High pressure
mercury vapour lamps

Metal iodine vapour lamps

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
Schneider Electric

Non-corrected
P (W) 150
250
IB (A) 1.9
3.2
C (F)

4
2
Max. 6
3
no.
7
4
of
10
5
lamps 13
8
accor- 17
10
ding to 22
13
P (W) 31
18
62
36
88
52
96
56
110
66
124
74
158
94
214
126
312
186
Non-corrected
P (W) 50
80
125
IB (A) 0.54 0.81 1.20
C (F)

14
9
6
Max
22
14
9
no.
27
18
12
of
35
23
15
lamps 48
32
21
accor- 61
40
27
ding to 77
51
34
P (W) 111 74
49
222 148 100
310 206 140
336 224 152
388 258 174
440 294 198
556 372 250
752 500 338
1102 734 496
Non-corrected
P (W) 250
400
IB (A) 2.5
3.6
C (F)

3
2
Max
4
3
no.
6
4
of
7
5
lamps 10
7
accor- 13
9
ding to 16
11
P (W) 24
16
48
32
66
46
72
50
84
58
94
66
120
84
162
112
238
164

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

400
5

1
2
3
3
5
6
8
12
24
34
36
42
48
60
80
118
250
2.30

3
5
6
8
11
14
17
26
52
72
78
90
102
130
176
258
1000
9.5

1
1
2
2
3
4
6
12
18
20
22
24
32
42
62

700
8.8

1
1
2
2
3
4
6
12
18
20
24
26
34
46
68
400
4.10

1
2
3
4
6
8
10
14
28
40
44
50
58
72
98
144

1000
12.4

1
1
2
2
3
4
8
14
16
18
20
24
32
48
700
6.80

1
2
2
3
4
6
8
16
24
26
30
34
44
60
88

2000
20

1
1
2
3
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
30

1000
9.9

1
1
1
2
3
4
6
12
17
18
20
24
30
40
60

With parallel correction

150
250
400
700
0.84
1.4
2.2
3.9
20
32
48
96

17

22
13
8

30
18
11
6
39
23
15
8
50
30
19
10
71
42
27
15
142
84
54
30
200
120
76
42
216
130
82
46
250
150
94
54
282
170
108
60
358
214
136
76
482
290
184
104
708
424
270
152
With parallel correction
50
80
125 250 400 700
0.3 0.45 0.67 1.3 2.3 3.8
10
10
10
18
25
40

40
26
17
9

50
33
22
11
6

63
42
28
14
8
5
86
57
38
20
11
6
110 73
49
25
14
8
140 93
62
32
18
11
200 133 89
46
26
15
400 266 178 92
52
30
560 372 250 128 72
44
606 404 272 140 78
48
700 466 312 162 90
54
792 528 354 182 102 62
1002 668 448 232 130 78
1352 902 606 312 176 106
1982 1322 888 458 258 156
With parallel correction
250
400
1000
2000
1.4
2
5.3
11.2
32
32
64
140

13
9

18
13
4

23
16
6

30
21
7

42
30
11
5
84
60
22
10
120
84
32
14
130
90
34
16
150
104
40
18
170
118
44
20
214
150
56
26
290
202
76
36
424
298
112
52

Dimensions :
pages 24531/2 to 24531/5

1000
5.5
120

6
7
10
20
30
32
38
42
54
74
108
1000
5.5
60

3
4
6
7
10
20
30
32
38
42
54
74
108

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

LC1K09
D09, D12
D18
D25
D32, D38
D40
D50, D65
D80, D95
D115, D150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630, F800

Schemes :
pages 24532/2 and 24532/3

24567_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5

Selection

TeSys contactors

For heating circuits

General

A heating circuit is a power switching circuit supplying one or more resistive heating elements switched by a contactor.
The same general rules apply as for motor circuits, except that heating circuits are not normally subjected to overload
currents. It is therefore only necessary to provide short-circuit protection.

Characteristics of heating
element

The examples below are based on resistive heating elements used for industrial furnaces or for the heating of buildings
(infra-red or resistive radiant type, convector heaters, closed loop heating circuits, etc.). The variation in resistance values between hot and cold states causes a current peak at switch-on which never exceeds 2 to 3 times the rated operational current. This initial peak does not recur during normal operation where subsequent switching is thermostatically
controlled.
The rated power and current of a heater are given for the normal operating temperature.

Protection

The steady state current drawn by a heating circuit is constant when the voltage is stable.
In fact:
- it is unlikely that the number of loads in an existing circuit will be modified;
- this type of circuit cannot create overloads. It is therefore only necessary to provide short-circuit protection.
Select:
- gG type fuses, or
- modular circuit-breakers.
Nevertheless, it is always possible and sometimes more economical (smaller cable size) to protect the circuit by a
thermal overload relay and associated aM type fuses.

Switching, control, protection

A heating element or group of heating elements of a given power may be either single-phase or 3-phase and may be
supplied from a 220/127 V or a 400/230 V distribution system.
Excluding a single-phase 127 V system (which is no longer commonly used), the following 3 types of circuit arrangement
are possible:
1 - Single-phase 2-pole switching

Circuit controlled by 2 poles of the contactor.

KM1

2 - Single-phase 4-pole switching

Circuit controlled by a 4-pole contactor with the poles

parallel connected in pairs using appropriate connecting
links.
This solution enables the control of power values approximately equivalent to those controlled by the same contactor on 3-phase.

KM1

3 - 3-phase switching

Circuit controlled by 3 poles of the contactor.

U
U

KM1

Characteristics:
pages 24505/2 to 24505/
24562_Ver2.20-EN.fm/2

7
References:

pages 24501/2 to 24502/

3

Dimensions, schemes:
pages 24531/2 to 24532/

3
Schneider Electric

Selection (continued)

TeSys contactors

For heating circuits

Component selection according to the power switched

The combinations suggested below are based on an ambient temperature of 55 C and for powers at the nominal voltage, but they also ensure switching in the
event of prolonged overloads up to 1.05 Ue.
Switching

Scheme

Maximum power (kW)

220/240 V 380/415 V 660/690 V 1000 V
U

3.5
4.5
6
7
10
13
16.5
24
44
48
52
60
75
86
116
170
270
140
220
350
480

6.5
8
10.5
13
18
22.5
28.5
42
76
83
90
104
130
145
200
290
460
242
380
605
830

11
14
18.5
22.5
30.5
39.5
43.5
73
118
130
145
160
200
230
310
450
715
370
580
925
1270

48
68
82.5
157
170
185
210
250
300
400
695
945
490
770
1225
1680

LC1, LP1-K09
LC1-D12
LC1-D18
LC1-D25
LC1-D32, LC1-D38
LC1-D40
LC1, LP1-D65
LC1, LP1-D80
LC1-D115, LC1-D150
LC1-F185
LC1-F225
LC1-F265
LC1-F330
LC1-F4002
LC1-F5002
LC1-F6302, LC1-F800
LC1-F780
LC1-BL32
LC1-BM32
LC1-BP32
LC1-BR32

Single-phase 2-pole switching

Contactor size

4.5
7
12
21
26
38
70
76
80
96
120
137
185
272
425
224
352
560
768

8
13
21
36
45.5
66
121
132
142
166
205
236
320
470
735
387
608
968
1328

13.5
22.5
36.5
63.5
79.5
117.5
190
202
230
253
320
363
490
718
1140
590
930
1478
2025

76.5
109
132
251
270
295
335
400
480
650
950
1520
785
1230
1960
2685

LC1, LP1-K09004
LC1-DT25
LC1-DT40
LC1-DT60
LC1, LP1-D65004
LC1, LP1-D80004
LC1-D115004
LC1-F1854
LC1-F2254
LC1-F2654
LC1-F3304
LC1-F4004
LC1-F5004
LC1-F6304
LC1-F7804
LC1-BL34
LC1-BM34
LC1-BP34
LC1-BR34

4.5
7
10
13
18
22.5
28.5
40.5
76
82
90
103
130
149
200
294
463
242
380
606
830

8
13
18
22.5
31
38
49
70.5
131
143
155
179
225
256
346
509
800
419
658
1047
1437

13.5
22.5
30.5
39.5
52.5
68
86
126
206
220
250
275
345
395
530
780
1235
640
1005
1600
2200

78
112.5
135.5
275
295
320
370
432
525
710
1030
1650
850
1350
2150
2950

LC1, LP1-K09
LC1-D12
LC1-D18
LC1-D25
LC1-D32, LC1-D38
LC1-D40
LC1, LP1-D65
LC1, LP1-D80
LC1-D115, LC1-D150
LC1-F185
LC1-F225
LC1-F265
LC1-F330
LC1-F400
LC1-F500
LC1-F630, LC1-F800
LC1-F780
LC1-BL33
LC1-BM33
LC1-BP33
LC1-BR33

KM1

Single-phase 4-pole switching

KM1

3-phase switching
U

KM1

Application example

For a 220 V, 50 Hz, single-phase circuit supplying a total heating load of 12.5 kW.
Select: a 3-pole contactor LC1-D65 or LP1-D65.

(1) See complete contactor references on pages 24501/2 to 24502/3 or consult your Regional Sales Office.

Characteristics:
pages 24505/2 to 24505/
Schneider Electric

7
References:

pages 24501/2 to 24502/

3

Dimensions, schemes:
pages 24531/2 to 24532/

3
24562_Ver2.20-EN.fm/3

Selection

TeSys contactors

For switching the primaries

of 3-phase LV/LV transformers

Operating conditions
Maximum ambient temperature: 55 C
When a transformer is switched on, there is generally an initial current surge which reaches its peak value almost
instantaneously and then decreases, in a largely exponential manner, to quickly reach its steady state value.
The value of this current depends on:
- the characteristics of the magnetic circuit and of the windings (cross sectional area of the core, rated inductance,
number of turns, layout and size of the windings...),
- the performance of the magnetic laminations used,
- the magnetic state of the circuit and the instantaneous value of the a.c. mains voltage at the moment of switch-on.
The inrush current at the moment of switch-on can reach 20 to 40 times the rated current for the various kVA power
ratings in the tables below. This value is independent of the no-load or on-load state of the transformer.

Contactor selection
The peak magnetising current of the transformer must be lower than the values given in the tables below.
Maximum operating rate: 120 operating cycles/hour
Contactor
LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1- LC1rating
LP1- LP1K06
K09
D09
D12
D18
D25
D32
D38
D40
Maximum
permissible closing
peak current

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D95

D115

D150

160

225

350

350

420

630

770

770

1100

1250

1400

1550

1650

1800

2000

220 V kVA
240 V

2.5

8.5

8.5

14

16

18

19.5

19.5

25

25

380 V kVA
400 V

3.5

12.5

15

15

24

27

31

34

34

50

50

415 V kVA
440 V

5.5

14

17

17

28

32

36

39

39

55

55

500 V kVA

11

16.5

20

20

32

36

40

45

45

65

65

660 V kVA
690 V

8.5

12

12

14

21.5

26.5

26.5

42

48

53

59

59

80

80

1000 V kVA

60

70

80

85

95

100

100

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

2900

3300

3800

5000

6300

7700

9000

12 000 11 000 18 000 18 000 24 000 30 000

220 V kVA
240 V

40

45

50

65

75

100

120

175

145

230

230

300

380

380 V kVA
400 V

75

80

90

120

130

170

200

280

245

400

400

530

660

415 V kVA
440 V

80

90

100

130

140

190

220

310

270

450

450

560

700

500 V kVA

95

100

110

140

170

225

260

350

315

480

480

600

750

660 V kVA
690 V

120

130

140

170

200

270

350

400

425

600

600

800

950

1000 V kVA

Maximum
operational
power (1)

LC1-

150

170

200

225

250

375

470

650

550

700

700

1000

1200

Contactor
rating

Maximum
permissible closing
peak current
Maximum
operational
power (1)

(1) Maximum operational power, corresponding to a current peak at switch-on of 30 In.

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
24564_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
Schneider Electric

Selection

TeSys contactors

For switching 3-phase capacitor banks

used for power factor correction

Standard contactors
Capacitors, together with the circuits to which they are connected, form oscillatory circuits which can, at the moment of
switch-on, give rise to high transient currents (> 180 In) at high frequencies (1 to 15 kHz).
As a general rule, the peak current on energisation is lower when:
- the mains inductances are high,
- the line transformer ratings are low,
- the transformer short-circuit voltage is high,
- the ratio between the sum of the ratings of the capacitors already switched into the circuit and that of the capacitors
to be switched in is small (for multiple step capacitor banks).
In accordance with standards IEC 70, NF C 54-100, VDE 0560, the switching contactor must be able to withstand a
continuous current of 1.43 times the rated current of the capacitor bank step being switched.
The rated operational powers given in the tables opposite take this overload into account.
Short-circuit protection is normally provided by gI type HPC fuses rated at 1.7 to 2 In.

Contactor applications
Operating conditions
Capacitors are directly switched. The values of peak current at switch-on must not exceed the values indicated
opposite.
An inductor may be inserted in each of the three phases supplying the capacitors to reduce the peak current, if necessary.
Inductance values are determined according to the selected operating temperature.
Power factor correction by a single-step capacitor bank
The use of a choke inductor is unnecessary: the inductance of the mains supply is adequate to limit the peak to a value
compatible with the contactor characteristics.
Power factor correction by a multiple-step capacitor bank
Select a special contactor as defined on page 24569/2.
If a standard contactor is used, it is essential to insert a choke inductor in each of the three phases of each step.

Maximum operational power of contactors

Standard contactors
Maximum operating rate: 120 operating cycles/hour.
Electrical durability at maximum load: 100 000 operating cycles.
With choke inductors connected, where necessary.
Operational power at 50/60 Hz
40 C (1)
55 C (1)
220 V
400 V
600 V
220 V
400 V
240 V
440 V
690 V
240 V
440 V
kVAR
kVAR
kVAR
kVAR
kVAR
6
11
15
6
11
9
15
20
9
15
11
20
25
11
20
14
25
30
14
25
17
30
37
17
30
22
40
50
22
40
22
40
50
22
40
35
60
75
35
60
50
90
125
38
75
60
110
135
40
85
70
125
160
50
100
80
140
190
60
110
90
160
225
75
125
100
190
275
85
140
125
220
300
100
160
180
300
400
125
220
250
400
600
190
350
250
400
600
190
350
200
350
500
180
350
300
550
650
250
500
500
850
950
400
750
600
1100
1300
500
1000
(1) Upper limit of temperature category conforming to IEC 70.

Characteristics :
pages 24505/2 to 24505/7
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 24501/2 to 24502/3

600 V
690 V
kVAR
15
20
25
30
37
50
50
75
80
90
100
110
125
165
200
300
500
500
500
600
750
1000

Maximum
peak
current

Contactor
size

A
560
850
1600
1900
2160
2160
3040
3040
3100
3300
3500
4000
5000
6500
8000
10 000
12 000
14 200
25 000
25 000
25 000
25 000

LC1-D09, D12
LC1-D18
LC1-D25
LC1-D32, D38
LC1-D40
LC1-D50
LC1-D65
LC1-D80, D95
LC1-D115
LC1-D150
LC1-F185
LC1-F225
LC1-F265
LC1-F330
LC1-F400
LC1-F500
LC1-F630
LC1-F800
LC1-BL
LC1-BM
LC1-BP
LC1-BR

Dimensions, schemes :
pages 24531/2 to 24532/3
24564_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Recommended wiring
scheme, operation, curves

TeSys contactors

For auto-transformer starting

Applications
Auto-transformer starting is suitable for starting all types of squirrel cage motors: with 3, 6 or even 9 terminals according
to North American technology.
Starting is performed at reduced voltage and produces maximum torque at minimum line current.
It allows the starting torque (C = f(U)2) to be adapted to the resistive torque of the driven machine by means of the 2 or
3 intermediate connections on the auto-transformer (0.65 and 0.8 Un or 0.5, 0.65 and 0.8 Un). In general, only one
connection is used.
This type of starting is used for high power and/or high inertia machines.
The motor is never disconnected from its power supply during starting (closed transition) and transient phenomena are
eliminated.

5/L3

3/L2

1/L1

Recommended wiring scheme

F2
F3
96
95 96
95 14

5 6
6

21

3 4
4

13 2

Q1

1
Q1/2
F1

S1
13 22

1 2
2

Q1

F2

KM1

61

14

A1 62
A2

KM2

T3

13
A2

KM3

KM3

KA1
A1 14

A1 62
A2

A2
5

Q1/6

KM2

KM1
A1 52

6 W2

4 V2

KM1

13

13
61

14

KM3

KM3

2 U2

14

56
51

T1

KM1

KA1

U3
V3
W3

13

5
W1 6

55 14

3
V1 4

U1 2

KM2
2

KM3

S2

KA1

F3

Operation
Starting is performed in 3 stages:
- star connection of the auto-transformer is made by KM1, then contactor KM2 closes and the motor starts under
reduced voltage;
- the neutral point is opened by KM1; part of the auto-transformer winding is switched into each phase for a short
moment, constituting a stator starting inductance;
- KM3 switches the motor to full mains voltage and causes the auto-transformer to be shunted out of circuit by KM2.
The auto-transformer used generally has an air gap (adjusted or not) in order to obtain, during the second phase of
starting, a series inductance whose value is compatible with correct starting.

Torque

current

Operating curves
XIN

2,5

ID 6

XCN

1,5

1
I2 3

CN 1

2
0,5
IN 1

0
0

0,25

0,50

1 Direct switching current

2 Current with auto-transformer

24568_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

0,75

1
Speed

0,25

0,50

0,75

1
Speed

1 Direct motor torque

2 Torque with auto-transformer
3 Resistive torque of the machine

Schneider Electric

Combination starters for

customer assembly

TeSys contactors

For auto-transformer starting

Auto-transformer starters from 59 to 900 kW up to 440 V (type 1 coordination)

The components recommended in the table below have been determined according to the following characteristics:
- auto-transformer: on0.65 Un connection with non adjusted air gap,
- 3 starts per hour, of which 2 consecutive,
- Motor starting current: Id/In = 6,
- Iq = 70 kA.
- Transient current on closing of KM3 7 2 In.
- Maximum starting time: 30 seconds,
- Ambient temperature 40 C.

Switch-disconnector-fuses: operators and accessories, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Contactors: 3-pole.
LC1-D: see pages 24501/2 and 24501/3.
LC1-F: please consult your Regional Sales Office.
LC1-B: please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Auxiliary contact blocks:
- for contactors LC1-D: one LAD-N11 (1 N/O + 1 N/C) on KM1,
- for contactors LC1-F: one LAD-N22 (2 N/O + 2 N/C) on KM1, KM2 and KM3.
Thermal overload relay:
- LRD: see pages 24514/2 to 24515/3.
- LR9-D: see pages 24514/3 to 24515/3.
- LR9-F: please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
220/ 380/ 415 V 440 V In
230 V 400 V
max
kW
kW
kW
kW
A

SwitchaM fuses
disconnector- Size
Fuse
fuse
rating
Reference

Contactors
KM3
KM2 KM1
LC1LC1- LC1-

Overload relays
Reference Setting
(1)
range

30

55

59

59

105

GS1-K

22 x 58 125

D115

40

75

80

80

138

GS1-L

T0

160

D150

51

90

90

100

170

GS1-N

T1

200

F185

D115 D5011 LR9-F5371 132220

63

110

110

110

205

GS1-N

T1

250

F225

D150 D8011 LR9-F5371 132220

75

132

132

150

245

GS1-N

T1

250

F265

F185 D115

LR9-F5375 200330

90

160

160

185

300

GS1-QQ

T2

315

F330

F265 D115

LR9-F5375 200330

110

200

200

220

370

GS1-QQ

T2

400

F400

F330 D115

LR9-F5379 300500

140

250

257

280

460

GS1-S

T3

500

F500

F400 D115

LR9-F5379 300500

180
200

315
355

355
375

375
400

584
635

GS1-S
GS1-V

T3
T4

630
800

F630
F800

F400 D185
F500 F185

A
D115 D3210 LR9-D5369
LRD-4367
D115 D5011 LR9-D5369
LRD-4369

90150
95120
90150
110140

LR9-F5381 380630
TC800/1 + 505800
LRD-05
220 400 425 450
710 GS1-V
T4
800
F800
F500 F265 TC800/1 + 505800
LRD-05
250 450 475 500
800 GS1-V
T4
800
F800
F500 F265 TC1000/1 + 6301000
LRD-05
280 500 530 560
900 GS1-V
T4
1000
BM33/22 F630 F330 TC1000/1 6301000
LRD-05
315 560 600 630
1000 GS1-V
T4
1000
BM33/22 F630 F400 TC1250/1 7901250
LRD-05
335 630 670 710
1100 GS1-V
T4
1250
BP33/22 F630 F400 TC1250/1 7901250
LRD-05
400 710 750 800
1260 On base
T4
2 x 800 BP33/22 F780 F400 TC1500/1 9451500
(2)
LRD-05
450 800 800 900
1450 On base
T4
2 x 800 BP33/22 F780 F400 TC1750/1 1001750
(2)
LRD-05
500 900 900 900
1600 On base
T4
2 x 800 BR33/22 F780 F500 TC2000/1 2602000
(2)
LRD-05
(1) For power ratings greater than or equal to 400 kW at 415 V, use one LRD-05 on the current transformer.
(2) Check with the motor manufacturer whether the fuses should be fitted in parallel.

Schneider Electric

24568_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Operation

TeSys contactors

For rotor circuits of slip-ring motors

Applications
These contactors are used to eliminate starting resistance in the rotor circuit of slip-ring motors.
The most common application is for starters without jogging and without rotor speed adjustment: pumps, fans,
conveyors, compressors, ...
In the case of control by means of a manually operated master controller, the use of contactors with magnetic blow-out
is recommended. Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
For hoisting applications, contactor selection must take into account the type of motor duty , the operating rate, the rotor
voltage and current, the type of connection, the ambient temperature, etc. Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Operation
The rotor circuit contactors are interlocked with the stator contactor and therefore do not open until after the stator
contactor has opened, when the rotor voltage has disappeared, or virtually disappeared.
They make the current corresponding to the normal starting peak (1.5 to 2.5 times the rated rotor current) and open the
circuit under no-load. Making and breaking are easy.

Different types of rotor connection

Star connection

24571_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Delta connection

V connection

W connection

Schneider Electric

Selection

TeSys contactors

For rotor circuits of slip-ring motors

Contactor selection according to the type of connection

Rotor current and voltage factors
Multiplying factors to be applied to the operational current values shown in the table below.
Type
of
connection

Factor I
Rotor I
Operational I

3-phase rotor Ue (1)

Maximum
LC1-F
LC1-B

With counter-current
LC1-F
LC1-B

Star

2000 V

2000 V

1000 V

1000 V

Delta

1.4

1700 V

1700 V

850 V

850 V

1700 V

1700 V

850 V

850 V

1.6

1700 V

1700 V

850 V

850 V

Selection according to the operational current

The selection examples below take into account:
- a ratio of 2 between the maximum operational rotor voltage (Uer) and the rated stator operational voltage (Ues); this
ratio is given in standard IEC-947-4,
- a guarantee of occasional duty (making and breaking capacities) specified in the above standards

Time
current
flowing

Contactor rating
LC1D150 F185
F265

F400

F500

F630

F780

BL

BM

BP

BR

Intermediate contactor:
with number of operating cycles 30/h
10 s

450 A

550 A

800 A

1100 A 1500 A 2000 A 2500 A 2000 A 2400 A 3750 A 5000 A

30 s

280 A

400 A

550 A

730 A 1000 A 1500 A 2000 A 1200 A 1800 A 2600 A 3600 A

60 s

220 A

300 A

400 A

550 A 750 A

1200 A 1500 A 1000 A 1500 A 2200 A 3000 A

Intermediate contactor:
with number of operating cycles 60/h
5s

450 A

550 A

800 A

1100 A 1500 A 2000 A 2500 A 2000 A 2400 A 3750 A 5000 A

10 s

330 A

450 A

620 A

860 A 1250 A 1800 A 2300 A 1600 A 2200 A 3400 A 4500 A

30 s

220 A

300 A

400 A

550 A 750 A

1200 A 1500 A 1000 A 1500 A 2200 A 3000 A

Intermediate contactor:
with number of operating cycles 150/h for LC1-F and 120/h for LC1-B
5s

300 A

420 A

580 A

820 A 1150 A 1650 A 2200 A 1500 A 2100 A 3200 A 4200 A

10 s

250 A

350 A

430 A

600 A 850 A

1300 A 1600 A 1100 A 1600 A 2300 A 3200 A

Rotor short-circuit contactor and intermediate contactor:

with number of operating cycles > 150/h for LC1-F and 120/h for LC1-B

200 A

270 A

350 A

500 A 700 A

1000 A 1600 A 800 A

1250 A 2000 A 2750 A

Electrical durability
For automatic starting, the electrical durability is in the region of 1 million operating cycles.
(1) For use up to 3000 V, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Schneider Electric

24571_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

General

TeSys contactors

Long distance remote control

or

Voltage drop caused by the inrush current

When the operating coil of a contactor is energised, the inrush current produces a voltage drop in the control supply
cable caused by the resistance of the conductors, which can adversely affect closing of the contactor.
An excessive voltage drop in the control supply cables (both a.c. and d.c.) can lead to non closure of the contactor poles
or even destruction of the coil due to overheating.
This phenomenon is aggravated by:
- a long line,
- a low control circuit voltage,
- a cable with a small c.s.a.,
- a high inrush power drawn by the coil.
The maximum length of cable, depending on the control voltage, the inrush power and the conductor c.s.a. is indicated
in the graphs below.
Remedial action
To reduce the voltage drop at switch-on:
- increase the conductor c.s.a.
- use a higher control circuit voltage
- use an intermediate control relay.
Selection of conductor c.s.a.
These graphs are for a maximum line voltage drop of 5%. They give a direct indication of the copper conductor c.s.a.
to be used for the control circuit cable, depending on its length, the inrush power drawn by the contactor coil and the
control circuit voltage (see example page 24572/3).
Total resistance of the 2 conductors
of the control circuit in (1)
1000

1000

6
100

100

5
4

10

C
Y
D E
B

10

3 X

1
0,1

0,1
1

1
2

" 24 V
" 48 V

10

3
4

50 100 200
500 1000 2000
Inrush power drawn in VA

" 115 V
" 230 V

5
6

" 400 V
" 690 V

10

50

100 150

C.s.a. of copper cables

A 0.75 mm2
C 1.5 mm2
B 1 mm2
D 2.5 mm2

500 1000
5000 10 000
Length of control cable in m (2)

E 4 mm2
F 6 mm2

Total resistance of the 2 conductors

of the control circuit in (1)
1000

1000

100

100

10
10

10

BC
D E

7
0,1

7
8

$ 24 V
$ 48 V

0,1
Inrush power drawn in VA

9
10

$ 125 V
$ 250 V

Length of control cable in m (2)

C.s.a. of copper cables

A 0.75 mm2
C 1.5 mm2
B 1 mm2
D 2.5 mm2

E 4 mm2
F 6 mm2

(1) For 3-wire control, the current only flows in 2 of the conductors.
(2) This is the length of the cable comprising 2 or 3 conductors (Distance between the contactor and the control device).

24572_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric

General

TeSys contactors

Long distance remote control

or

Voltage drop caused by the inrush current (continued)

What cable c.s.a. is required for the control circuit of an LC1-D40 115 V contactor, operated from a distance of 150
metres ?
- Contactor LC1-D40, voltage 115 V, 50 Hz: inrush power: 200 VA.

"

On the left-hand graph on the page opposite, point X is at the intersection of the vertical line corresponding to 200 VA
115 V voltage curve.
and the
On the right-hand graph on the page opposite, point Y is at the intersection of the vertical line corresponding to 150 m
and the horizontal line passing through point X.
Use the conductor c.s.a. indicated by the curve which passes through point Y, i.e. 1.5 mm2.
If point Y lies between two c.s.a. curves, choose the larger of the c.s.a. values.

Calculating the maximum cable length

The maximum permissible length for acceptable line voltage drop is calculated by the formula:
2
L = U .s.K

SA

where:
L: distance between the contactor and the control device in m, (length of the cable),
U: supply voltage in V,
SA: apparent inrush power drawn by the coil in VA,
s: conductor c.s.a. in mm2,
K: factor given in the table below.

a.c. supply

20

40

100

150

200

d.c. supply

SA in VA

1.38

1.5

1.8

2.15

Irrespective of the inrush power SA, expressed in W

K = 1.38

Schneider Electric

24572_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

General

TeSys contactors

Long distance remote control

Residual current in the coil due to cable capacitance

When the control contact of a contactor is opened the cable capacitance is effectively in series with the coil of the
electromagnet. This capacitance can cause a residual current to be maintained in the coil, with the risk that the
contactor will remain closed.
This only applies to contactors operating on an a.c. supply.
This phenomenon is aggravated by:
- a long line length between the coil control contact and the contactor, or between the coil control contact and the power
supply,
- a high control circuit voltage,
- a low coil consumption, sealed,
- a low value of contactor drop-out voltage.
The maximum control cable length, according to the contactor coil supply voltage, is indicated in the graph on the page
opposite.

Remedial action
Various solutions can be adopted to avoid the risk of the contactor remaining closed due to cable capacitance:
- use a d.c. control voltage, or,
- add a rectifier, connected as shown in the scheme below, but retaining an a.c. operating coil: in this way, rectified a.c.
current flows in the control circuit cable.
When calculating the maximum cable length, take the resistance of the conductors into account.

A2

A1

Supply 50 Hz/60 Hz

- Connect a resistor in parallel with the contactor coil (1).

Value of the resistance:
1
R =
10-3 C (F)

(C capacitance of the control cable)

Power to be dissipated:
U2
PW =
R
(1) To avoid increasing the voltage drop due to inrush current, this resistor must be brought into operation after the
contactor has closed by using an N/O contact.

24572_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4

Schneider Electric

General

TeSys contactors

Long distance remote control

Residual current in the coil due to cable capacitance (continued)

These graphs are for a capacitance, between conductors, of 0.2 F/km. They make it possible to determine whether
there is a risk of the contactor remaining closed due to the power drawn by the coil when sealed and the control circuit
voltage, according to the length of the control cable.
Cable capacitance in F

100

100

10

10

2
1

7
8

0,1

0,1

5
6

0,01
1

1
2
3

" 24 V
" 48 V
" 115 V

4
5
6

10

50
100
Power drawn, sealed in VA

" 230 V
" 400 V
" 690 V

0,01
100

300

500

1000

5000 10 000
Length of control cable in m

7 3-wire control
8 2-wire control

In the zones below the straight lines for 3-wire and 2-wire control respectively, there is a risk of the contactor remaining
closed.

Examples
What is the maximum length for the control cable of an LC1-D12 contactor, operating on 230 V, with 2-wire control?
- Contactor LC1-D12, voltage 230 V, 50 Hz: power sealed 7 VA.
On the left-hand graph, point A is at the intersection of the vertical line for 7 VA with the

" 230 V voltage curve.

On the right-hand graph, point B is at the intersection of the horizontal line with the 2-wire control curve.
The maximum cable length is therefore 300 m.
In the same example, with a 600 m cable, the point lies in the risk zone. A resistor must therefore be connected in
parallel with the contactor coil.
Value of this resistance:
1
1
R = = = 8.3 k
103.C 103.0.12
Power to be dissipated:
(220)2
U2
P = = = 6 W
R
8300
Alternative solution: use a d.c. control supply.

Calculating the cable length

The maximum permitted length of control cable to avoid the effects of capacitance is calculated using the formula:
S
L = 455.
U2.Co
L: distance between the contactor and the control device in km (length of the cable),
S: apparent power, sealed, in VA,
U: control voltage in V,
Co: cable capacitance in F/km.

Schneider Electric

24572_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5

Selection guide

Contactors

Variable composition standard and hight

performance contactors

Applications

5
5
5
5
5

Type

Standard contactors

80 A

200 A

250 A

350 A

460 A

700 A

AC-1

Shrqrhvhy

AC-3
AC-4/DC-5

Shrqrhvhy

current

Motor switching in categories AC-3

Resistive load switching : heating, etc.
Distribution circuit switching : line contactor
Supply changeover switching : circuit coupling etc
Transformer, capacitor, lighting switching

80 A

200 A

300 A

470 A

630 A

1000 A

690 V 4

690 V 4

690 V 4

690 V 4

690 V 4

690 V 4

voltage

8ypvpv

Thqhqhyvphv

Direct d.c. supply 6

A2

A2

A1

A2

A1

A1

Direct a.c. supply 4

Number of poles (P or R)

1 to 6

Pages

0236Q_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2

Type

CV1

Calibre

Contacteurs

26218/2 and 26218/3

Schneider Electric

Selection guide (continued)

Contactors

Variable composition standard and hight

performance contactors

5
5
5
5

Motor switching in categories AC-4, DC-5

Inductive circuit switching
High voltage d.c. switching : crane electromagnets, railway locomotives
Load switching at high operating rates

Cvturshprphp

80 A

170 A

250 A

300 A

460 A

750 A

1000 A

1500 A

1800 A

80/80 A

170/170 A

205/250 A

250/320 A

380/500 A

720/800 A

830/1000 A

1250/1800 A

1500/2500 A

80A

170 A

250A

320 A

500 A

800 A

1250 A

2000 A

2750 A

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

1000 V 4

Gpvhyvphv

a.c. supply via economy resistor

d.c. supply via economy resistor

KM

A1

A1

KM

KM

A2

A2

KM

1 to 4

CV3
F

CV3
G

Schneider Electric

0236Q_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Variable composition contactors types CV1-B

(80 to 1000 A) and CV3-B (80 to 500 A)

Completed reference
Type of contactor related to application

" 690 V, $ 220 V/ple

" 1000 V, $ 440 V/ple

Contactor rating
CV1 : 80 A
CV3 : 80 A
CV1 : 200 A
CV3 : 170 A
CV1 : 300 A
CV3 : 250 A
CV1 : 470 A
CV3 : 320 A
CV1 : 630 V
CV3 : 500 A
CV1 : 1000 A
Number of main poles (PN1 poles for CV1, PA3 poles for CV3)
N/O poles
1 N/O
2 N/O
3 N/O
4 N/O
5 N/O
N/C poles
1 N/C
2 N/C
3 N/C
No main pole
Operational current
10 A
20 A
40 A
80 A
125 A
170 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
320 A
470 A
500 A
630 A
1000 A
Control circuit voltage
48 V
110 V
120 V
208 V
220 V
230 V
240 V
380 V
400 V
440 V
Nature of supply and frequency for a.c.
50 Hz
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

$
$ + economy resistor

CV1-B
CV3-B
F
G
H
J
K
L
1
2
3
4
5

Z
E
N
P
F
R
W
G
S
H
T
J
V
K
L

1
2
3
0

Z
E
N
P
F
R
W
G
S
H
T
J
V
K
L
E
F
K
L
M
P
U
Q
V
R
5
6
7
D
R

Auxiliary contacts
N/O instantaneous

1 N/O
1
2 N/O
2
3 N/O
3
4 N/O
4
IN/C instantaneous
1 N/C
1
2 N/C
2
3 N/C
3
4 N/C
4
No instantaneous auxiliary contacts
0
0
On delay
1 CO
J
N
Off delay
1 CO
Exemples : 1) Switching single-phase capacitor : 400 V - 80 A - 1 N/O main pole - 220 V/50 Hz control circuit voltage - 1 N/O and 1 N/C instantaneous auxiliary
contacts. Completed reference : CV1-BF1F0ZM511.
2) Switching d.c. heating circuit : 800 V - 150 A - 2 N/O main poles - 48 V a control circuit voltage - 1 N/O instantaneous and 1 C/O on delay auxiliary
contacts. Completed reference : CV3-BG2W0ZED10J.

26218-EN_Ver2.2.fm/2

Schneider Electric

Order form

Contactors

Customised variable composition contactors,

types CV1 and CV3

Date of order
|
|
|

Editor
|

Order No.
|

Company

Required delivery (1)

|
|
|
|

Job No.
|

Customer Order No

Number of identical contactors ............................................

Type and rating....................................................................

Power circuit
Operational voltage (Ue)................................................
V
Number of N/O main poles ..................................................

Operational current (Ie)..................................................

AC

Number of N/C mains poles.................................................

Operational current (Ie)..................................................

DC

$
$

N/O
N/C

Control circuit

") .............................................................
d.c. voltage ($ ) .............................................................

a.c. voltage (

Power consumption reduction :

Yes

Frequency....................... Hz
Electromagnet .....................................................................
Coil.......................................................................................
Coil maintaining contact.......................................................
Rectifier................................................................................
Economy resistor .................................................................
Series or parallel..................................................................
Economy resistor contact ....................................................

No

Customer marking ...............................................................

Auxiliary contacts
Number of instantaneous contacts :

ZC4-GM1 (N/O) ...........................................

ZC1-GP5 (N/C+N/O) ...................................
ZC2-GG1 (On-delay) ...................................

Time delay contact :

(Maximum of 1 contact)
Nota : ZC1-GP4 contact (N/C) is mounted as standard for reversing contactor pairs.

ZC4-GM2 (N/C)............................................
ZC1-GP6 (N/O+N/O) ...................................
ZC2-GG5 (Off-delay) ...................................

Contactor mounting
Contactors
Dimensioned in catalogue :

Yes
No

Dimensions not in catalogue

L = ................................................

mm

C = ................................................

mm

Vertically mounted reversing :

Mechanical interlock :

Yes

No

Size contactor :

Upper position contactor :....................................................

CM :

Lower position contactor :...................................................

Notes and Specifications (Further details : auxiliary contact layout, price, etc) ...............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(1) Delivery code B (For improved delivery, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
For use by Schneider Electric.

Schneider Electric

26218-EN_Ver2.2.fm/3

Selection,
characteristics

Contactors

3-pole vacuum contactors

and reversing contactors

Selection
Contactor size

LC1 V160

LC1 V320

LC1 V610

160

320

610

kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW

45
75
110
150
200
280

90
160
220
280
400
600

160
300
400
560
800
930

For utilisation category AC-3

Maximum operational
current in AC-3
Rated operational
power P
(standard power ratings
of motors)

230 V
400 V
525 V
690 V
1000 V
1500 V

For 3-phase motors conforming to CSA standards

Rated operational
power P
(standard power ratings
of 3-phase CSA motors)

200 V
240 V
380 V
480 V
600 V
800 V
1000 V
1500 V

hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp

50
60
100
125
150
200
250
400

100
125
200
250
300
400
500
800

150
200
300
400
500
700
1000
1300

kVAR
kVAR
kVAR
kVAR

47
95
100
250

94
190
200
500

176
356
400
1000

For switching 3-phase capacitors

Rated operational
power P

240 V
480 V
600 V
1500 V

For switching the primaries of 3-phase transformers (LV/LV)

Rated operational
power P

208 V
240 V
480 V
600 V

kVA
kVA
kVA
kVA

20
23
47
59

41
47
94
117

81
94
188
234

Environment characteristics
Contactor type
Shock resistance
(1/2 sine wave = 11 ms)

Contacts closed
Contacts open

LC1 V160
10 gn
10 gn

LC1 V320
10 gn
10 gn

LC1 V610
10 gn
10 gn

Vibration resistance

10500 Hz

2 gn

2 gn

2 gn

Operating altitude

Above sea level

Below sea level

m
m

3600
2500

3600
4500

3600
4500

Storage
Operation
0.8 1.1 Uc
Permissible for
operation at Uc

C
C

- 40+ 80
- 5+ 55

- 40+ 80
- 5+ 55

- 40+ 80
- 5+ 55

- 10+ 75

- 10+ 75

- 10+ 75

IP 00

IP 00

IP 00

Any

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Maximum
Minimum

Any

Any

Conforming to IEC 529

Degree of protection
Operating position

Cable c.s.a.
Key for hex. screws
Tightening torque

mm2
mm
N.m

70
Allen 4
14

185
20
39

2 x 185
20
39

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

To earth

2000

2000

2000

Consumption

Inrush
Sealed

VA
VA

300
30

600
20

1700
28

0.81.1 Uc

0.81.1 Uc

0.81.1 Uc

18...22

24...32

24...32

Cabling

Control circuit characteristics

Permissible control circuit voltage

Closing time(1)

ms

Opening time(1)

References :
page 26204/2

26203-EN_Ver2.0.fm/2

ms
95...115
95...115
95...115
(1) The closing time "C" is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial
contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment the coil supply is
switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

Dimensions :
page 26205/2

Schemes :
page 26205/2
Schneider Electric

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors

3-pole vacuum contactors

and reversing contactors

Contactor type

LC1 V160

LC1 V320

LC1 V610

Main pole characteristics

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

1500

1500

1500

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

kV

Conforming to standards

EN 60947-4-1 - IEC 947-4-1

Approvals

CSA

Conventional rated thermal current (Ith)

160

320

630

Rated operational current (Ie) q y 40 C AC-1

q y 55 C AC-3
q y 55 C AC-4

A
A
A

160
160
130

320
320
270

630
610
540

Electrical durability
in millions of operating cycles
(400 V at I max)

AC-1
AC-3
AC-4

1.2
1.6
0.18

1
1.5
0.15

1
1.5
0.12

Mechanical durability

In millions of operating cycles

2.5

Maximum operating rate

in operating cycles
per hour

Mechanical
AC-1
AC-3
AC-4

1200
900
900
450

1200
900
900
450

1200
900
900
450

Maximum making capacity

(lrms)

Ue = 1500 V To IEC 947

1900

3800

7300

Maximum breaking capacity

(lrms)

Ue = 1500 V To IEC 947

1600

3200

6100

Maximum
permissible current

For 1 s
For 2 s
For 10 s
For 30 s

A
A
A
A

2400
2000
1600
960

4500
3750
3200
1920

9000
7580
6100
3600

Short-circuit protection
at Ie in cat. AC-3 max.

aM fuse

160

400

630

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

690

Conventional rated thermal current (Ith)

10

Rated operational current (Ie) AC-15, 230 V

AC-15, 400 V
AC-15, 500 V
DC-13, 24 V
DC-13, 110 V
DC-13, 220 V

A
A
A
A
A
A

0.78
0.45
0.35
1.1
0.24
0.12

Cabling

Cable c.s.a.

mm2

2.5

Short-circuit protection

gG fuse

10

Operating time (1)

(at 100 % of Uc)

"C"
"O"

ms
5
ms
5
(1) Operating time in relation to the main contacts.

Selection :
page 26203/2

References :
pages 26204/2 and 26204/3

Dimensions :
page 26205/2

Auxiliary contact characteristics

Schneider Electric

Schemes :
page 26205/2

26203-EN_Ver2.0.fm/3

Contactors

References

3-pole vacuum contactors

and reversing contactors
Power and control circuits
a.c. supply

105194

Vacuum contactors
Standard power ratings
50/60 Hz
in category AC-3

Rated
operational
current
Ie

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Control
Basic
Weight
circuit
reference (1)
voltage
(50/60 Hz)

230 V 400 V 525 V 690 V 1000 V AC-3 AC-1

kW kW
kW
kW
kW
A
A

kg

45

110

150

200

160

160

1 (1)

LC1 V160 pp

3.800

90

160

220

280

400

320

320

1 (1)

LC1 V320 pp

10.500

160

LC1 V320

75

300

400

560

800

610

630

1 (1)

LC1 V610 pp

13.000

Reversing vacuum contactors

L3

L2

L1

5 L3
3 L2
1 L1
5 L3

KM2

10

LC1V6

3 L2
1 L1

KM1

ON /

gf

10

LC1V6

/0
OFF
6 T3
4 T2

ON /

The reversing contactor range comprises :

b for 160 A rating, a kit with set of power connections allowing assembly of the
starter,
b for 320 and 610 A ratings, a complete starter, ready for use.

2 T1

/0
OFF
6 T3
4 T2
2 T1

Standard power ratings

50/60 Hz
in category AC-3

Rated
operational
current
Ie

Instantaneous
auxiliary
contacts

Control
Basic
Weight
circuit
reference (1)
voltage
(50/60 Hz)

230 V 400 V 525 V 690 V 1000 V AC-3 AC-1

kW kW
kW
kW
kW
A
A

kg

45

110

150

200

160

160

90

160

220

280

400

320

320

1 110-120 V LC2 V320FE7

30

220-240 V LC2 V320P7

30

380-415 V LC2 V320V7

30

1 110-120 V LC2 V610FE7

36

220-240 V LC2 V610P7

LC2 V610

75

36

160

300

400

560

800

610

630

LA9 V974 (2)

1.200

LC1 V320
(1) Basic reference; add code indicating control circuit voltage.
Standard control circuit voltages :
Volts 50/60 Hz
110120 220240 380415 440480 550600
Item
FE7
P7
V7
R7
X7
(2) Kit containing a mechanical interlock, a set of power connections and a fixing plate. To build
a complete reversing contactor, order contactors LC1 V160pp separately.

Selection :
page 26203/2

26204-EN_Ver2.0.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 26203/2 and 26203/3

Dimensions :
page 26204/3

Schemes :
page 26204/3
Schneider Electric

References (continued)

Contactors

3-pole vacuum contactors

and reversing contactors
Power and control circuits
a.c. supply
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (1)
500308

Number of contacts

Maximum number of
blocks per contactor

Auxiliary
contacts

Reference

Weight

kg

LA1 VN11

0.030

LA1 VN02

0.030

LA1 VN20

0.030

LA1 VN11X (2)

0.030

LA1-VN11

50/60 Hz coils
Rated voltage
V

Voltage code

Reference

Weight
kg

110120

FE7

LX1 V160FE7

0.400

220240

P7

LX1 V160P7

0.400

380415

V7

LX1 V160V7

0.400

440480

R7

LX1 V160R7

0.400

550600

X7

LX1 V160X7

0.400

110120

FE7

LX1 V320FE7

0.800

220240

P7

LX1 V320P7

0.800

380415

V7

LX1 V320V7

0.800

440480

R7

LX1 V320R7

0.800

550600

X7

LX1 V320X7

0.800

110120

FE7

LX1 V610FE7

0.800

220240

P7

LX1 V610P7

0.800

380415

V7

LX1 V610V7

0.800

440480

R7

LX1 V610R7

0.800

550600

X7

LX1 V610X7

0.800

500310

For contactors LC1-V160

For contactors LC1-V320

LX1-V320pp

For contactors LC1-V610

(1) LC1 V160 : auxiliary contact blocks mounted at the top of the contactor, with no change to the
overall dimensions.
LC1 V320 or LC1 V610 : 2 auxiliary contact blocks mounted on the RH and LH side of the
contactor, with no change to the overall dimensions.
(2) For LC1 V160 : 1 N/C contact for the coil + 1 N/O contact.

Selection :
page 26203/2
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26203/2 and 26203/3

References :
page 26204/2

26204-EN_Ver2.0.fm/3

Contactors

Dimensions,
mounting,
schemes

3-pole vacuum contactors

Dimensions, mounting
LC1 V160
48
24

168

152

500311

151

36,5

36,5

24

123

48

LC1 V320
50

156

70

35

2x10,5

500312

3,5

133

2x8

191

203

185

222

2x8,5x19

2x8,5

201

159

38

9,5

37 63,5 63,5

130

48

76
170

15

LC1 V610
178
68

68

500313

127

203

222

356

328

2x8,5x19

9,5

2x8,5

95

32,5

68

172

15

68
201

Schemes
3/L2

5/L3

03/NO

13/NO

21/NC

A1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

13/NO

21/NC

4/T2

6/T3

04

14

22

A2

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

14

22

21/NC

51/NC

61/NC

33/NO

43/NO

03/NO

52

62

34

44

04

26205-EN_Ver1.0.fm/2

NC

1/L1
2/T1

13/NO

LA1 VN11X 1 N/O

22

LA1 VN20 2 N/O

14

Auxiliary contact blocks

LA1 VN11 1 N/O & 1 N/C LA1 VN02 2 N/C

coil

A1

LC1 V320, V610

A2

LC1 V160

Schneider Electric

Reversing contactors

Dimensions,
mounting

3-pole reversing vacuum contactors

11,18

LA9 V974 + 2 x LC1V160

215

152,4

53

562320

88,9

48

254

151

81,8
177,8

48

LC2 V320
559
168
562321

107

96

63

41

54

54

104

63

356

463

446

22

16

108

241

63

48

418
616

LC2 V610
559
112
69

41

69

165
L2

L3

T1

T2

T3

463
356

432

L1

105
117

562322

16

68

199

68
112

616

Selection :
page 26203/2
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26203/2 and 26203/3

References :
page 26204/2

26205-EN_Ver1.0.fm/3

Reversing contactors

Schemes

3-pole reversing vacuum contactors

A1

5/L3

3/L2

1/L1

A1

LA9 V974 + 2 x LC1V160

6
W
5/L3

A2

4
V
3/L2

2
U
1/L1

A2

KM2
2

KM1

LC2 V320

F1

(1)
3

A2

A1

- KM2

Start

- KM2

- KM2

- KM1

- KM1

Start

- KM1

A2

KM2
A2

KM1

A1

A1

Stop

A1

- KM2

A2

- KM1

(1) Dotted line indicates wiring to be installed by the customer.

Selection :
page 26203/2

26205-EN_Ver1.0.fm/4

Characteristics :
pages 26203/2 and 26203/3

References :
page 26204/2
Schneider Electric

Reversing contactors

Schemes (continued)

3-pole reversing vacuum contactors

5/L3

3/L2

1/L1

LC2 V610

F1

A1

A2

(1)
KM2

A2

KM1

Start

Start
- KM1

- KM2

- KM2

- KM2

- KM1

A2

- KM2

A1

- KM1

- KM1

A1

Stop

A1

- KM2

A2

- KM1

(1) Dotted line indicates wiring to be installed by the customer.

Selection :
page 26203/2
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26203/2 and 26203/3

References :
page 26204/2

26205-EN_Ver1.0.fm/5

Contactors

General

Magnetic latching contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Magnetic latching contactors of both block and bar mounted types are fitted with a
special electromagnet which enables them to remain in the "on" position when the
coil is no longer energised.
Applications
The special properties of magnetic latching contactors make them suitable for a large
number of applications .
Properties

Applications

5 Retention of the sequence memory in

automatic control equipment in the event
of a control circuit failure.
5 Energy saving, since the source of
supply to the coil does not need to
supply current when the contactor is
latched in the closed state.
5 Change of state from "Closed" to
"Open" by current signal through the coil.
5 Unaffected by mains interference.
5 Utilisation of contactors beyond their
breaking capacity as operations are
performed off-load.
5 Contactors are silent in the latched
position.
Operation of the electromagnet

5 Refineries, power stations, excitation

circuits.
5 Contactors remaining in the closed
state for long periods.
Examples: refineries, power supplies,
low voltage distribution
5 Selective opening control.
5 No unwanted opening and closing of
the main power poles.
5 Current carrying at voltages up to
1000 Volts.

CR1-F block contactors

CR1-F magnetic latching contactors are fitted with a double coil with 3 terminals
comprising a latching winding and an unlatching winding. The 2 windings have a
common point which can necessitate special wiring precautions when the latching
supply is separate from the unlatching supply.
The power supplies may be a.c. or d.c. For d.c. operation, the polarities indicated
must be complied with.
Operating precautions:
Sthe 2 windings must not be supplied simultaneously,
Sa winding must not be supplied continuously,
Ssupply to the coils must be via pulsed contacts.
Manual opening:
If the control voltage is not present, the contactor can be unlatched manually.
CR1-B bar mounted contactors
CR1-B magnetic latching contactors are fitted with a single coil, supplied with d.c. or
a.c. through a rectifier.
Latching is obtained by direct supply of the coil in one direction of current flow.
Unlatching is obtained by a reverse current, adjusted by resistors.

Mechanical latching contactors

LC1-D block contactors
For applications using smaller contactor sizes than those described in the following
pages, it is possible to obtain the same function by the addition of a mechanical
latching block type LA6-DK, which can be mounted on LC1-D contactors (see page
24511/4).

Choix :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26001_Ver3.01-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions, Schemes :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Selection

Magnetic latching contactors

Selection guide for direct on-line starting of squirrel cage
motors

Continuous or intermittent duty up to 30 operating cycles/hour

Motor (1)
220 V
230 V
P
kW HP
25
35
30
40
33
45

In
A
85
103
113

380 V
400 V
P
kW HP

415 V
In
A

50
54
60
70
75
80
85
100

126
134
150
170
182
195
203
240

80

110

260

90

125

295

100
110

136
150

325
356

129
132
140
147

150
160
180
185
200
220

175
180
190
200

205
220
245
250
270

420
425
450
472

483
520
578
595
626
700

70
75
80
85
100

98
105
112
117
138

80
90

110
125

147
170

100
110
129
132

138
150
175
180

188
205
242
245

140
147
150
160

190
200
205
220

260
273
280
300

180
185
200

245
250
270

333
342
370

220
250

300
340

408
460

257

37
40
45
51
55
59
63
75

51
55
59
63
75

350

475

280
295
300
315
335
355
375
400

380
400
410
430
450

510
546
565
584
620
635
670
710

(
(
(
(
(
(

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

P
kW

3-pole
contactor

440 V

HP

In
A

P
kW

HP

In
A

3-pole differential
thermal overload relay

3 fuses
Type

(2)
Reference

Reference

LR9-F5367
LR9-F5369

Setting
range
A
60100
90150

aM
Rating
A
100
100

A
125
160

BS-88

55

75

100

59

80

97

CR1-F150
CR1-F150

59
63
75

80
85
100

105
115
135

63

85

109

CR1-F150

LR9-F5369

90150

125

160

90150

160

200

138
165
182
200

125
131
146
162

LR9-F5369

110
125
136
150

100
110
125
136

CR1-F150

80
90
100
110

75
80
90
100

CR1-F185
CR1-F185

LR9-F5369
LR9-F5371

90150
132220

160
200

200
250

132220

250

315

230
240
250
260
270
280

178
209
215

LR9-F5371

175
180
190
200
205
220

150
175
180

CR1-F265

129
132
140
147
150
160

110
129
132

CR1-F265

LR9-F7375

200330

250

315

140
147
150
160
180
185
200
220
250

190
200
205
220
245
250
270
300
340

227
236
246
256
289
295
321
353
401

CR1-F265
CR1-F400

LR9-F7375
LR9-F7375

200330
200330

315
315

400
400

CR1-F400

LR9-F7375

200330

315

400

CR1-F400

LR9-F7379

300500

400

500

CR1-F400

LR9-F7379

300500

400

500

257
280

350
380

412
450

CR1-F500
CR1-F500

LR9-F7379
LR9-F7381

300500
380630

500
500

630
630

295
300

400
410

473
481

CR1-F500
CR1-F630

LR9-F7381
LR9-F7381

380630
380630

500
500

630
630

315
335
355
375
400
425
445
450
475
500
530
560
600
630

430
450
480
500
454

505
518
549
575
611
650
680
690
730
780
825
870
920
965

CR1-F630

LR9-F7381

380630

630

800

CR1-F630

LR9-F7381

380630

630

800

CR1-F630
CR1-BL33

LR9-F7381
LR2-F8383

380630
500800

800
800

1000
1000

180
185
200
220

245
250
270
300

320
325
340
385

250
257

340
350

425
450

280
295
300
315
335
355
375
400
425
445
450
475
500
530
560
600

380
400
410
430
450
480
500

475
500
510
535
550
580
610
650
690
730
740
780
820
870
920
978

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

250
800
425
760
CR1-BM33
LR2-F8383
500800
800
1000
257
826
790
CR1-BM33
LR2-F8383
6301000 1000
1250
445
280
900
800
450
295
948
850
475
300
980
900
500
315
990
950
530
(1) The ratings are for standard 220, 380, 415 or 440 V motors. The overload relays should preferably be set to the motor full-load current shown on the motor rating
plate. For other power ratings, select the overload relay with the appropriate range; the associated contactor and fuses must have ratings equal to or immediately
greater than In.
(2) Reference to be completed, see page 26003/2.
There are no standard power ratings for these motors.

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26001_Ver3.01-EN.fm/3

Contactors

Selection

Magnetic latching contactors

Selection guide for utilisation category AC-3

Contactor size

CR1F150

CR1F185

CR1F265

CR1F400

CR1F500

CR1F630

CR1BL

CR1BM

CR1BP

CR1BR

Rated operational current in AC-3 ( 55 C)

440 V

150

185

265

400

500

630

750

1000

1500

1800

500 V

135

175

245

385

500

540

750

900

1200

1500

660/690 V

130

140

230

365

435

470

700

800

900

1100

1000 V

47

73

95

135

270

330

400

400

500

600

Rated operational power (standard motor power ratings)

220240 V

200

220

280

425

500

54

75

100

150

200

270

300

380

580

680

kW

75

90

132

200

250

335

400

500

750

900

100

185

180

270

340

450

545

680

1000

1220

kW

80

100

140

220

280

375

425

530

800

900

110

136

180

300

380

500

580

720

1100

1220

kW

80

100

140

250

295

400

450

560

800

900

110

136

190

340

400

545

610

760

1100

1220

kW

90

110

160

257

355

400

500

600

750

900

125

150

220

350

480

545

680

810

1000

1220

kW

100

110

160

280

335

450

560

670

750

900

HP

610

760

910

1000

1220

kW

65

100

147

185

335

450

530

530

670

750

HP

1000 V

147

HP
660/690 V

110

HP
500 V

75

HP
440 V

55

HP
415 V

40

HP
380400 V

kW

136

200

250

610

720

720

910

1000

Maximum operating rate in operating cycles/hour, at rated operational power with an

on-load factor = 85% : 750 for CR1-F150 to F265, 500 for CR1-F400 to F630 and
120 for CR1-B.

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

26001_Ver3.01-EN.fm/4

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Selection

Magnetic latching contactors

Selection guide according to required electrical
durability

CR1-BR

CR1-BP

CR1-BL, BM

CR1-F630

CR1-F500

CR1-F400

CR1-F265

CR1-F185

Millions
of operating
cycles

CR1-F150

Use in category AC-3 (Ue 440 V) (1) ( 55 C)

The current (Ic) in AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor.

1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02

0,01
0,008
0,006
0,004
Current
breaking limits

0,002
In categories

0,001
0,008
20

30

40

50 60 70 8090
100

150

200

300

400

600 800 1000

500

1500 2000

3000 4000

AC3

AC2
AC4

6000 8000 10 000

Current broken in A

Example:
Asynchronous motor with P = 50 kW, Ue = 380 V, Ie = 100 A, Ic = Ie = 100 A
or asynchronous motor with P = 55 kW, Ue = 415 V, Ie = 100 A, Ic = Ie = 100 A
600 000 operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed : CR1-F185.
(1) For 660 V, multiply the number of operating cycles by 0.8.

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26001_Ver3.01-EN.fm/5

Contactors

Selection

Magnetic latching contactors

Selection guide for utilisation category AC-1
and according to required electrical durability

Maximum operational current (on-load factor 0.95)

Maximum operating rate : 120 operating cycles/hour
Contactor size

CR1F150
120

CR1F185
150

CR1F265
185

CR1F400

CR1F500

CR1F630

CR1BL

CR1BM

CR1BP

CR1BR

mm

30 x 5

40 x 5

60 x 5

50 x 5

80 x 5

100 x 5 100 x 5

A
A
A

250
250
170

275
275
180

350
300
250

500
430
340

700
580
500

1000
850
700

800
700
600

1250
1100
900

2000
1750
1500

mm2

Cable c.s.a.
Number of bars
Bar c.s.a.
Operational current in
category AC-1 at ambient
temperature

40 C
55 C
70 C

2750
2400
2000

Increase in operational current by paralleling of poles

Apply the following multiplying factors to the current values given above; these factors take into account the often unbalanced current
distribution between poles:

S 2 poles in parallel : K = 1.6

S 3 poles in parallel : K = 2.25
S 4 poles in parallel : K = 2.8

CR1-BR

CR1-BP

CR1-BL, BM

CR1-F630

CR1-F500

100

CR1-F400

80

CR1-F265

CR1-F185

Millions
of operating
cycles

CR1-F150

Electrical durability (Ue 440 V) (1)

1
0,8
0,6
0,4

0,2

0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04

0,02

0,01

60

250

400
275

350

600
500

800

1000

700

2000
1250

4000
2750
Current broken in A

Example :
Ue = 220 V - Ie = 200 A - = 40 C - Ic = Ie = 200 A
600 000 operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed : CR1-F400.
(1) For 660 V, multiply the number of operating cycles by 0.8.

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

26001_Ver3.01-EN.fm/6

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Selection

Magnetic latching contactors

Selection guide for switching the primaries of 3-phase
transformers

Operating conditions
Maximum ambient temperature : 55 C
Maximum operational voltage : 1000 V, 5060 Hz
When a transformer is switched on, there is generally an initial current surge which
reaches its peak value almost instantaneously and then decreases in a largely
exponential manner to quickly reach its steady state value.
The value of this current depends on :
Sthe characteristics of the magnetic circuit and of the windings (cross sectional area
of the core, rated inductance, number of turns, size of the windings, ...)
Sthe performance of the magnetic laminations used (residual induction and
saturation inductance),
Sthe magnetic state of the circuit and the instantaneous value of the a.c. mains
voltage at the moment of switch-on.
The inrush current at the moment of switch-on can reach 20 to 40 times the rated
current for the various kVA power ratings in the tables below. This value is
independent of the "no-load" or "on-load" state of the transformer.
The peak magnetising current of the transformer must be lower than the values given
in the tables below.

Contactor selection
Maximum operating rate : 120 operating cycles /hour
Contactor size
A

CR1F185
2800

CR1F265
3500

CR1F400
5500

CR1F500
6800

CR1F630
9000

CR1BL
18 000

CR1BM
18 000

CR1BP
24 000

CR1BR
30 000

220230 V

kVA

25

40

50

75

100

140

230

230

300

380

380400 V

kVA

50

75

90

130

170

225

400

400

530

660

415440 V

kVA

55

80

100

140

190

250

450

450

560

700

500 V

kVA

65

95

110

170

225

280

480

480

600

750

660 V

kVA

80

120

140

200

270

315

600

600

800

950

1000 V

Maximum permissible
closing current peak
Maximum
operational power
in kVA (1)

CR1F150
1700

kVA

100

150

200

250

375

470

700

700

1000

1200

(1) Maximum operational power corresponding to a current peak at switch-on of 30 .

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26001_Ver3.01-EN.fm/7

Characteristics

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Contactor type

CR1-F150

CR1-F185

CR1-F265

Conforming to IEC 158-1, BS V

775, 947-4
Conforming to VDE 0110 grC V

1000

1000

1000

1500

1500

1500

Protective treatment

Standard version
Special version

"TH"

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
For operation at Uc

C
C

- 60+ 80
- 15+ 70

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

3000

Operating positions

Without derating

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Pole characteristics
Number of poles
Rated operational current (Ie)
(Ue 440 V)
Rated operational current (Ue)

AC-3, 40 C
AC-1, 40 C
AC-4, 40 C
Up to

A
A
A
V

150
250
138
1000

185
275
170
1000

265
350
245
1000

Frequency limits
(sine wave)
Rated making capacity

of the operational current

Hz

25200

25200

25200

I rms

1700

2100

2940

Rated breaking capacity

I rms

A
A
A
A
A
Permissible short time rating
For 1 s
from cold state, no current flowing for For 5 s
A
preceding 60 minutes at 40 C
A
For 10 s
A
For 30 s
A
For 1 min
A
For 3 min
A
For 10 min
Short-circuit protection by fuses Motor circuit AC-3 (type aM) A
440 V
AC-1 circuit (type gG, BS 88) A

1500
1200
1100
450
1200
1200
1200
700
600
450
350
160
250

1800
1600
1200
600
1500
1500
1500
920
740
500
400
200
315

2450
2200
1700
800
2200
2200
2200
1230
950
620
480
315
400

Average impedance per pole

At lth and 50 Hz

0.45

0.36

0.32

Power dissipated per pole

for the above operational currents

AC-3
AC-1

W
W

6
18

12
26

22
39

Cabling

Number of conductors
Cable with lug
Cable with connector
Number of bars
Bar c.s.a.
Bolt diameter
Tightening torque

1
120
120
2
25 x 3
8
18

1
150
150
2
25 x 3
8
18

1
240
240
2
32 x 4
10
35

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26002_Ver3.01-EN.fm/2

220440 V
500 V
660/690 V
1000 V

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

mm2
mm2
mm
N.m

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

CR1-F400

CR1-F500

CR1-F630

CR1-BL

CR1-BM

CR1-BP

CR1-BR

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

TH

TC
TH

- 60+ 80
- 15+ 70

- 60+ 80
- 15+ 60

3000

3000

5 in relation to normal vertical mounting position

5 in relation to normal vertical mounting position

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

1, 2, 3 or 4

400
500
370
1000

500
700
460
1000

630
1000
560
1000

750
800
700
1000

1000
1250
800
1000

1500
2000
1250
1000

1800
2750
1500
1000

25200

25200

25200

5060

5060

5060

5060

4500

5000

6740

10 000

10 000

15 000

18 000

4000
3500
3000
1200
3600
3600
3600
2400
1700
1200
1000
400
500

5000
4500
3560
2500
4200
4200
4200
3200
2400
1500
1200
500
800

6300
5400
4600
3200
5050
5050
5050
4400
3400
2200
1600
630
1000

10 000
9000
8000
4000
9600
9600
7000
4800
3500
2100
1200
800
800

10 000
9000
8000
4000
9600
9600
8000
5200
3800
2400
1800
1200
1200

15 000
12 000
9000
5000
12 000
12 000
9600
6400
5200
3600
2800
800 x 2 (1)
1000 x 2 (1)

18 000
15 000
11 000
6000
15 000
15 000
12 000
8000
6300
4400
3600
1000 x 2 (1)
1200 x 2 (1)

0.28

0.18

0.12

0.18

0.18

0.13

0.09

45
70

45
88

48
120

88
115

180
280

290
520

360
680

3
100 x 5
4 x 10
35

4
100 x 10
4 x 10
35

2
2

150
240

2
2
2
2
2
30 x 5
40 x 5
60 x 5
50 x 5
80 x 5
10
10
12
4x8
4 x 10
35
35
58
21
35
(1) Paralleling of poles must be carried out only in accordance with the fuse manufacturers recommendations.

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26002_Ver3.01-EN.fm/3

Characteristics

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Contactor type

CR1-F150

CR1-F185

CR1-F265

Control circuit characteristics

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)

Control voltage limits

" and $

Maximum operating rate

at ambient temperature 40 C
Mechanical durability
Average consumption
50/60 Hz

" 50 or 60 Hz
" 400 Hz
$
$ low consumption

V
V
V
V

Energisation
De-energisation
In operating cycles/hour

48415
48220
48220
48220
0.851.1 Uc
0.851.1 Uc
120

In millions of operating cycles

1
VA

Energisation
1-pole
VA

2-pole
VA
1100
1600
1650
3-pole
VA
100
1600
1650
4-pole
VA

De-energisation 1-pole
VA

2-pole
VA
7.3
8
9
3-pole
VA
7.3
8
9
4-pole
400 Hz and
Energisation
1-pole
VA

VA

2-pole
VA
1260
1750
1800
3-pole
VA
1260
1750
1800
4-pole
VA

De-energisation 1-pole
VA

2-pole
VA
10
11
12
3-pole
VA
10
11
12
4-pole
low
Energisation
3/4-pole
W
500
500
500
consumption
W
15
20
40
De-energisation 3/4-pole
ms
3540
3540
4550
Average operating
Energisation
time at Uc (1)
ms
50100
50100
50100
De-energisation
(1) The closing time is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time is measured from the moment
the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

Note : the arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For normal 3-phase applications the arcing time is usually less than 10 ms. The load is isolated
from the supply after a time equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time.

Auxiliary contact characteristics

Type
Conventional rated thermal
current
Rated insulation voltage
(Ui)
Cabling

LAD-N for contactors CR1-F

A

10

Conforming to IEC 947-5-1

690

Flexible or solid conductor

with or without cable end

mm2

1 x 1 min/2 x 2.5 max

Operational power of contacts

LA1-D for contactors CR1-F

a.c. supply
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600
operating cycles/h) on an inductive load such
as the coil of an electromagnet (cos = 0.7) =
10 times the breaking current (cos = 0.4).
V

1 million operating cycles

Occasional making capacity

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26002_Ver3.01-EN.fm/4

VA
VA

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

48

115

230

120
2600

280
7000

560
960
1440
13 000 15 000 9000

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

400

600

d.c. supply
Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200
operating cycles/h) on an inductive load such
as the coil of an electromagnet without
economy resistor, the time constant
increasing with the load.
V
48
125
250
440
W
W

90
700

75
400

68
260

61
220

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

CR1-F400

CR1-F500

CR1-F630

CR1-BL

48415
48220
48220
48220
0.851.1 Uc
0.851.1 Uc
120

CR1-BP

CR1-BR

110500
110500
110500

0.851.1 Uc
0.851.1 Uc
120

CR1-BM

650
650
650

1100
1100
1100
1450
1650
2100
1650
1650
1650
1450
1650
2100
1850
1850
1850

110
110
110

125
125
125
12
9,5
8
165
165
165
12
9,5
8
175
175
175

600
600
600

1000
1000
1000
1600
1800
2300
1500
1500
1500
1600
1800
2300
1700
1700
1700

100
100
100

115
115
115
16
13
11
150
150
150
16
13
11
160
160
160
500
550
620

70
60
45

4075
4080
4080
100150
100150
100150
50100
50100
50100
2040
2040
2040
(1) The closing time is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles.
(1) The opening time is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.

650
1100
1650
1850
110
125
165
175
600
1000
1500
1700
100
115
150
160

100150
2040

Note : the arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For normal 3-phase applications the arcing time is usually less than 10 ms. The load is isolated
from the supply after a time equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time.
LAD-N for contactors CR1-F

ZC4-GM for contactors CR1-B

10

20

690

660

1 x 1 min/2 x 2.5 max

2 min/4 max

Operational power of contacts

ZC4-GM for contactors CR1-B

a.c. supply
Electrical durability (valid for up to 2400
operating cycles/h) on an inductive load such
as the coil of an electromagnet (cos j = 0.7) =
10 times the breaking current (cos j = 0.4).
V

1 million operating cycles

Occasional making capacity

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

VA
VA

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

110
220
380
127
2000 4000 4000
14 000 23 000 35 000

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

415
500
440
4000 3500
45 000 35 000

d.c. supply
Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200
operating cycles/h) on an inductive load such
as the coil of an electromagnet without
economy resistor, the time constant
increasing with the load.
V
110
120
440
500
W
W

250
1600

250
800

230
400

200
360

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26002_Ver3.01-EN.fm/5

Contactors

References

Magnetic latching contactors

Control circuit : a.c. or d.c. supply

"
or

501612_1

Maximum thermal current

in category AC-1
40 C

Rated
Number
operational
of poles
current in
category AC-3
(440 V max)

A
250
275
350

265
400

700

500

1000

630

800

750

501613_1

185

500

CR1-F1854

A
150

3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
1

4
CR1-F500
1250

1000

2000

1500

501614_1

4
CR1-BP33
2750

1800

Instantaneous
auxiliary contacts

Basic reference.
Complete with
code indicating
control circuit
voltage (1)

1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3

CR1-F150//
CR1-F1504//
CR1-F185//
CR1-F1854//
CR1-F265//
CR1-F2654//
CR1-F400//
CR1-F4004//
CR1-F500//
CR1-F5004//
CR1-F630//
CR1-F6304//
CR1-BL31/12
CR1-BL31/21
CR1-BL31/30
CR1-BL32/12
CR1-BL32/21
CR1-BL32/30
CR1-BL33/12
CR1-BL33/21
CR1-BL33/30
CR1-BL34/12
CR1-BL34/21
CR1-BL34/30
CR1-BM31/12
CR1-BM31/21
CR1-BM31/30
CR1-BM32/12
CR1-BM32/21
CR1-BM32/30
CR1-BM33/12
CR1-BM33/21
CR1-BM33/30
CR1-BM34/12
CR1-BM34/21
CR1-BM34/30
CR1-BP31/12
CR1-BP31/21
CR1-BP31/30
CR1-BP32/12
CR1-BP32/21
CR1-BP32/30
CR1-BP33/12
CR1-BP33/21
CR1-BP33/30
CR1-BP34/12
CR1-BP34/21
CR1-BP34/30
CR1-BR31/12
CR1-BR31/21
CR1-BR31/30
CR1-BR32/12
CR1-BR32/21
CR1-BR32/30
CR1-BR33/12
CR1-BR33/21
CR1-BR33/30
CR1-BR34/12
CR1-BR34/21
CR1-BR34/30

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

Weigth

kg
3.500
3.800
4.600
5.400
7.400
8.500
9.100
10.200
11.300
12.900
18.600
21.500
32.000
32.000
32.000
45.000
45.000
45.000
58.000
58.000
58.000
72.000
72.000
72.000
31.000
31.000
31.000
44.000
44.000
44.000
57.000
57.000
57.000
71.000
71.000
71.000
41.000
41.000
41.000
65.000
65.000
65.000
94.000
94.000
94.000
120.000
120.000
120.000
52.000
52.000
52.000
85.000
85.000
85.000
129.000
129.000
129.000
160.000
160.000
160.000

(1) Standard control circuit voltages : see page opposite.

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26003_Ver3.01-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

References

Magnetic latching contactors

Accessories

501377_1

For contactors CR1-F

Description

Number of
contacts
or shrouds
Instantaneous auxiliary (1)
contacts
Time delay auxiliary
(1)
contacts
Contact blocks with
Set of 2 blocks
protected terminals for
3-pole contactors (for
mounting on contactors
with closed arc chamber)
Power terminal
Set of 6 shrouds
protection shrouds
for 3-pole
contactors

501616_1

LAD-N

For use on

Reference

Weight

CR1-F

LAD-N (1)

kg
0.050

CR1-F

LAD-/ (1)

0.060

CR1-F150 and
F185

LA9-F103

0.300

CR1-F150, F185 LA9-F702

0.250

CR1-F265 to
F500
CR1-F630

LA9-F703

0.250

LA9-F704

0.250

LA9-F707

0.300

Set of 8 shrouds CR1-F1504,

for 4-pole
F1854
contactors
CR1-F2654
to F5004
CR1-F6304

501617_1

Description

LA9-F708

0.300

LA9-F709

0.300

Application

LA9-F103

Reference

Mechanical interlock
For assembly of reversing
and power connections contactors and changeover
contactor pairs

See pages 26004/2 and 26004/3

For contactors CR1-B

Description

Application

Mechanical interlock
With mounting
accessories (3)
Kit containing 2 bar
mounting bracket

LA9-F70/

Reference

Weight
kg
1.560

For vertical assembly of reversing EZ2-LB0601

contactors and changeover
contactor pairs
For mounting on 120 or 150 mm LA9-B103
centres

1.620

501618_1

(1) See page 25010/3.

(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts
48 110 125 127 220 230 240 250 380 400 415 440 500

For contactors CR1-F

" 50/60 Hz
" 400 Hz
$
$ low

E7
E7
E7
EZ7

F7
F7
F7
FZ7

G7
G7
G7
GZ7

M7
M7
M7
MZ7

M7
M7
M7

U7

Q7

Q7

N7

consumption

For contactors CR1-B

" 50400 Hz
$

G
M
M
U

Q
V
N
R
S
FD GD
MD
UD UCD

RD SD
(3) Positive mechanical interlocking between two vertically mounted contactors with identical or
different ratings.
Connecting rods cranks assembled on right-hand sides, crank pins on the pole side.
Vertical fixing centre distance between the two contactors: 600 mm.

EZ2-LB0601

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 to 26008/6

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26003_Ver3.01-EN.fm/3

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Components for assembling reversing contactors &
changeover contactor pairs CR1-F
Horizontally or vertically mounted
Sets of power connections

1 2/L1

3 2/L2

5 2/L3

2N

L1

L2

L3

A1

7 1/L1
8

A2
E1

5 1/L2
6

3 1/L3
4

1N
1
2

A1

A1

A2
E1

4
V

L3
5

Vertically mounted

3 or 4-pole changeover contactor pairs

LA9-F/977 or LA9-F/982

L1

L2

A1

LA9-F/970

Reversing contactors
LA9-F/976

A2
E1

Mechanical interlocks

A2
E1

Horizontally mounted
Reversers assembled
using 2 contactors of
identical rating type:
CR1-F150
CR1-F185
CR1-F265
CR1-F400
CR1-F500
CR1-F630

Mechanical interlocks

Reversers assembled
using 2 contactors of
identical rating type:
CR1-F150
CR1-F185
CR1-F265
CR1-F400
CR1-F500
CR1-F630

LA9-FF4F
LA9-FG4G

Assembly A

LA9-FH4H
LA9-FJ4J
LA9-FK4K
LA9-FL4L

Assembly C

Reversers assembled
using 2 contactors of calibres
different ratings type:
CR1-F150
CR1-F185
CR1-F265
CR1-F400
CR1-F500
CR1-F630

LA9-FG4F

Assembly A

LA9-FH4F
LA9-FJ4F
LA9-FK4F
LA9-FL4F
LA9-FH4G
LA9-FJ4G
LA9-FK4G
LA9-FL4G

Assembly B

Reversers assembled
using 3 contactors of
identical or different ratings

LA9-F/4/4/

26004_Ver3.00-EN.fm/2

CR1-F500

Assembly C

Warning: the contactor ratings

must be in descending order
from top to bottom.

F150
F185
F265
F400
F500
F630

CR1-F265

CR1-F185

LA9-FJ4H
LA9-FK4H
LA9-FL4H
LA9-FK4J
LA9-FL4J
LA9-FK4K

F150 F185 F265 F400 F500 F630

F150
F185
F265
F400
F500
F630

Schneider Electric

Contactors

References

Magnetic latching contactors

Components for assembly of reversing contactors &
changeover contactor pairs CR1-F

Reversers assembled using 2 contactors of identical rating

Type de
contacteurs

Set of power connections

3-pole
Rfrence
Horizontally mounted
CR1-F150
LA9-FF976
CR1-F185
LA9-FG976
CR1-F265
LA9-FH976
CR1-F400
LA9-FJ976
CR1-F500
LA9-FK976
CR1-F630
LA9-FL976
Vertically mounted
CR1-F150
(2)
CR1-F185
(2)
CR1-F265
(2)
CR1-F400
(2)
CR1-F500
(2)
CR1-F630
(2)
Horizontally mounted
CR1-F1504
LA9-FF982
CR1-F1854
LA9-FG982
CR1-F2654
LA9-FH982
CR1-F4004
LA9-FJ982
CR1-F5004
LA9-FK982
CR1-F6304
LA9-FL982
Vertically mounted
CR1-F1504
(2)
CR1-F1854
(2)
CR1-F2654
(2)
CR1-F4004
(2)
CR1-F5004
(2)
CR1-F6304
(2)

For assembly of 3-pole

reversing contactors for
motor control (1)

For assembly of 4-pole

changeover contactor
pairs for distribution

4-pole
Rfrence

Mechanical interlock
Weight
kg

0.600
0.780
1.500
2.100
2.350
3.800

LA9-FF977
LA9-FG977
LA9-FH977
LA9-FJ977
LA9-FK977
LA9-FL977

0.460
0.610
1.200
1.800
2.300
3.400

Kit reference

Weight
kg

LA9-FF970
LA9-FG970
LA9-FJ970
LA9-FJ970
LA9-FJ970
LA9-FL970

0.060
0.060
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.150

LA9-FF4F
LA9-FG4G
LA9-FH4H
LA9-FJ4J
LA9-FK4K
LA9-FL4L

0.345
0.350
1.060
1.200
1.200
1.220

LA9-FF970
LA9-FG970
LA9-FJ970
LA9-FJ970
LA9-FJ970
LA9-FL970

0.060
0.060
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.150

LA9-FF4F
LA9-FG4G
LA9-FH4H
LA9-FJ4J
LA9-FK4K
LA9-FL4L

0.345
0.350
1.060
1.200
1.200
1.220

Reversers assembled using 2 contactors of different ratings

For assembly of 3 or 4-pole
changeover contactor
pairs for distribution

Contactor type
at bottom
Vertically mounted (3)
CR1-F150 or F1504

at top

CR1-F185 or F1854
CR1-F265 or F2654
CR1-F400 or F4004
CR1-F500 or F5004
CR1-F630 or F6304
CR1-F185 or F1854
CR1-F265 or F2654
CR1-F400 or F4004
CR1-F500 or F5004
CR1-F630 or F6304
CR1-F265 or F2654
CR1-F400 or F4004
CR1-F500 or F5004
CR1-F630 or F6304
CR1-F400 or F4004
CR1-F500 or F5004
CR1-F630 or F6304
CR1-F500 or F5004
CR1-F630 or F6304
Using 3 contactors (vertically mounted)
of identical or different rating

For assembly of 3 or 4-pole

reversing contactors

Mechanical interlock
Kit reference
Weight
kg
LA9-FG4F
LA9-FH4F
LA9-FJ4F
LA9-FK4F
LA9-FL4F
LA9-FH4G
LA9-FJ4G
LA9-FK4G
LA9-FL4G
LA9-FJ4H
LA9-FK4H
LA9-FL4H
LA9-FK4J
LA9-FL4J
LA9-FL4K
Mechanical interlock
Kit reference (4)
LA9-F/4/4/

0.350
0.870
0.930
0.940
0.940
0.860
0.940
0.940
0.950
1.130
1.130
1.140
1.200
1.210
1.210

The contactor ratings must be in descending order from top

to bottom
(1) A 3-pole reversing contactor for motor control can be converted into a 3-pole changeover
contactor pair by removing the upper connecting links.
(2) All power connections to be made by the customer.
(3) With identical or different number of poles. Power connections to be made by the customer.
(4) Complete the reference by replacing the first dot with the code for the upper contactor, the
second dot with the code for the middle contactor and the third dot with the code for the lower
contactor.
Contactors
CR1-F150 CR1-F185 CR1-F265 CR1-F400 CR1-F500 CR1-F630
Code
F
G
H
J
K
L
Example: mechanical interlock for reversing contactor made up of 3 different contactors:
CR1-F500 top, CR1-F265 middle and CR1-F185 lower: LA9-F/4/4/ becomes LA9-FK4H4G.

Illustrations :
page 26004/2
Schneider Electric

Dimensions :
page 26008/2

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26004_Ver3.00-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Coils for contactors type CR1-F

Standard coils
Usual voltages

50400 Hz 50 Hz, 60 Hz
or
V
V

Resistance of winding
at = 20 C
Latching
Unlatching

Reference

Voltage Weight
code

kg

For contactors CR1-F150

501470_1

48
110
127
208
220/230

240
380/400
415

1.98
9.35
11.61
23.50
37.55
45.16
114.10
139.50

230.8
1453
1788
4098
5139
6544
12 447
16 717

LX0-FF005
LX0-FF006
LX0-FF007
LX0-FF020
LX0-FF008
LX0-FF009
LX0-FF010
LX0-FF011

E7
F7
G7
L7
M7
U7
Q7
N7

0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440

220
1339
1676
3169
4729
4729
11 885
14 305

LX0-FG005
LX0-FG006
LX0-FG007
LX0-FG020
LX0-FG008
LX0-FG009
LX0-FG010
LX0-FG011

E7
F7
G7
L7
M7
U7
Q7
N7

0.560
0.560
0.560
0.560
0.560
0.560
0.560
0.560

183,4
1031
1325
2654
4090
5002
11 803
15 006

LX0-FH005
LX0-FH006
LX0-FH007
LX0-FH020
LX0-FH008
LX0-FH009
LX0-FH010
LX0-FH011

E7
F7
G7
L7
M7
U7
Q7
N7

0.780
0.780
0.780
0.780
0.780
0.780
0.780
0.780

90,5
813
1027
2643
3309
4074
9380
11 763

LX0-FJ005
LX0-FJ006
LX0-FJ007
LX0-FJ020
LX0-FJ008
LX0-FJ009
LX0-FJ010
LX0-FJ011

E7
F7
G7
L7
M7
U7
Q7
N7

1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120

166
916
1159
2981
3733
4595
10 570
13 256

LX0-FK005
LX0-FK006
LX0-FK007
LX0-FK020
LX0-FK008
LX0-FK009
LX0-FK010
LX0-FK011

E7
F7
G7
L7
M7
U7
Q7
N7

1.220
1.220
1.220
1.220
1.220
1.220
1.220
1.220

204
1423
1830
2961
4603
5658
10 676
13 003

LX0-FL005
LX0-FL006
LX0-FL007
LX0-FL020
LX0-FL008
LX0-FL009
LX0-FL010
LX0-FL011

E7
F7
G7
L7
M7
U7
Q7
N7

1.460
1.460
1.460
1.460
1.460
1.460
1.460
1.460

For contactors CR1-F185

LX0-FF009

48
110
127
208
220/230

240
380/400
415

1.42
6.92
8.45
21.30
26.27
32.95
82.29
102.30

For contactors CR1-F265

501471_1

48
110
127
208
220/230

240
380/400
415

1.34
6.90
8.56
20.20
25.77
33.03
78.39
102.9

For contactors CR1-F400

LX0-FH009

48
110
127
208
220/230

240
380/400
415

1.32
8.09
9.79
24.40
30.14
37.02
94.80
121.10

For contactors CR1-F500

48
110
127
208
220/230

240
380/400
415

1.57
7.53
9.56
23.60
28.81
35.67
89.56
112.06

For contactors CR1-F630

48
110
127
208
220/230

26005_Ver4.00-EN.fm/2

240
380/400
415

0.87
5.20
6.45
20.20
25.36
25.36
60.95
77.97

Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Coils for contactors type CR1-F

Special coils
501472_1

Coils with two windings with common point, allowing the use of two separate power
sources for latching and unlatching.

Coil voltages at 50 Hz,

60 Hz, 400 Hz or
Latching
Unlatching
V
V

Resistance of winding
at = 20 C
Latching
Unlatching

Reference

Voltage Weight
code
kg

For contactors CR1-F150

220

24

29.5

39.5

LX0-FF224

MB7

0.440

19

LX0-FG224

MB7

0.560

29.5

LX0-FH224

MB7

0.780

23

LX0-FJ224

MB7

1.120

26

LX0-FK224

MB7

1.220

41

LX0-FL224

MB7

1.460

Reference

Voltage Weight
code

For contactors CR1-F185

220

24

26.5

For contactors CR1-F265

LX0-FF030

220

24

26

For contactors CR1-F400

220

24

30

For contactors CR1-F500

220

24

29

For contactors CR1-F630

220

24

26

Coils with low inrush consumption

Usual voltages

Resistance of winding
at = 20 C
Latching
Unlatching

kg

For contactors CR1-F150

48
110
127
220

4.56
22.37
35.54
89.85

140.56
706.44
1086.36
3342.51

LX0-FF055
LX0-FF056
LX0-FF057
LX0-FF058

EZ7
FZ7
GZ7
MZ7

0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440

106.54
536.26
732.64
2378.62

LX0-FG055
LX0-FG056
LX0-FG057
LX0-FG058

EZ7
FZ7
GZ7
MZ7

0.570
0.570
0.570
0.570

74.26
364.61
458.45
1344.46

LX0-FH055
LX0-FH056
LX0-FH057
LX0-FH058

EZ7
FZ7
GZ7
MZ7

0.800
0.800
0.800
0.800

36.36
171.49
221.20
648.79

LX0-FJ055
LX0-FJ056
LX0-FJ057
LX0-FJ058

EZ7
FZ7
GZ7
MZ7

1.150
1.150
1.150
1.150

41
193.36
313.60
918.68

LX0-FK055
LX0-FK056
LX0-FK057
LX0-FK058

EZ7
FZ7
GZ7
MZ7

1.270
1.270
1.270
1.270

59.17
365.33
452.27
1071.43

LX0-FL055
LX0-FL056
LX0-FL057
LX0-FL058

EZ7
FZ7
GZ7
MZ7

1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500

For contactors CR1-F185

48
110
127
220

5.19
25.50
32.75
102.44

For contactors CR1-F265

48
110
127
220

5.19
25
30.98
97.89

For contactors CR1-F400

48
110
127
220

5.05
25.39
31.86
98.19

For contactors CR1-F500

48
110
127
220

4.42
22.74
28.25
85.12

For contactors CR1-F630

48
110
127
220

Schneider Electric

3.94
19.36
25.39
74.44

26005_Ver4.00-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Coils for contactors CR1-B

Coils with TC treatment (associated accessories, see page opposite)

Usual voltages

$
V

"

50400 Hz
V

For contactors CR1-B/31

501473_1

110125

220
250

110120

220240

380400
415440

Resistance
at = 20 C

Reference

Weight

kg

19.7
25.2
77.2
94
128
197
257

WB1-KB140
WB1-KB134
WB1-KB136
WB1-KB139
WB1-KB125
WB1-KB126
WB1-KB138

1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120

9.6
11.4
19.7
32.5
49.7
77.2
128
160

WB1-KB133
WB1-KB121
WB1-KB140
WB1-KB124
WB1-KB122
WB1-KB136
WB1-KB125
WB1-KB137

1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120

7.2
9.6
11.4
32.5
61
94
128

WB1-KB123
WB1-KB133
WB1-KB121
WB1-KB124
WB1-KB135
WB1-KB139
WB1-KB125

1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120

5.8
7.2
11.4
25.2
32.5
49.7
77.2
94

WB1-KB132
WB1-KB123
WB1-KB121
WB1-KB134
WB1-KB124
WB1-KB122
WB1-KB136
WB1-KB139

1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120
1.120

For contactors CR1-B/32

WB1-KB///

110
125

220
250

110
120127

220/230
240

380400
415440

For contactors CR1-B/33

110
125
220
250

110
120127

240

380415
440

For contactors CR1-B/34

110
125

250

110
120127

220/230
240

380
400440

Coils with TH treatment (associated accessories, see page opposite)

Add suffix TH to the above references. Example: WB1-KB140TH.

26006_Ver3.00-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric

References

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Coils for contactors CR1-B

Accessories for use with coils (1)

Coils
(TC or
TH)

Additional resistors (2)

Rectifier (4)

Reference

or

DR5-TE1U

or

or

DR5-TE1U

or

or

or

DR5-TE1S

or

DR5-TE1S

R1

Reference

WB1-KB140

68

DR2-SC0068 47

DR2-SC0047

WB1-KB134

68

DR2-SC0068 68

DR2-SC0068

WB1-KB136

220

DR2-SC0220 180

DR2-SC0180

WB1-KB139

270

DR2-SC0270 220

DR2-SC0220

WB1-KB125

330

DR2-SC0330 270

DR2-SC0270

WB1-KB126

470

DR2-SC0470 470

DR2-SC0470

WB1-KB138

1000

DR2-SC1000 470

DR2-SC0470

501474_1

For contactors CR1-B/31

R2

Automatic coil
cut-out contact
(3)
Nb Reference

501475_1

DR2-SC0220

ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8
ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8
ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8
ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8
ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8
ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8
ZC4-GM2
ZC4-GM8

Reference

For contactors CR1-B/32

WB1-KB133

DR2-SC0033

PR4-FB0011

DR5-TE1U

47

DR2-SC0047 39

DR2-SC0039

PR4-FB0010

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB140

100

DR2-SC0100 47

DR2-SC0047

PR4-FB0009

WB1-KB124

120

DR2-SC0120 120

DR2-SC0120

PR4-FB0007

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB122

220

DR2-SC0220 150

DR2-SC0150

PR4-FB0007

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB136

330

DR2-SC0330 220

DR2-SC0220

PR4-FB0006

WB1-KB125

470

DR2-SC0470 470

DR2-SC0470

PR4-FB0005

DR5-TE1S

WB1-KB137

501476_1

DR2-SC0010 33

WB1-KB121

ZC4-GM2

10

680

DR2-SC0680 560

DR2-SC0560

PR4-FB0004

DR5-TE1S

For contactors CR1-B/33

WB1-KB123

39

DR2-SC0039 27

DR2-SC0027

PR4-FB0012

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB133

47

DR2-SC0047 39

DR2-SC0039

PR4-FB0011

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB121

56

DR2-SC0056 47

DR2-SC0047

PR4-FB0010

WB1-KB124

180

DR2-SC0180 120

DR2-SC0120

PR4-FB0008

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB135

270

DR2-SC0270 270

DR2-SC0270

PR4-FB0006

WB1-KB139

470

DR2-SC0470 390

DR2-SC0390

PR4-FB0005

DR5-TE1S

WB1-KB125

680

DR2-SC0680 470

DR2-SC0470

PR4-FB0004

DR5-TE1S

For contactors CR1-B/34

WB1-KB132

DR2-SC0027

PR4-FB0014

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB123

47

DR2-SC0047 33

DR2-SC0033

PR4-FB0012

DR5-TE1U

56

DR2-SC0056 56

DR2-SC0056

PR4-FB0010

WB1-KB134

150

DR2-SC0150 120

DR2-SC0120

PR4-FB0008

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB124

180

DR2-SC0180 150

DR2-SC0150

PR4-FB0007

DR5-TE1U

WB1-KB122

270

DR2-SC0270 220

DR2-SC0220

PR4-FB0007

WB1-KB136

390

DR2-SC0390 390

DR2-SC0390

PR4-FB0006

DR5-TE1S

WB1-KB139

501477_1

DR2-SC0033 27

WB1-KB121

PR4-FB0014

33

560

DR2-SC0560 470

DR2-SC0470

PR4-FB0005

DR5-TE1S

DR5-TE1U
(1) For connections, see page 26008/9.
(2) Weight of resistors DR2-SC//// : 0.030 kg.
(3) Weight of automatic coil cut-out contacts : ZC4-GM/ : 0.030 kg and PR4-FB00// : 0.600 kg.
(4) Weight of rectifier DR5-TE1/ : 0.100 kg. The rectifier is for use on a.c. only.

Schneider Electric

26006_Ver3.00-EN.fm/3

References

Contactors

Magnetic latching contactors

Accessories and replacement parts for contactors CR1-F

For contactors

LA5-FF431
LA5-FG431

0.350

LA5-FH431

0.660

CR1-F400

LA5-F400803

0.660

CR1-F500

LA5-F500803

0.660

CR1-F630

LA5-F630803

0.660

CR1-F1504

LA5-FF441

0.360

CR1-F1854

LA5-FG441

0.465

CR1-F2654

LA5-FH441

0.880

CR1-F4004

LA5-F400804

0.465

CR1-F5004

LA5-F500804

0.465

CR1-F6304

LA5-F630804

0.465

CR1-F150

LA5-F15050

0.490

CR1-F185

LA5-F18550

0.670

CR1-F265

LA5-F26550

0.920

CR1-F400

LA5-F40050

1.300

CR1-F500

LA5-F50050

1.850

CR1-F630

LA5-F63050

3.150

CR1-F1504

LA5-F150450

0.660

CR1-F1854

LA5-F185450

0.910

CR1-F2654

LA5-F265450

1.220

CR1-F4004

LA5-F400450

1.740

CR1-F5004

LA5-F500450

2.500

CR1-F6304

3-pole

CR1-F150

CR1-F265

Sets of contacts
for 3 or 4 poles (1)

Weight
kg
0.270

CR1-F185

501478_1

Description

Reference

LA5-F630450

4.200

LA5-FG431

4-pole

501479_1

Arc chambers

3-pole

4-pole

LA5-F40050

(1) Set containing the following (per pole) : 2 fixed contacts, 1 moving contact , 2 deflectors,
1 back-plate, clamping screws and washers.

26007_Ver3.00-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric

Contactors

References

Magnetic latching contactors

Accessories and replacement parts for contactors CR1-B

501481_1

501482_1

PA1-LB89

501483_1

Auxiliary contact
blocks

PA1-LB80

0.420

PA1-LB80

0.420

For contactors

Composition

Reference

All ratings

PA1-LB75

Weight
kg
0.220

All ratings

PA1-LB76

0.200

All ratings

PA1-LB89

0.120

CR1-BL

PA1-LB50

3.700

PA1-LB50

3.700

PA1-PB50

6.200

CR1-BR

ZC4-GM1

0.420

CR1-BP

Moving contact only

(for one finger)
Fixed contact only
(for one finger)
Blow-out horn only
(for one finger)
Arc chambers
(for a single pole)

PA1-LB80

CR1-BM

Description

CR1-BR

PA1-LB80
(PA1-LB76 + PA1-LB75)

CR1-BL

CR1-BP

Set of contacts
(1 moving contact,
1 fixed contact)

Number of sets Unit reference

required per
of set
pole
1
PA1-LB80

CR1-BM

501480_1

Description

For contactors

PA1-RB50

8.500

All ratings

ZC4-GM1

0.030

ZC4-GM2

0.030

ZC4-GM9

0.030

ZC4-GM8

0.030

All ratings

1 N/O contact
normal
1 N/C contact
normal
1 N/O contact
gold flashed
1 N/O contact
gold flashed

PR4-FB00// (1)

0.600

All ratings

PV1-FA80

0.035

All ratings

PN1-FB50

0.220

All ratings

ET1-KB50

10.600

For contactors

No. of parts
required

Reference

CR1-B
(1 ple)
CR1-B
(2, 3 or 4 ples)
CR1-BL, BM
or BP
CR1-BR

DV1-RT292

Weight
kg
0.050

DV1-RT292

0.050

1 per pole

DV1-RC201

0.020

1 per pole

DV1-RC155

0.020

All ratings
All ratings
All ratings
N/C pole
for automatic cut-out coil
Set of moving and fixed
contacts for N/C pole
Arc chamber
for N/C pole
Electromagnet
Description
PA1-LB50

501484_1

Return springs
for moving part of
electromagnet
N/O pole springs

Weight
kg
0.420

(1) Reference to be completed, see page 26006/3.

PR4-FB004 //

Schneider Electric

26007_Ver3.00-EN.fm/3

Contactors

Dimensions

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-F

CR1-F150 to F500
Common side view

CR1-F150, F185, F265

S1

CR1-F400, F500

F150 M8x25
F185 M8x25
F265 M10x35

44,5

6xM10x35
8x8,5
3x6,5

G
G1

X1

J
J1

b1

b
b2

120
180

X1

=
=

(1)

=
=

G1
G

23,5
Y

P
a

Q1

CR1-

F150
F185
F265
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
a
163.5
201.5
168.5
208.5
201.5
244.5
b
170
170
174
174
203
203
b1
137
137
137
137
145
145
b2
301
301
305
305
370
370
c
171
171
181
181
213
213
f
131
131
130
130
147
147
G
106
143
111
151
142
190
G1
80
80
80
80
96
96
J
106
106
106
106
106
106
J1
120
120
120
120
120
120
L
107
107
113.5
113.5
141
141
M
150
150
154
154
178
178
P
40
40
40
40
48
48
Q
26
26
29
29
39
34
Q1
57.5
55.5
59.5
59.5
66.5
66.5
S
20
20
20
20
25
25
S1
27
27
34
34
38
38
Y
44
44
38.5
30.5
30.5
21.5
Z
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
15.5
15.5
f = minimum distance required for coil removal
X1: Minimum electrical clearance according to operational voltage and breaking capacity
Voltage in V
200500
CR1-F150
10
CR1-F185
10
CR1-F265
10
(1) Power terminal protection shroud
CR1-F630

CR1-

F400
3P
a
213
G mini
66
b
206
b2
375
c
219
f
146
G Supplied 80
G max
102
G1 Supplied 170
G1 min
156
G1 max
192
J1
12
L
145
M
181
P
48
Q
43
Q1
74
S
25

72

40

64
6xM12x45

180

264

X1

280
304
464

X1

4x10,5

60,5

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/2

80

80

Q1

181 (2)

4P
261
66
206
375
219
146
80
150
170
156
240
60
145
181
48
43
74
25

F500
3P
233
66
238
400
232
150
80
120
170
156
210
32
146
208
55
47
77
30

4P
288
66
238
400
232
150
140
175
230
156
265
27
146
208
55
47
77
30

f = minimum distance required for coil removal

X1: Minimum electrical clearance according to operational
voltage and breaking capacity
Voltage in V
200500 6601000
CR1-F400
15
20
CR1-F500
15
20

6601000
15
15
15

(1)

155
197
255

Q1

J1

CR1-F630
3P
4P
a
309
389
G Supplied
180
240
G min
100
150
G max
195
275
J1
61
81
Q
60
60
Q1
89
89
X1 : Minimum electrical clearance according
to operational voltage and breaking capacity
Voltage in V
X1
200500
20
6901000
30
(1) Power terminal protection shroud.
(2) = minimum distance required for coil
removal.

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Mounting

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-F

CR1-F150F265
On panel

On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-PA, PB, PC

3x6,5

DZ5-MF5

=
J

=
J1

c
CR1c

110

110
AF1-EA6

120

110
=

(1)

On rails DZ5-MB at 120 mm fixing

F150
F185
3P
171
181
4P
171
181
G
3P
80
80
4P
80
80
J
3P
26.5
29
4P
45
49
J1
3P
57
59.5
4P
75.5
79.5
(1) Power terminal protection shroud.
CR1-F150F650
On 2 notched uprights AM1-EC///

F265
213
213
96
96
44.5
68.5
61.5
85.5

CR1c
G

F150
171
171
80
80

3P
4P
3P
4P

F185
181
181
80
80

AM1-EC200

F265
213
213
96
96

CR1c
G

15
F150
171
171
80
80

3P
4P
3P
4P

F185
181
181
80
80

F265
213
213
96
96

AF1-CD081 + AF1-VC820 (2)

AF1-CD101+
AF1-VC10

AF1-CD061+
AF1-VA618

AF1-CD061

AF1-VA618
M6

AF1-VA618
M6

M6

120

110

LA9-F100

25

8,5

G
AM1-EC200

35

10,5

=
c

AF1-CD081+
AF1-VC820

180

(1)

G
AM1-EC200

G1
G2
G3

CR1c

F150
F185
F265
F400
F500
F630
3P
171
181
213
213
226
250
4P
171
181
213
213
226
250
G (M6)
3P
80
80
96

4P
80
80
96

G1 ( 8.5)
3P

80
80

4P

80
140

G2 ( 10.5)
3P

180
4P

240
(1) AF1-CD/// or AF1-VA///.
(2) This upright AM1-EC200 is required when G2 or G3 is greater than 700 mm, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/3

Contactors

Mounting

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-F

P1

=
120 (2)
=

110/120
=
=
J1

=
G1

=
J

J1

=
G1

J3

J1

F150
345
422
170
170
80
80
71
111
57
75.5
71
71

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/4

J2

G1

J1
J3

2 x CR1a
3P
4P
b
3P
4P
G
3P
4P
J
3P
4P
J1
3P
4P
P1
3P
4P

G
G1

8x8,5 (1)

8x8,5 (1)

3x6,5

180

P1

3x6,5

Reversing contactors 2 x CR1-F400F630

Reversing contactors 2 x CR1-F150F265

Horizontally mounted

F185
357
437
174
174
80
80
78
118
59.5
79.5
78
78

F265
425
521
203
203
96
96
109
157
61.5
85.5
100
100

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

2 x CR1a

3P
4P
b
3P
4P
G
3P
4P
G1
3P
4P
J
3P
4P
J1
3P
4P
J2
3P
4P
J3
3P
4P
P1
3P
4P
(1) Except F360 : 4x 10.5.
(2) Except F630.

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

F400
446
542
206
206
80
80
170
170
157
157
64.5
112.5
67
67
19.5
67.5
107
107

F500
485
595
238
238
80
140
170
230
156
156
84.5
79.5
66
66
39.5
34.5
112
112

F630
636
796
304
304
180
240

139
139
68.5
68.5

137
137

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Mounting

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-F

Reversing contactors
Vertically mounted with mechanical interlock LA9-FGGG
2 contactors CR1-F of identical or different ratings (CR1-F150F630), see pages 26004/2 and 26004/3
Assembly A
Assembly B

12,5
(5)
(1)

G1

(6)

(3)
=

J1

H1

G3(2)

H1

H1

(1)

J1

(6)

(1)

G3(2)

180

120

(3)

(1)

F330 }120
F265
F400
F500 180
F630

= =
H

J1

G1

(6)

(4)
G3
(2)

G5

120

(3)
=
=

G5

F330 }120
F265
F400
F500 180
F630

12,5
(5)
(1)

80

F330 }120
F265
F400
F500 180
F630

J3
(1)

Assembly C

= =

(5)

(4)
J4

J4

80

9
12,5

80
J2

J2

G4

G2
J2

(1) Mechanical interlock shaft.

(2) For assembly of contactors with different ratings only.
(3) 3 x 6.5 mm for CR1-F150F265.
(4) 3 x 6.5 mm for CR1-F265.
(5) Mechanical interlock guide bracket.
(6) 4 x 8.5 mm for CR1-F400, F500 or 4 x 10.5 mm.
Assembly type
A
B
LA9-F
F4F G4F G4G
H4F J4F K4F
G1
3P

96
80
80
4P

96
80
140
G2
3P

4P

G3
3P
0
3
0
21
45
45
4P
0
4
0
27
26
26
G4
3P

4P

G5
3P

60
83
83
4P

83
83
83
H
mini
200 210 220
240 250 270
maxi
310 300 310
380 380 380
H1
mini
80
90
100
110 80
100
maxi
190 180 190
250 210 210
J1
3P
133 134 134
149.5 137 157
4P
145 146 146
164.5 185 212
J2
3P
133 133 134
183 133 183
4P
145 145 146
145 145 145
J3
3P
48.5 53
53

4P
67
73
73

J4
3P
48.5 54
53
48.5 48.5 48.5
4P
67
69
73
67
67
67
(7) In this case G4 is larger than G5.

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

L4F
180
240

35
17

74
74
310
380
140
210
241
321
133
145

48.5
67

H4G
96
96

19
23

60
83
250
380
120
250
149.5
164.5
134
146

53
73

J4G
80
80

42
22

83
83
250
380
90
220
137
185
134
146

53
73

References :
page 26004/3

K4G
80
140

42
22

83
83
270
380
110
220
157
212
134
146

53
73

L4G
180
240

33
13

74
74
310
380
150
220
241
321
134
146

53
73

C
H4H
96
96
96
96
0
0
60
83
60
83
250
380
130
260
149.5
164.5
142.5
164.5

J4H
80
80
96
96
23
0
60
83
83
83
260
380
110
230
137
185
149.5
164.5

K4H
80
140
96
96
23
0
60
83
83
83
280
380
130
230
157
212
149.5
164.5

L4H
180
240
96
96
14
9 (7)
60
83
74
74
330
380
170
220
24
321
149.5
164.5

J4J
80
80
80
80
0
0
83
83
83
83
260
380
60
200
137
185
137
185

K4J
80
140
80
80
0
0
83
83
83
83
280
380
100
200
157
212
137
185

L4J
180
240
80
80
9 (7)
9 (7)
83
83
74
74
325
380
140
195
241
321
137
185

K4K
80
140
80
140
0
0
83
83
83
83
300
380
120
200
157
212
157
212

L4K
180
240
80
140
9 (7)
9 (7)
83
83
74
74
345
380
160
195
244
321
157
212

L4L
180
240
180
240
0
0
74
74
74
74
380
380
200
200
241
321
241
312

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/5

Contactors

Dimensions

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-B

Contactors type CR1-B

Common side view

185

1-pole, 2-pole or 3-pole

4-pole

290
350

350

R
15

c 85 b c

P
M

P
M1

Q1

30

30

51

Q1

M2

30

30
15

44

15

365

260

15

CR1-BL
CR1-BM
1P
2P
3P
4P
1P
2P
3P
4P
a
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
b
59
59
59
59
55
55
55
55
c
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
L
345
445
540
760
345
445
540
760
M
285
385
480

285
385
480

M1

308

308
M2

392

392
N
121
121
121
121
125
125
125
125
P
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Q1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
R
122
122
122
122
157
157
157
157
S
10
10
10
10
17
17
17
17
T
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

9
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
Electrical safety clearance
Values X1 and X2 are given for a breaking capacity of 10 In (3-phase " current).
3-phase 4 voltage
380-415-440 V
X1
X2
500 V
X1
X2
600 V
X1
X2
1000 V
X1
X2

X2

Nb of poles

CR1-BP
1P
2P
100
100
55
55
20
20
385
540
325
480

125
125
150
150
110
110
173
173
20
20
60
60
11
11

CR1-BL
100
150
100
150
150
200
200
250

3P
100
55
20
760
700

125
150
110
173
20
60
11

4P
100
55
20
1065

455
550
125
150
110
173
20
60
11

CR1-BM
100
150
100
150
150
200
200
250

CR1-BR
1P
2P
125
125
50
50
25
25
445
635
385
575

130
130
195
195
123
123
173
173
20
20
60
60
11
11

CR1-BP
150
200
150
220
200
250
200
250

3P
125
50
25
885
825

130
195
123
173
20
60
11

4P
125
50
25
1065

455
550
130
195
123
173
20
60
11

CR1-BR
200
250
200
250
200
250
250
300

X1

E = 600

A = (E112) 488

Mechanical interlock for assembly of vertically mounted reversing contactors

EZ2-LB0601

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/6

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Adjustment
characteristics

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-B

501391_1

Complete pole
Adjustment of pick-up travel and pull-in travel
1

E
e

1
2
3
4

Moving circuit
Coil
Moving circuit
Return spring

1
2
3
4
5

Fixed contact
Moving contact
Pull-in gap adjustment
Adjustment of application force
Pole spring

N/O pole adjustment

1

F
3

4
5

N/C automatic coil cut-out pole adjustment

1

F
2

1
2
3
4
5

Fixed contact
Moving contact
Opening gap adjustment
Adjustment of application force
Pole spring

3
4
5

a.c. or d.c. supply with economy resistor (and rectifier on

Contactor type
Electromagnet
(EB5-KB50)
Coil
(WB1-KB)
N/O power pole
(PA1)
N/C automatic coil cut-out
pole
(PR4)

Pick-up travel (E)

Pull-in travel (e)
Pull-in voltage
Drop-out voltage
Application force (F) to contact
per pole
Application force (F)
Opening gap (b) with
electromagnet closed

" supply)

mm
mm
V
V
daN

CR1-BL
30
10
0.75 Uc
0.30.5 Uc
30

CR1-BM
30
10
0.75 Uc
0.30.5 Uc
30

CR1-BP
30
10
0.75 Uc
0.30.5 Uc
30 (1)

CR1-BR
30
10

0.30.5 Uc
30 (2)

daN
mm

0.9
3.5 0.5

0.9
3.5 0.5

0.9
3.5 0.5

0.9
3.5 0.5

(1) Each pole has 2 contacts: the force must be applied evenly to each of these contacts.
(2) Each pole has 3 contacts: the force must be applied evenly to each of these contacts.
Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Schemes :
pages 26008/8 and 26008/9

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/7

Contactors

Schemes

Magnetic latching contactors type CR1-F

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

7/L4

T1/2

T2/4

T3/6

T4/8

A1

5/L3
T3/6

A2
E1

3/L2

A1
A2
E1

T2/4

4-pole

1/L1

3-pole

T1/2

Contactors type CR1-F

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References : page 25010/3)

71/NC

83/NO

72

84

61/NC
62
61/NC

73/NO

83/NO

74

84

88

54

75/NC

87/NO

76

61/NC

3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD-N31

62

61/NC
62

53/NO

51/NC
52

54

63/NO

53/NO

81/NC
82

62

2 N/O + 2 N/C of which 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before

break LAD-C22

54

71/NC
72

2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD-N22

53/NO

53/NO

2 N/C LAD-N02

64

2 N/O LAD-N20

54

61/NC
61/NC
62

83/NO
84

51/NC

73/NO
74

4 N/C LAD-N04

52

63/NO

81/NC
82

64

71/NC
72

53/NO

61/NC
62

4 N/O LAD-N40

54

53/NO
54

1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD-N13

62

42
(91)

(94)

41/NC
(92)

53/NO

1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD-N11

54

1 N/C LAD-N01 (1)

44
(93)

43/NO
43 NO

1 N/O LAD-N10 (1)

(1) Items in brackets refer to block mounted on right-hand side of contactor.

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts conforming to standard EN 50012 (References : page 25010/3)

21/NC

31/NC

43/NO

31/NC

41/NC

53/NO

63/NO

32

44

32

42

54

64

43/NO
44

22

2 N/O + 2 N/C
LAD-N22G

13/NO

2 N/O + 2 N/C
LAD-N22P

14

31/NC

21/NC

32

13/NO
14

1 N/O + 1 N/C
LAD-N11G

22

1 N/O + 1 N/C
LAD-N11P

Front mounting add-on contact blocks - Dust and damp protected instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References : page 25010/3)

83/NO

73/NO
74

84

61/NC
62

83/NO
84

53/NO

73/NO
74

2 N/O protected (24-50 V) + 1 N/O + 1 N/C standard

LA1-DZ31

54

63/NO

63/NO
64

64

53/NO
54

53/NO

63/NO

2 N/O protected (24-50 V) 2 N/O standard

LA1-DZ40

54

53/NO

64

2 N/O (5-24 V)
LA1-DY20

54

2 N/O (24-50 V)
LA1-DX20

Time delay auxiliary contacts (References : page 25010/3)

2N
7
8
N

A1

2/L3
5
6
L3

A2
E1

2/L2
3
4

1
L1

L2

2/L1

1/L2

1/L1
7

1/L3

1N
1
2

A1
A2
E1

5
6
W

A1

3
4
V

A2
E1

1
2
U

5
6

67/NO

65/NC
66

4-pole reversing contactors 2 x CR1-F1504F6304

L3

L2
4

A1

1
2

A2
E1

Horizontally mounted

L1

3-pole reversing contactors 2 x CR1-F150F630

68

57/NO
58

55/NC

67/NO
68

N/C on-delay + LA2-DS break before make N/O

contact

56

55/NC

Off-delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD-RG

56

On-delay 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD-TG

1/L2

1/L3

1N

A1

1/L1
1
2

1/L3
5
6

A2
E1

1/L2
3
4

1/L1
1

A1
A2
E1

Vertically mounted contactors using 2 contactors of identical or different rating

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/8

1
2

2/L1

2/L2

2/L3

N
L3
L2
L1

2N

5
6
2/L3

A1

3
4
2/L2

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

A2
E1

1
2

A2
E1

A1

2/L1

L3
L2
L1

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
pages 26008/2 and 26008/5
Schneider Electric

Contactors

Schemes

Magnetic latching contactors

Contactors type CR1-B

CR1-BG33G30

A1

A1
A2

CR1-BG34G30

A2

A1

CR1-BG34G21

A2

CR1-BG34G12

A2

A2

A2

A1

A1

CR1-BG33G21
A1

CR1-BG33G12

A2

A2

A2

A1

CR1-BG32G30

A1

CR1-BG32G21

A1

CR1-BG32G12

A2

A2

A2

A1

CR1-BG31G30
A1

CR1-BG31G21

A1

CR1-BG31G12

Wiring schemes

KM1:5

KM1:5

5 L3
6

Connectors CR1-B
KM1:1

3 L2
4

1 L1
2

Contactors CR1-F and CR1-B Contactors CR1-F

with thermal overload relay

R1
S1

13

14

A2

14

13 A2

KM1
KM1:1

KM1

R2

M
3c

A1 96

98

22

13
14

14
A1
E1

F1

KM1

S1

97

21

14

98

96

13

S2

(1)

95 2

KM1

S2

F1

F1

13

95

97

KM1

(1) automatic coil cut-out contact ZC4-GM or PR4-FB00//

S1 : latching pushbutton
S2 : unlatching pushbutton

Coils for contactors CR1-F

Pushbutton control

Scheme of internal circuit

A1

Start
Latching
winding

A2
E1

CR1

A1

Stop

a()/c

a(+)/c
A2

A1

Switch control
Start/Stop

A2
E1

CR1

a()/c

CR1

Unlatching
winding

E1

a(+)/c

Warning : terminal A2 is common to both windings in all cases.

Selection :
pages 26001/3 to 26001/7
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 26002/2 to 26002/5

References :
pages 26003/2 to 26007/3

Dimensions :
page 26008/6

26008-EN_Ver4.2.fm/9

Selection guide

Modular equipment

Applications

Control of lighting heating, hot water systems, ventilation systems and small motors

Functions

Contactors :
- GC1 for standard applications,
- GC3 for use in extremely noise sensitive environments

Contactors with manual override:

- GY1 for standard applications,
- GY3 for use in extremely noise sensitive

Rating

1663 A

1663 A

Number of 17.5 mm
modules
(variable, depending on
size and number of poles)

13

14

Type reference

GC1, GC3

GY1, GY3

Pages

20005/2

20015/2

0255Q_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Schneider Electric

Dimensions

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

GY-1611, 1620
GY-2511, 2520
1 module

GY-1640
GY-2530, 2540
2 modules

81

44,4

Dual tariff contactors

C side view

43,7

17,5

35

64
69
GY-4030, 4040
GY-6330, 6340
3 modules

81

44,4

GY-4020
GY-6320
2 modules

43,7

35

52,5

64
69

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
20016_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 20014/2 and 20014/3

References :
pages 20015/2 and 20015/3

Schemes :
page 20016/3
Schneider Electric

Dimensions, schemes

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Dimensions
Auxiliary contacts
GAC-0511, 0531 and 0521

17,5

43,7

8,75

43,7

60

12,75

60

65
Cover plates
GA1-C6

GA1-C7

54

44

Clip-on ventilation module

GAC-5

54

65

67

11,5

18

11,5

65

44,4

81

81

44,4

Coil suppression blocks

GAP-21, 22 and 231

Schemes

Schneider Electric

R1

1
2

7
8

R2

5
6

A1

3
4

A2

1
2

5
6

A1

3
4

A2

13/NO
12

1
2
23/NO
24

Characteristics :
pages 20014/2 and 20014/3

GY-//11

GAC-0511

14/NO

A1
A2

3
4

21/NC
22

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5

GY-//40

GAC-0531
13/NO

1
2

13/NO
14

Auxiliary contacts
GAC-0521

GY-//30

14

A1
A2

Contactors
GY-//20

References :
pages 20015/2 and 20015/3

Dimensions :
page 20016/2
20016_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

References

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Maximum
current
rating
category AC-7a

Number of poles

Number
of
17.5 mm
modules

Sold
in
lots of

Basic reference.
Complete with
code indicating
control circuit
voltage (2)

Weight

Usual
voltages

kg
B5 M5

0.110

GY-1640//

B5 M5

0.230

12

GY-1611//

B5 M5

0.110

12

GY-2520//

B5 M5

0.110

GY-2530//

B5 M5

0.230

GY-2540//

B5 M5

0.230

12

GY-2511//

B5 M5

0.110

GY-4020//

B5 M5

0.230

GY-4030//

B5 M5

0.350

GY-4040//

B5 M5

0.390

GY-6320//

B5 M5

0.340

GY-6330//

B5 M5

0.390

63

GY-1620//

40

12

GY-6340

25

GY-2520

16

GY-6340//

B5 M5

0.390

(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts
12
24
48
110
220/240
50 Hz
J5
B5
E5
F5
M5
60 Hz
J6
B6
E6
F6
M6
Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5

20015_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 20014/2 and 20014/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20016/2 and 20016/3
Schneider Electric

References

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

Number
of
contacts

Number of poles

Reference

Weight

kg
1

GAC-0521

0.016

GAC-0531

0.016

GAC-0511

0.016

Weight

Accessories
Description

Ventilation
1/2 module
clips onto

Sold
in
lots of

Unit
reference

1248

GAP-21

0.090

GAP-22

0.090

220240

Operational
voltage
in V

Coil
suppression
blocks
comprising
2 RC circuits

Number
of
modules

48127

GAP-2

For
use on
contactor

GAP-23

0.090

kg

GW-254

GW-63

Cover plates

Sealable
terminal
covers
(1 top
part +
1 bottom
part)

10

GAC-5

0.015

1/2

10

GA1-C7

0.001

10

GA1-C6

0.001

16 or 25 A
3 or 4
contacts

GW-254

0.040

40 or 63 A
2 contacts

GW-632

0.040

40 or 63 A
3 or 4
contacts

GA1-C

1/2

GAC-5

GW-634

0.050

rail

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 20014/2 and 20014/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20016/2 and 20016/3

20015_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Characteristics

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Type

GY16

GY25

GY40

GY63

Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 1095

Conforming to VDE 0110

V
V
kV

Rated impulse withstand

voltage (Uimp)

500
500
4 in enclosure

Conforming to standards

IEC 1095, VDE 0637-3 and IEC 947-5 for auxiliary

contacts

Approvals

NF-USE, VDE, CEBEC, VE

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact IP 20 open, IP 40 in enclosure

Protective treatment

Standard version

TC

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage
Operation

C
C

- 40+ 70
- 5+ 50 (0.851.1 Uc)

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

3000

Operating positions

Without derating

30 in relation to normal vertical mounting position

Shock resistance
1/2 sine wave = 11 ms

Contactor open
Contactor closed

10 gn
15 gn

Vibration resistance
5300 Hz

Contactor open
Contactor closed

2 gn
3 gn

Flame resistance

Conforming to IEC 1095

Pole characteristics
Number of poles

2, 3 or 4

Rated operational current (Ie)

(Ue 440 V)

In AC-7a (heating)

16

25

40

63

In AC-7b (motor control)

8.5

15

25

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Up to

250 - 2-pole contactors, 415 - 3 and 4-pole contactors

Frequency limits

Of the operational current

Hz

400

Conventional thermal current (lth)

50 C

16

25

40

63

Rated breaking and

making capacity

Conforming to IEC 1095 (AC-7b)

I rms 400 V 3-phase

40

68

120

200

Short time rating

with no current flow for the previous
previous 15 minutes with 40 C

For 10 s

128

200

320

504

For 30 s

40

62

100

157

Short-circuit protection by
fuse or circuit breaker
U 440 V

gl fuse

16

25

40

63

230V

A2s

5000

10 000

16 000

18 000

400V

A2s

9000

14 000

17 500

20 000

2.5

2.5

0.65

1.6

3.2

Circuit breaker I2t

(at 3 kA rms
prospective)

Average impedance per pole

At lth and 50 Hz

Power dissipated per pole

For the above operational currents W

Maximum cabling c.s.a.

Flexible cable without cable end

Solid cable without cable end

Tightening torque

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/
20014_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2

6
4
6
1.5
6
4

6
4
6
1.5
6
4

25
16
16
4
25
6

25
16
16
4
25
6

Power circuit connections

Flexible cable with cable end

1 conductor
2 conductors
1 conductor
2 conductors
1 conductor
2 conductors

N.m

1.4

1.4

3.5

3.5

5
References :

pages 20015/2 and

20015/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20016/2 and

20016/3
Schneider Electric

Characteristics

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Type

GY16, GY25
single or 2-pole

GY16, GY25
3 or 4-pole
GY40, GY63
2-pole

GY40, GY63
3 of 4-pole

Control circuit characteristics

Rated control circuit
voltage (Uc)

50 or 60 Hz

Control voltage limits

( 50 C)
50 Hz coils

12240 V, for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office

Operational
Drop-out

Average consumption
at 20 C and at Uc
50 Hz

"

0.851.1 Uc
0.20.75 Uc

Inrush

VA

15

34

53

Sealed

VA

3.8

4.6

6.5

Heat dissipation

50/60 Hz

1.3

1.6

2.1

Operating time

Closing C

ms

10 ... 30

Opening O

ms

10 ... 25

Mechanical durability

In operating cycles

106

Maximum operating rate

at ambient temperature 50 C

In operating cycles per hour

300

Maximum cabling c.s.a.

Flexible cable without cable end

1 or 2 conductors

mm2

2.5

Flexible cable with cable end

1 conductor

mm2

2.5

2 conductors

mm2

1.5

1 or 2 conductors

mm2

1.5

N.m

1.4

Solid cable without cable end

Tightening torque

Instantaneous auxiliary contact characteristics

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Up to

250

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 947-5

500

Conforming to VDE 0110

500

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

For ambient 50 C

Mechanical durability

In operating cycles

Maximum cabling c.s.a.

Flexible or solid conductor

Schneider Electric

5
References :

mm2

2.5

N.m

Tightening torque

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/

106

1.4

pages 20015/2 and

20015/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20016/2 and

20016/3
20014_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Presentation, standards

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Presentation of GY dual tariff contactors

Designed for use in modular panels and enclosures, these contactors feature :

/ Easy installation
- quick clip-on fixing onto 35 mm omega rail,
- easy connection by means of ready-to-tighten captive, pozidrive screw terminals.

/ Compact size
All units have a common depth of 60 mm and width in modules of 17.5 mm (width of one module : 17.5 mm).

/ User safety
GY-25

- use of materials conforming to strictest fire safety standards,

- live parts protected against direct finger contact,
- completely safe operation,
- state indication on front face.

Dual tariff contactors are designed for use with Electricity Supply Authority dual tariffs.
They have a 4-position selector switch on the front face :
Stop (O)

For switching off the load, e.g. for prolonged periods of absence.

Off peak
Automatic start (A)

Peak time
Manual start (I)

The contactor switches automatically during off peak hours as set by the
Supply Authority remote control and thus supplies the load, (washing machine,
dishwasher, convector heater, water heater) during this period, at an economy
rate to the user.

In this position, the contactor supplies the load to cater for additional requirements for hot water, heating, etc., but at the standard rate.
The contactor returns automatically to the off-peak position at the start of the
off-peak period.

Peak time
Manual override with lock

Facility for setting the contactor to continuous manual operation, ignoring the
automation system and the Supply Authority control; setting and locking is
achieved by means of a tool, with manual return to the AUTO position.

Standards
This new range of modular contactors has been designed taking into account the requirements of new international
standard IEC 1095.
This standard is specific to :
Electromagnetic contactors for domestic and similar use.
It has very strict requirements, meeting the expectations of users, with regard to the safety of equipment and persons
in premises and areas accessible to the public.
Conformity with this standard makes it possible to obtain the following quality labels without the need for additional
tests: NF-USE, VDE, CEBEC.

Applications
Modular contactors are designed for switching all single-phase, 3-phase or 3-phase+Neutral loads up to 63 A.

Power switching
The new range of contactors has multiple applications in industrial, agricultural and commercial premises, hospitals and
the home, i.e. wherever switching of a specific supply is required :
- lighting,
- heating,
- ventilation,
- motorised shutters or gates.

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
20012_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 20014/2 and 20014/3

References :
pages 20015/2 and 20015/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20016/2 and 20016/3
Schneider Electric

Setting-up precautions

Modular equipment

Dual tariff contactors, type GY

Setting-up precautions
The contactor controls must be bounce free. If not, connect
a coil suppression block (GAP-21, 22 or 23) across the coil
terminals 250 V (ref. 1).
When several contactors which operate at the same time
are mounted side by side, a GAC-5 ventilation 1/2 module
must be fitted every 2 contactors (ref. 2).

It is advisable to mount electronic units at the bottom of the

modular panel and to separate them from electromechanical units by a space equal to one module (ref. 3) or by 2
ventilation modules GAC-5.

Derating of contactors mounted in a modular enclosure if the temperature within the enclosure is > 40 C
Contactor rating

40 C

50 C

60 C (1)

16 A

16 A

14 A

13 A

25 A

25 A

22 A

20 A

40 A

40 A

36 A

32 A

57 A

50 A

63 A
63 A
(1) Ventilation 1/2 module must be fitted

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 20014/2 and 20014/3

References :
pages 20015/2 and 20015/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20016/2 and 20016/3
20012_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Dimensions

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

GC-1610, 1611, 1620

GC-2502, 2510, 2511, 2520
1 module

GC-1622, 1640
GC-2504, 2522, 2530, 2540
2 modules

81

44,4

Contactors
Common side view

17,5

43,7

35

60
65

GC-4004, 4022, 4030, 4040

GC-6304, 6322, 6330, 6340
3 modules

81

44,4

GC-4002, 4011, 4020

GC-6302, 6311, 6320
2 modules

43,7

52,5

35

60
65
GC-10040
6 modules

81

44,4

GC-10020
3 modules

43,7

54

108

60
65

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
20006_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and 20004/3

References :
pages 20005/2 and 20005/3

Dimensions and schemes :

page 20006/3
Schneider Electric

Dimensions, schemes

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Dimensions
Auxiliary contacts
GAC-0511, 0531 and 0521

17,5

43,7

8,75

43,7

60

12,75

60

65
Cover plates
GA1-C6

GA1-C7

54

44

Clip-on ventilation module

GAC-5

54

65

Schemes
Contactors
GC-//10

GC-//20

A1

A1

A1

A2

A2

A2

Schneider Electric

7
8

5
6

3
4

R3

R5

R4

R6

R7

R1
R2

R8

A1

A1
A2

A2

R3
R4

R3

3
4

R4

1
2

R1

R1
R2

12

13/NO

GAC-0511

14/NO

23/NO
24

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and 20004/3

GC-//04

R2

A1
A2

1
2

21/NC
22

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5

GC-//40

GC-//02

GAC-0531
13/NO

R1
R2

13/NO
14

Auxiliary contacts
GAC-0521

14

A1

GC-//22

A2

GC-//11

GC-//30

11,5

A1

18

A2

11,5

67

65

44,4

81

81

44,4

Coil suppression blocks

GAP-21, 22 and 23

References :
pages 20005/2 and 20005/3

Dimensions :
page 20006/2
20006_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

References

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Maximum
current
rating
category AC-7a

Number of poles

Number
of
17.5 mm
modules

Sold
in
lots of

Basic reference.
Complete with
code indicating
control circuit
voltage (2)

Weight

Usual
voltages

kg
1

12

GC-1610//

B5 M5

0.110

12

GC-1620//

B5 M5

0.110

GC-1630//

B5 M5

0.230

GC-1640//

B5 M5

0.230

12

GC-1611//

B5 M5

0.110

GC-1622//

B5 M5

0.230

12

GC-2510//

B5 M5

0.110

12

GC-2520//

B5 M5

0.110

GC-2530//

B5 M5

0.230

GC-2540//

B5 M5

0.230

12

GC-2511//

B5 M5

0.110

GC-2522//

B5 M5

0.230

12

GC-2502//

B5 M5

0.110

GC-2504//

B5 M5

0.230

GC-4020//

B5 M5

0.230

GC-4030//

B5 M5

0.350

GC-4040//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-4011//

B5 M5

0.230

GC-4022//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-4002//

B5 M5

0.230

GC-4004//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-6320//

B5 M5

0.340

GC-6330//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-6340//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-6311//

B5 M5

0.340

GC-6322//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-6302//

B5 M5

0.340

GC-6304//

B5 M5

0.390

GC-10020//

B5 M5

0.680

2
GC-10040//
B5 M5
4

6
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).

0.780

16

GC-2520
25

40
GC-4040

63

GC-10020

100

Volts
50 Hz
60 Hz

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/
20005_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

5
Characteristics :

12
J5
J6

24
B5
B6

pages 20004/2 and

20004/3

48
E5
E6

110
F5
F6

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

220/240
M5
M6

20006/3
Schneider Electric

References

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

Number
of
contacts

Number of poles

Reference

Weight

kg
1

GG

GAC-0521

0.016

GAC-0531

0.016

GAC-05

GAC-0511

0.016

Weight

Accessories
Description

Ventilation
1/2 module
clips onto

Sold
in
lots of

Unit
reference

1248

GAP-21

0.090

GAP-22

0.090

220240

Operational
voltage
in V

Coil
suppression
block
comprising
2 RC circuits

Number
of
modules

48127

GAP-2

For use
on
contactor

GAP-23

0.090

kg

GW-254

GW-63

10

GAC-5

0.015

1/2

10

GA1-C7

0.001

10

GA1-C6

0.001

16 or 25 A
3 or 4
contacts

GW-254

0.040

40 or 63 A
2 contacts

GW-632

0.040

40 or 63 A
3 or 4
contacts

GA1-C

1/2

GAC-5

GW-634

0.050

rail

Cover plates

Sealable
terminal
covers
(10 top
part +
10 bottom
part)

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/
Schneider Electric

5
Characteristics :

pages 20004/2 and

20004/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

20006/3
20005_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Characteristics

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Type

GC16

GC25

GC40

GC63

GC100

Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 1095

Conforming to VDE 0110

V
V
kV

Rated impulse withstand

voltage (Uimp)

500
500
4 in enclosure

Conforming to standards

IEC 1095, VDE 0637-3 and IEC 947-5 for auxiliary contacts

Approvals

NF- USE, VDE, CEBEC, VE

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Protection against direct finger contact (IP 20 open, IP 40 in enclosure)

Protective treatment

Standard version

TC

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage

- 40+ 70

Operation

- 5+ 50 (0.851.1 Uc)

Maximum operating altitude

Without derating

3000

Operating positions

Without derating

30 in relation to normal vertical mounting position

Shock resistance
1/2 sine wave = 10 ms

Contactor open
Contactor closed

10 gn
15 gn

Vibration resistance
5300 Hz

Contactor open
Contactor closed

2 gn
3 gn

Flame resistance

Conforming to IEC 1095

Pole characteristics
Number of poles

2, 3 or 4

Rated operational current (Ie)

(Ue 440 V)

In AC-7a (heating)

16

25

40

63

100

In AC-7b (motor control)

8.5

15

25

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Up to

250 two-pole contactors, 415 three and four-pole contactors

Frequency limits

Of the operational current

Hz

400

Conventional thermal current (lth)

50 C

16

25

40

63

100

Rated making and breaking capacity Conforming to IEC 1095 (AC-7b)

I rms 400 V 3-phase

40

68

120

200

Permissible short time rating

with no current flow for the previous
15 minutes and with 40 C

For 10 s

128

200

320

504

800

For 30 s

40

62

100

157

250

Short-circuit protection by
fuse or circuit breaker
U 440 V

gl fuse

16

25

40

63

100

230 V

A2s

5000

10000

16000

18000

400 V

A2s

9000

14000

17500

20000

2.5

2.5

0.65

1.6

3.2

10

Circuit breaker I2t

(at 3 kA rms
prospective)

Average impedance per pole

At lth and 50 Hz

Power dissipated per pole

For the above operational currents W

Maximum cabling c.s.a.

Flexible cable without cable end

Solid cable without cable end

Tightening torque

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/
20004_Ver2.11-EN.fm/2

mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2

6
4
6
1.5
6
4

6
4
6
1.5
6
4

25
16
16
4
25
6

25
16
16
4
25
6

35

35

35
10

Power circuit connections

Flexible cable with cable end

1 conductor
2 conductors
1 conductor
2 conductors
1 conductor
2 conductors

N.m

1.4

1.4

3.5

3.5

5
References :

pages 20005/2 and

20005/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

20006/3
Schneider Electric

Characteristics

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Type

GC16, GC25
single or 2-pole

GC16, GC25
3 or 4-pole
GC40, GC63
2-pole

GC40, GC63
3 or 4-pole
GC100
2-pole

GC100
4-pole

Control circuit characteristics

Rated control circuit
voltage (Uc)

50 or 60 Hz

Control voltage limits

( 50 C)
50 Hz coils

12240, for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office

Operational
Drop out

Average coil consumption

at 20 C and at Uc
50 Hz

"

0.851.1 Uc
0.20.75 Uc

Inrush

VA

15

34

53

106

Sealed

VA

3.8

4.6

6.5

13

Maximum heat dissipation

50/60 Hz

1.3

1.6

2.1

4.2

Operating times

Closing C

ms

1030

Opening O

ms

1025

Mechanical durability

In operating cycles

106

Maximum operating rate

at ambient temperature 50 C

In operating cycles per hour

300

Maximum cabling c.s.a.

Flexible cable without cable end

1 or 2 conductors

mm2

2.5

Flexible cable with cable end

1 conductor

mm2

2.5

2 conductors

mm2

1.5

1 or 2 conductors

mm2

1.5

N.m

1.4

Solid cable without cable end

Tightening torque

Instantaneous auxiliary contact characteristics

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Up to

250

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Conforming to IEC 947-5

500

Conforming to VDE 0110

500

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

For ambient 50 C

Mechanical durability

Operating cycles

Maximum cabling c.s.a.

Flexible or solid conductor

Schneider Electric

5
References :

mm2

2.5

N.m

Tightening torque

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/

106

1.4

pages 20005/2 and

20005/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

20006/3
20004_Ver2.11-EN.fm/3

Contactor selection for

lighting circuits

Modular equipment

Modular contactors

Lighting (Maximum number of lamps depending on the power of each unit)

L1
N

230V

Presentation of installations according to type of supply:

Single-phase circuit, 230 V

L3

L2
L3

230V

L2

230V

L1

230V

L1

230V 230V

3-phase circuit, 400 V (with neutral)

230V

3-phase circuit, 230 V

The maximum number of lamps which can be operated per

phase is equal to the number of lamps in the single phase
230 V table divided by
.

The maximum number of lamps which can be operated per

phase is equal to the total number of lamps in the singlephase 230 V table.

Contactor rating indicated below for a single-phase 230 V circuit (single-pole)

Fluorescent lamps with starter
Single fitting

Non corrected

P (W)

20

IB (A)

0.39 0.43

C (F)

Maximum
number
of lamps

22
30
70
100

Twin fitting

Non corrected

P (W)

40

Contactor
rating

With parallel correction

50

80

110

20

40

58

80

110

0.70 0.80

1.2

0.19 0.29 0.46 0.57 0.79

16

20
28
60
90

13
17
35
56

10
15
30
48

7
10
20
32

15
20
40
60

15
20
40
60

10
15
30
43

10
15
30
43

5
7
14
20

With series correction

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A
Contactor
rating

2 x 18 2 x 36 2 x 58 2 x 80 2 x 140

2 x 18 2 x 36 2 x 58 2 x 80 2 x 140

IB (A)

0.44

0.82

1.34

1.64

2.2

0.26

0.48

0.78

0.96

1.3

C (F)

3.5

4.5

18

Maximum
number
of lamps

20
30
50
75

11
16
26
42

7
10
16
25

5
8
13
21

4
6
10
16

30
46
80
123

17
25
43
67

10
16
27
42

9
13
22
34

6
10
16
25

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A

High pressure mercury vapour lamps

With parallel correction

Non corrected
250

50

80

125

IB (A)

0.6

0.8

1.15 2.15 3.25 5.4

0.35 0.50 0.7

1.5

2.4

5.7

C (F)

10

18

25

40

60

9
10
20
30

4
6
11
17

3
4
8
12

2
2
5
7

1
3
5

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A

Maximum
number
of lamps

700

50

P (W)

400

Contactor
rating

80

15
10
8
4
2
1
10 9
20
15
10
6
4
2
15 13
34
27
20
10
6
4
28 25
53
40
28
15
10
6
43 38
IB : value of current drawn by each lamp at its rated operational voltage.
C : unit capacitance for each lamp.
IB and C correspond to values normally quoted by lamp manufacturers

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and
20003_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

20004/3
References :

pages 20005/2 and

20005/3

125 250 400 700 1000

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

20006/3
Schneider Electric

Contactor selection for

lighting circuits

Modular equipment

Modular contactors

Lighting (maximum number of lamps depending on the power of each unit)

Contactor rating indicated below for a single-phase 230 V circuit (single-pole).
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps

P (W)
IB (A)
C (F)
Maximum
number
of lamps

Non corrected
18
35
55
0.35 1.4
1.4

90
2.1

135
3.1

18
34
57
91

3
6
9
19

2
4
6
10

4
9
14
24

5
9
14
24

180
3.1

With parallel correction

18 35
55 90 135 180
0.35 0.6
0.6 0.9 0.9 0.9
5
20
20 26 45 40

Contactor
rating

2
4
6
10

14
21
40
60

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A

3
5
10
15

3
5
10
15

2
4
8
11

1
2
4
6

1
2
5
7

High pressure sodium vapour lamps

P (W)
IB (A)
C (F)
Maximum
number
of lamps

Non corrected
70
150
250
1
1.8
3

400
4.4

8
12
20
32

1
3
5
8

4
7
13
18

2
4
8
11

1000
10.3

With parallel correction

70 150 250 400 1000
0.6 0.7
1.5 2.5 6
12 20
32 45 100

Contactor
rating

1
2
3

6
9
18
25

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A
Contactor
rating

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A

6
9
18
25

2
3
6
9

2
4
8
12

1
2
4
6

Metal iodine or halogen vapour lamps

P (W)
IB (A)
C (F)
Maximum
number
of lamps

Non corrected
35
70
150
0.3 0.5
1

250
1.5

400
2.5

1000
6

With parallel correction

39 70
150 250 400 1000 2000
0.3 0.5
1
1.5 2.5 6
5.5
6
12
20 32 45 85
60

27
40
68
106

5
8
14
21

3
5
8
13

1
2
4
5

12
18
31
50

16
24
42
64

8
12
20
32

6
9
16
25

4
6
10
15

3
4
7
10

2
3
5
7

1
3
4

1
2
3
5

Incandescent and halogen lamps

P (W)
IB (A)

60
75
0.26 0.32

100 150
0.44 0.65

200
0.87

300
1.30

500 1000
2.17 4.4

Contactor
rating

Maximum
number
of lamps

30
45
85
125

19
28
50
73

10
14
26
37

7
10
18
25

4
6
10
15

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A

25
38
70
100

12
18
35
50

2
3
6
8

Halogen lamps used with transformer

P (W)
IB (A)

60
80
0.26 0.35

Contactor
rating

105 150
0.45 0.65

Maximum
number
of lamps

9
8
6
4
14
12
9
6
27
23
18
13
40
35
27
19
IB : value of current drawn by each lamp at its rated operational voltage.
C : unit capacitance for each lamp.
IB and C correspond to values normally quoted by lamp manufacturers.

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and
Schneider Electric

20004/3
References :

pages 20005/2 and

20005/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

16 A
25 A
40 A
63 A

20006/3
20003_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Selection for heating

circuits

Modular equipment

Modular contactors

Heating (AC-7a)

Single-phase, 2-pole switching

3-phase switching

Heating by resistive elements or by infra-red radiators, convectors or radiators, heating ducts, industrial furnaces. The
current peak between the hot and cold states must not exceed 2 to 3 In at the moment of switch-on.

Contactor selection according to power and required electrical life

Maximum power (kW)
150 x 103
200 x 103
500 x 103
Electrical durability
100 x 103
in operating cycles
Single-phase
switching
230 V
(2-pole)

106

Contactor
rating

0.8

16 A

5.4

4.6

3.5

1.6

1.2

25 A

7.4

5.6

2.6

1.9

40 A

11.6

8.8

63 A

18.4

14

6.4

4.8

100 A

10

6.5

3.2

2.2

16 A

16

14

10

3.5

25 A

26

22

17

7.5

40 A

41

35

26.5

12

63 A

64.8

20003_Ver2.10-EN.fm/4

21.6

20014/2
References :

2.2

13.6

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and

8.6

3-phase
switching
400 V
(3-pole)

3.5

55.2

42

19.2

14.4

100 A

pages 20005/2 and

20015/2

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

20016/2
Schneider Electric

Selection for motor control

Modular equipment

Modular contactors

Motor control (AC-7b)

Single-phase circuit, 230 V

U
L1

M
V

L2

3-phase circuit, 400 V

U
L1

V
L2

L3

Contactor selection according to maximum power in kW

230 V single-phase
400 V 3-phase motor
capacitor motor
(2-pole)
0.55

16 A

25 A

2.2

7.5

40 A

Schneider Electric

2.2

1.1

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and

Contactor rating
(Ith)

11

63 A

20014/2
References :

pages 20005/2 and

20015/2

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and

20016/2
20003_Ver2.10-EN.fm/5

Presentation and
standards

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Presentation
Designed for use in modular panels and enclosures.
These contactors feature :

/ Easy installation

- quick clip-on fixing onto 35 mm omega rail,

- easy connection by means of ready-to-tighten captive, pozidrive screw terminals.

/ Compact size

All units have a common depth of 60 mm and width in modules of 17.5 mm (width of one module : 17.5 mm).

GC-25

/ User safety
- use of materials conforming to strictest fire safety standards,
- live parts protected against direct finger contact,
- completely safe operation,
- state indication on front face.

Standards
This new range of modular contactors has been designed taking into account the requirements of new international
standard IEC 1095.
This standard is specific to :
Electromagnetic contactors for domestic and similar use.
It has very strict requirements, meeting the expectations of users, with regard to the safety of equipment and persons
in premises and areas accessible to the public.
Conformity with this standard makes it possible to obtain the following quality labels without the need for additional
tests: NF-USE, VDE, CEBEC

Applications
Modular contactors are designed for switching all single-phase, 3-phase or 4-phase resistive loads up to 100 A.

Power switching
The new range of contactors has multiple applications in industrial, agricultural and commercial premises, hospitals and
the home, i.e. wherever switching of a specific supply is required :
- lighting,
- heating,
- ventilation,
- motorised shutters or gates.

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
20002_Ver2.10-EN.fm/2

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and 20004/3

References :
pages 20005/2 and 20005/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and 20006/3
Schneider Electric

Setting-up precautions

Modular equipment

Standard contactors, type GC

Setting-up precautions
The contactor controls must be bounce free. If not, connect a
coil suppression block (GAP-21, 22 or 23) across the coil
terminals 250 V (ref. 1).
When several contactors which operate at the same time
are mounted side by side, a GAC-5 ventilation 1/2 module
must be fitted every 2 contactors (ref. 2).

It is advisable to mount electronic units at the bottom of the

modular panel and to separate them from electromechanical units by a space equal to one module (ref. 3) or by 2 ventilation modules GAC-5.

Derating of contactors mounted in a modular enclosure if the temperature within the enclosure is > 40 C
Contactor rating

40 C

50 C

60 C (1)

16 A

16 A

14 A

13 A

25 A

25 A

22 A

20 A

40 A

40 A

36 A

32 A

63 A

63 A

57 A

50 A

87 A

80 A

100 A
100 A
(1) Ventilation 1/2 module must be fitted

Selection :
pages 20003/2 to 20003/5
Schneider Electric

Characteristics :
pages 20004/2 and 20004/3

References :
pages 20005/2 and 20005/3

Dimensions and schemes :

pages 20006/2 and 20006/3
20002_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3

Direct control of motors

Fuse protection

Motor control and protection

Relay based equipment

Rotary switch disconnectors

Single, 2, 3 or 4-pole fuse carriers,

with or without neutral

Thermal-magnetic motor circuits

breakers

Electronic timers with solid state

output

2580 A

Up to 125 A

0.132 A

Timing range
0.1 s60 min

2,5

18

2.5

VVD, VVE

DF6, GK1

GV2-M

RE1-L

Please consult your Regional

Sales Office

23041/3

24508/2

0245Q/2

Schneider Electric

0255Q_Ver2.10-EN.fm/3